You are on page 1of 327

Master of Business Administration 1

Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Curriculum

Master of Business Administration

Session 2017-18

Institute of Business Management


Master of Business Administration 2
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

ABOUT THE PROGRAM


Today's business environment is characterized by dynamic uncertainties and complexities, which
makes the work of managers and organizational leaders extremely challenging. Thus, those who
aspire to become organizational managers in today's business environment need to acquire
specialized knowledge, skills and attitude along with multi-tasking ability in order to understand
and analyze complex business situations. In pursuit of this goal, the MBA programme of GLA
University, nurtures leaders capable of making a difference in the corporate and service sectors

The MBA course employs various modes of teaching, learning and assessment that reflect in its
interdisciplinary approach. This integrated teaching allows understanding of the overlap and
interaction between the different business areas. This approach also allows the students to
develop multiple skills such as critical analysis, independent research, report writing, numerical
ability, working with real-life case studies, presentation skills and interpersonal skills through
group tasks. These skills further enable the students to take a full, active and responsible role
within the business community, whether this is through entrepreneurship, further study, or in
managerial role.

The system of dual-specialization enables the students to choose specializations from the fields
of Marketing, Finance, Human Resource, International Business, Information Technology,
Development, Retail, Operations and Strategic & Technological Management, Business
analytics, Banking and Financial Services, Supply Chain management. An integration of
technology with the conventional teaching modes enables the students to acquire well-developed
understanding of management practices, knowledge and skills necessary to grapple with the
complexities of the modern business propositions.

The syllabus is directional in scope and permits the much desirable flexibility to keep pace with
the ever – growing body of knowledge, experience and explorations in management education
with special emphasis towards the human side of enterprise. The course structures are carefully
designed so that students get an edge in dealing with diverse situations when they step into the
real corporate world.
Master of Business Administration 3
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

INSTITUTE OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (MBA)


Session 2017-18
S. Trimester Code Subject L T P Credits Contact
no. Hrs/Wk

1 MBA1101 Business Environment 4 0 0 3 4


2 MBA1102 Financial Accounting 4 0 0 3 4
3 MBA1103 Micro Economics 4 0 0 3 4
Principles and Practices of
4 MBA1104 4 0 0 3 4
Management
5 I MBA1105 Business Communication 4 0 0 3 4
6 MBA1106 Quantitative Techniques 4 0 0 3 4
Computer Applications in
7 MBA1107 4 0 0 3 4
Management
8 MBA1180 Managerial Aptitude - I 0 0 4 2 4

Total 28 0 4 23 32

1 MBA 2101 Business Law 4 0 0 3 4


Macro Economics
2 MBA 2102 4 0 0 3 4
Cost and Management
3 MBA 2103 Accounting 4 0 0 3 4

4 MBA 2104 Organizational Behaviour 4 0 0 3 4


II Research Methodology
5 MBA 2105 4 0 0 3 4
6 MBA 2106 Business Statistics 4 0 0 3 4
Management Information
7 MBA2107 Systems 4 0 0 3 4

8 MBA 2180 Managerial Aptitude - II 0 0 4 2 4

Total 28 0 4 23 32

1 MBA 3101 Financial Management 4 0 0 3 4


Human Resource
2 MBA 3102 4 0 0 3 4
Management
International Business
3 MBA 3103 Management 4 0 0 3 4

4 MBA 3104 Operations Research 4 0 0 3 4


III# Marketing Management
5 MBA 3105 4 0 0 3 4
6 MBA 3106 Operations Management 4 0 0 3 4
Technology and Innovation
7 MBA 3107 Management 4 0 0 3 4
Business Analytics
8 MBA3108 4 0 0 3 4
Master of Business Administration 4
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Fundamentals of Banking
9 MBA3109 and Insurance 4 0 0 0 4
Managerial Aptitude - III
MBA 3180 0 0 4 2 4
10 Total
28 0 4 23 32

# Students are required to choose seven subjects


1 MBA 4101 Strategic Management 4 0 0 3 4
2 MBA 4102 Supply Chain Management 4 0 0 3 4
3 Elective – 1 4 0 0 3 4
4 Elective – 2 4 0 0 3 4
5 IV Elective – 3 4 0 0 3 4
6 Elective – 4 4 0 0 3 4
7 MBA 4181 Summer Training Report 0 0 16 8 4
8 MBA 4180 Managerial Aptitude - IV 0 0 4 2 4

Total 24 0 20 29 32

Corporate Governance and


1 MBA 5101 Business Ethics 4 0 0 3 4

2 MBA 5102 Project Management 4 0 0 3 4


3 Elective - 1 4 0 0 3 4
4 V Elective - 2 4 0 0 3 4
5 Elective - 3 4 0 0 3 4
6 Elective - 4 4 0 0 3 4
7 MBA 5180 Managerial Aptitude - V 0 0 4 2 4

Total 24 0 4 21 28

Entrepreneurship
1 MBA 6131 4 0 0 3 4
Management
Innovating for
2 MBA 6132 4 0 0 3 4
Sustainability
3 Elective - 1 4 0 0 3 4
4 Elective - 2 4 0 0 3 4
VI
5 Elective - 3 4 0 0 3 4
6 Elective - 4 4 0 0 3 4
7 MBA 6181 Research Project Report 0 0 12 6
8 MBA 6180 Managerial Aptitude - VI 0 0 4 2 4

Total 24 0 16 27 28
Master of Business Administration 5
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Business to Business and E-


1 MBA 4103 4 0 0 3 4

Group 1: Marketing
Marketing
2 MBA 4104 Consumer Behaviour 4 0 0 3 4
Product and Brand
3 MBA 4105 Management * 4 0 0 3 4

4 MBA 5103 Marketing Research* 4 0 0 3 4


Rural Marketing
5 MBA 5104 4 0 0 3 4
Management

Sales and Distribution


6 MBA 5105 Management 4 0 0 3 4

7 MBA 6103 Advertising Management* 4 0 0 3 4


8 MBA 6104 International Marketing 4 0 0 3 4
9 MBA 6105 Marketing of Services 4 0 0 3 4
1 MBA 4106 Training and Development* 4 0 0 3 4
Leadership and Team
2 MBA 4107 4 0 0 3 4
Building
Performance Management
3 MBA 4108 and Competency Mapping 4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 2: HUMAN RESOURCE

Industrial Relations and


4 MBA 5106 Trade Union* 4 0 0 3 4

5 MBA 5107 Change Management 4 0 0 3 4


Managerial Counseling and
6 MBA 5108 Stress Management 4 0 0 3 4
Conflict Management and
7 MBA 6106 Negotiation 4 0 0 3 4
Organizational
8 MBA 6107 4 0 0 3 4
Development*
International and Strategic
9 MBA 6108 Dimensions of Human 4 0 0 3 4
Resource
Labour and Social
10 MBA 6109 Security Legislations 4 0 0 3 4

Business Analysis and


1 MBA 4109 Valuation 4 0 0 3 4
Investment and Portfolio
2 MBA 4110 Management* 4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 3: FINANCE
MANAGEMENT

Mergers, Acquisition and


3 MBA 4111 Corporate Restructuring 4 0 0 3 4
Working Capital
4 MBA 4112 4 0 0 3 4
Management
5 MBA 5109 Financial Derivatives 4 0 0 3 4
6 MBA 5110 Micro Finance 4 0 0 3 4
Management of Financial
7 MBA 5111 Services and Instititutions* 4 0 0 3 4

8 MBA 5112 Tax Planning 4 0 0 3 4


Master of Business Administration 6
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

International Financial
9 MBA 6110 Management 4 0 0 3 4
Risk and Insurance
10 MBA 6111 Management 4 0 0 3 4
Wealth Management and
11 MBA 6112 Personal Financial 4 0 0 3 4
Planning*

Global Business
1 MBA 4113 4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 4: International Business Management

Environment
2 MBA 4114 International Trade* 4 0 0 3 4
International Treaties and
3 MBA 4115 Conventions 4 0 0 3 4
Global Strategic
4 MBA 5113 4 0 0 3 4
Management
Export- Import Procedures
5 MBA 5114 and Documentation* 4 0 0 3 4

6 MBA 5115 International Logistics 4 0 0 3 4


Cross Cultural Issues in
7 MBA 6113 International Management* 4 0 0 3 4
International and Strategic
8 MBA 6108 Dimensions of Human 4 0 0 3 4
Resource
9 MBA 6104 International Marketing 4 0 0 3 4
Business Intelligence and
1 MBA 4116 4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 5: Information Technology

Data Mining*
Database Management
2 MBA 4117 4 0 0 3 4
System
Internet Programming and
3 MBA4118 4 0 0 3 4
Management

Visual Basics
4 MBA 5116 E-Business* 4 0 0 3 4
Strategic Information
5 MBA 5117 System Planning 4 0 0 3 4

6 MBA 5118 System Analysis and Design 4 0 0 3 4


Data Communication
7 MBA 6114 Networks* 4 0 0 3 4

8 MBA 6115 Software Management 4 0 0 3 4


1 MBA 4119 Finance in Retail Operations 4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 6: Retail Management

Fundamentals of Retail
2 MBA 4120 Management* 4 0 0 3 4
Shoppers’ Behaviour and
3 MBA 4121 Selling Skills 4 0 0 3 4

4 MBA 5119 Legal issues in Retail 4 0 0 3 4


5 MBA 5120 Retail Store Operation 4 0 0 3 4
Store Design Layout and
6 MBA 5121 Visual Merchandising* 4 0 0 3 4

7 MBA 6119 Retail Information Systems 4 0 0 3 4


Master of Business Administration 7
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

8 MBA 6120 Retail Merchandising 4 0 0 3 4


Retail Supply Chain 4
9 MBA 6121 Management and Vendor 4 0 0 3
Development*

Environmental Management
1 MBA 4122 for Rural Development 4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 7: Development Management

Inclusive Growth for


2 MBA 4123 Sustainable Development* 4 0 0 3 4
Non Government
3 MBA 4124 Organizations Management 4 0 0 3 4
Developmental Projects and
4 MBA 5122 Impact assessment 4 0 0 3 4

5 MBA 5110 Micro Finance* 4 0 0 3 4


Rural Marketing
6 MBA 5104 4 0 0 3 4
Management
Livelihood System and
7 MBA 6122 Promotion 4 0 0 3 4
Participatory Research
8 MBA 6123 Methods 4 0 0 3 4

9 MBA 6124 Public Policy and Health* 4 0 0 3 4


Management of Innovation
1 MBA 4125 and Research and 4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 8: Strategy & Technology Management

Development.
Mergers, Acquisition and
2 MBA 4111 Corporate Restructuring 4 0 0 3 4

3 MBA 4127 Technology Policy * 4 0 0 3 4


4 MBA 4128 Business Intelligence 4 0 0 3 4
Knowledge management
5 MBA 5125 Techniques for Technology 4 0 0 3 4
Management
Management of Intellectual
6 MBA 5126 Property Rights* 4 0 0 3 4

7 MBA 5107 Change Management 4 0 0 3 4


Strategy Implementation and
8 MBA 6125 Control* 4 0 0 3 4

9 MBA 6126 Technology Forecasting 4 0 0 3 4


Management of Technology
10 MBA 6127 Transfer and Adaption 4 0 0 3 4

Advance Project
1 MBA 4129 4 0 0 3 4
Management
Demand and Business
2 GROUP 9: MBA 4130 4 0 0 3 4
Forecasting*
Operations
3 Manageme MBA 4131 Operations Strategy 4 0 0 3 4
4 nt MBA 5128 Advanced Inventory Control 4 0 0 3 4
Manufacturing System 4
5 MBA 5129 4 0 0 3
Master of Business Administration 8
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Trimester Code Subject


S. Contact
L T P Credits
no. Hrs/Wk
6 MBA 5130 Total Quality Management* 4 0 0 3 4
Service Operations
7 MBA 6128 Management 4 0 0 3 4
Total Productivity
8 MBA 6129 Management 4 0 0 3 4

9 MBA 6130 Purchase Management* 4 0 0 3 4

Management of Commercial
GROUP 10: Banking & Financial Services

1 MBA4132
Banks and Retail Banking*
4 0 0 3 4
Security Analysis and
2 MBA4133
Portfolio Management
4 0 0 3 4

3 MBA4134 Investment Banking 4 0 0 3 4


Financial Markets and
4 MBA5140
Institutions*
4 0 0 3 4
Risk Management in Banks
5 MBA5141
and Derivatives
4 0 0 3 4
Rural Banking and Micro
6 MBA5142
Finance
4 0 0 3 4
Principles and Practices of
7 MBA6133 4 0 0 3 4
Life Insurance*
Fundamentals of General
8 MBA6134 4 0 0 3 4
Insurance
9 MBA6135 International Banking 4 0 0 3 4
Business Modeling with
1 MBA4135
Spreadsheets
4 0 0 3 4
Data Environment and
2 MBA4136
Management
4 0 0 3 4
GROUP 11: Business Analytics

3 MBA4137 Business Intelligence* 4 0 0 3 4


4 MBA5143 Data Mining 4 0 0 3 4
5 MBA5135 Data Visualization* 4 0 0 3 4
6 MBA5136 Big Data Analysis 4 0 0 3 4
MBA6141 Predictive Modeling 4 0 0 3 4
7 MBA6142 Marketing Analytics 4 0 0 3 4
8 MBA6143 Financial Analytics 4 0 0 3 4
9 MBA6136 Human resource Analytics 4 0 0 3 4
Social and web analytics* 4
10 MBA6137 4 0 0 3
Programming for Analytics
11 MBA6144 4 0 0 3 4

1 MBA4138 Logistics Management* 4 0 0 3 4


Supply chain
management
GROUP 12:

Recent Trends in E-
2 MBA4139
Commerce
4 0 0 3 4
Store Keeping and
3 MBA4140
Warehousing
4 0 0 3 4
Purchasing and Inventory
4 MBA5137
Management*
4 0 0 3 4
Master of Business Administration 9
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Green Supply chain


5 MBA5138
Management
4 0 0 3 4
Strategic and
6 MBA5139 Implementation Issues in 4 0 0 3 4
SCM
Performance Metrics and
7 MBA6138
Modeling
4 0 0 3 4
Enterprise Resource
8 MBA6139
Planning*
4 0 0 3 4

9 MBA6140 Supply chain Analytics 4 0 0 3 4


Master of Business Administration 10
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Business Environment
Course Code: MBA1101 Year: I Trimester: I Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: To provide an introduction to business and the economic environment within


which it operates, which has an increasingly important influence as free market policies are
pursued worldwide. Important economic principles will be explained and applied to provide
convincing explanations of current economic and business events. The consideration of issues
relating to policy towards business will encourage the development of student’s judgmental
skills. In addition, the concepts and knowledge learnt in this course will provide a firm basis
for the study of business strategy in future courses.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop the concept of the business organization operating within the parameters of the
internal and external environment.
 To understand the place of business within the economic system and present some
important economic principles relevant to the behavior of business in response to changes
in the environment.
 To impart knowledge about, and encourage awareness of, current issues, facts and events
in the local national and international business world.
Introduction to Business Environment: Concept, Significance,
Nature, Framework for internal / external environment.
UNIT – I Environmental analysis: Meaning, Nature, Steps. Methods of (5 Sessions)
environmental scanning: SWOT, ETOP, PESTL.
Financial System & legal Environment: Indian financial
UNIT –II System: Objectives, features and components; Money & Capital (6 Sessions)
market, EXIM Policy, FEMA, and Role of FII & FDI.
RBI-Role and functions, Financial Sector reforms/banking
UNIT – III structure reforms: Narasimhan committee recommendations, (4 Sessions)
Monetary and Fiscal Policy.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Economic & Political Environment: Economic Systems, NITI


Aayog: Roles and responsibilities, Industrial Policy 1991,
UNIT – IV (6 Sessions)
Policy for Small Scale Industry (MSME Act), Competition Act
2002.
Technological Environment: Overview of Technology policy-
UNIT – V Technology S Curve and Technology transfer, intellectual (4 Sessions)
property right.
International Environment: Introduction to balance of
UNIT – VI payment and balance of trade, International Economic Institutes: (5 Sessions)
WTO, World Bank, IMF.
Master of Business Administration 11
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Aswathappa, K. (2010). Essentials of Business Environment. Himalaya Publishing
House.
 Cherunilam, F. (2010). Business Environment. 18th edition. Himalaya Publishing House.
 Paul, J. (2008). Business Environment. 3rd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.

Reference Books:
 Goyal, Dr. A. (2010). Environment For Managers. 1st edition. V.K (India) Enterprises.
 Neelamegam, V. (2010). Business Environment. Vrinda Publication.
Learning Outcomes
The students will be able to:
 Understand the concept of the business organization operating within the parameters of
the internal and external environment.
 The awareness about current business practices lasted emerging opportunities and issues.
 Have the ease in doing SWOT analysis of business.
 Understanding about financial market functioning.
 Students will be able to understand the factors affecting business.
 Understanding about economic systems will be developed.
The learning about the economic and non-economic aspects related to business will be acquired
Master of Business Administration 12
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Financial Accounting
Course Code: MBA1102 Year: I Trimester: I Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The prime motive of this course is to provide the student with a basic
understanding of financial accounting and enable the student to understand, analyze and
interpret financial statements for better decision making. The course is expected to make the
students financially literate.

Objectives of the Course:

By the end of this course, the student should be able to:


 Understand the role and relevance of financial accounting in management.
 Explore the various dimensions of financial accounting and their implications in financial
spectrum of a business entity.

Overview of Financial Accounting: Role, Functions, Users,


UNIT – I Principles, Concept, Conventions, Accounting Cycle: Original (5 Sessions)
Book of Entry, Journal, Ledger and Trial Balance.
Preparation of Income Statement and Position Statement,
Manufacturing Account, Trading Account, , Profit & Loss
UNIT –II Account, Profit & Loss Appropriation Account and Balance (5 Sessions)
Sheet (With Basic Adjustment).
Introduction to Financial Analysis: Role, Types, Tools,
Limitations
UNIT – III Ratio Analysis: Types of Ratios, Profitability Ratio, Turnover (5 Sessions)
Ratio, Financial Ratio: Computation & Analysis

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Financial Statements Analysis-Common Size Statements,


UNIT – IV (4 Sessions)
Comparative Statement & Trend Analysis
Preparation and Interpretation of Fund flow Statement
UNIT – V Concept of fund flow, Statement of Change in Working Capital, (6 Sessions)
Fund from Operation, Fund Flow Statement
Preparation of Cash Flow Statement (As per AS 3)
Cash flow from Operating / Investing / Financing Activities
UNIT – VI Direct or Indirect Method of preparation of Cash Flow (5 Sessions)
Statement. Introduction to Triple Bottom Line Reporting.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
Master of Business Administration 13
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Tulsian, P. C. (2008). Financial Accounting. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Reference Books:
 Narayanaswami, R. (2009). Financial Accounting: Managerial Perspective. New Delhi:
Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.
 Maheshwari, S. N., & Maheshwari, S. K. (2006). 4 th Edition. An Introduction to
Accountancy. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Neelakantan, Ramchandran & Kakani (2008). 2nd Edition. Financial Accounting for
Management. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
Journals:
 Indian Journal of Finance
 The IUP Journal of Accounting Research and Audit Practices

Learning outcomes

 Students will be able to understand the role and relevance of financial accounting in
management.
 Explore the various dimensions of financial accounting and their implications in financial
spectrum of a business entity.
Master of Business Administration 14
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Microeconomics
Course Code: MBA1103 Year: I Trimester: I Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The paper intends to make the students familiarize about the modern economic
theories and the managerial implications in to the business practices. This is also
conceptualizing to develop the macroscopic and microscopic vision of the students related to
economic practices in the economy. The paper will also help the student to use their resources
optimally and arrive at sound decision making on operational grounds.

Objectives of the Course:

 To analyze & interpret fundamentals of economics.


 To study the interrelationship in an open economic system.
 To master a range of methods and techniques of strategic analysis and have a clear
appreciation of their theoretical and empirical foundations, range of applicability,
qualifications and limitations.
Overview: Economics background to management, Nature and
scope of Managerial Economics, Its relationship with other
UNIT – I Disciplines, (4 Sessions)
Significance in Decision-Making and Fundamental Concepts,
Theory of Firm, Objectives of a Firm
Demand and Supply Analysis: Demand and its functions , Law
of demand and Reasons and exceptions of law demand,
Supply and Its functions, Law of supply, Market equilibrium.
UNIT –II Elasticity of Demand and supply : types and measurement.
(6 Sessions)

Consumer’s Behaviour : Utility Analysis,law of diminishing


marginal utility, Principle of equi-marginal utility.
Indifference Curve Analysis: Indifference Curves, Marginal rate
UNIT – III of substitution(MRS)-relationship between MRS and marginal
(5 Sessions)
utilities. Revealed Preference Theory
Demand Forecasting Demand Forecasting methods,
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Production: Production Concepts and Analysis, Production
Function,
UNIT – IV Characteristics of various Factors of Production; Laws of
(4 Sessions)
Production, Short-Run, Long –Run
Cost Analysis: Cost Concepts and Analysis, Empirical estimates
UNIT – V of Production and Costs, Short-run and Long-run Average Costs (5 Sessions)
Curves and its Analysis
Pricing Decisions: Pricing under different Market Structure,
UNIT – VI Perfect and Imperfect (monopoly, monopolistic and oligopoly)
(6 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 15
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

markets,
Pricing strategies: Collusive and Non-Collusive Oligopoly
Baumol and Marris’ Models
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Geetika, Ghosh P., Choudhary R. P. (2009). Managerial Economics. Tata McGraw Hill
Publication.
 Petersen, C. (2006). Managerial Economics. Pearson Education

Reference Books:

 Ahuja H.L. Managerial Economics. S. Chand


 Dornbusch, R. and Fischer, S. (2008). Macro Economics. 5th Edition. Tata McGraw Hill
Publication.
 Thomas, R. C., Maurice, C. S., & Sarkar, S. (2010). Managerial Economics. 9th Edition.
Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
 Dwevedi, D. N. (2009). Principles of Economics. Vikas Publication.
 Patnaik, P. (1997). Macro Economics. Oxford University Press,
 Rangarajan C. & Dholakia B.H. (2006). Principles of Macroeconomics. Tata McGraw
Hill Publication.
Learning Outcomes
 Will be able to understand the basic concepts in Managerial Economics relevant to
consumer, producer and wealth-owner.
 Analyze and forecast demand for consumers’ goods, capital goods, labour and other
factors of production.
 Determine and estimate supply of goods and resources using production and cost
functions.
 Will be able to evaluate pricing decisions.
Master of Business Administration 16
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Principles and Practices of Management


Course Code: MBA1104 Year: I Trimester: I Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The course is aimed at equipping the students with necessary techniques and
skills of Basics of management and communication to inform inspire and enlist their activity
and willing cooperation in the performance of their jobs. This course’s goal is to help to gain
greater skill and confidence to communicate effectively as a manager.

Objectives of the Course:

 Evaluate and explore the basics of management and various dimensions of management
 Analyze communication situations and develop effective communication strategies and
Communicate persuasively
 Use visuals/graphics for impact and Make successful formal and informal presentations

Management: Concept, Nature, Importance; Management: Art


and Science, Management As a Profession, Management Vs.
Administration, Management Skills, And Levels of Management.
Evolution of Management: Early contributions, Taylor and
UNIT – I Scientific Management, Fayol’s Administrative Management, (7 Sessions)
Bureaucracy, Hawthorne Experiments and Human Relations,
Social System Approach, Decision Theory Approach.
Social Responsibility of Managers and Ethics in Managing
Planning: Nature, Scope, Objectives, Types, Process, and
UNIT –II Barriers to Effective Planning. Concept of planning premises, (4 Sessions)
Decision Making techniques.
Organizing: Concept, Forms of Organizational Structure,
UNIT – III Departmentation, Span of Control, Delegation of Authority, (4 Sessions)
Authority & Responsibility.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Staffing: Meaning, objectives and process.
Elements of Staffing: Concepts of Manpower Planning, Job
UNIT – IV Design, Recruitment & Selection, Training & Development, (5 Sessions)
Performance Appraisal
Directing: Concept of Direction and Supervision. Functions &
qualities of supervisor.
UNIT – V Motivation: Concept, Maslow’s Theory, Herzberg’s two factor (5 Sessions)
theory, Theory X & Theory Y.

Leadership: Concept and Functions, Leadership style,


UNIT – VI Leadership traits. (5 Sessions)
Controlling: Concept, Types of Control, and its process.
Master of Business Administration 17
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Stoner, Freeman, & Gilbert, Jr. (2008).6th Edition. Management. Prentice Hall of India.
 Harold, K. & Heinz, W. (2008). Essentials of Management. 5th Edition. Tata McGraw
Hill.
Reference Books:
 Robbins & Coulter. (2007). Management. 9th Edition. Prentice Hall of India..
 Robbins, S. P., & Decenzo, D. A. (2007). Fundamentals of Management: Essential
Concepts and Applications.6th Edition. Pearson Education.
 Weihrich Heinz and Koontz Harold - Management: A Global and Entrepreneurial
Perspective (McGraw Hill, 12 Edition 2008)

Learning Outcomes

 Develop the understanding about basic management principles and concepts.


 Apply management theories in practical business set-up.
 Develop the practical skills of decision making and leadership in context to present
business scenario.
 Learn basic business presentation skills and enhance their communication skills.
Master of Business Administration 18
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Business Communication
Course Code: MBA1105 Year: I Trimester: I Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The course is aimed at equipping the students with necessary techniques and
skills of communication to inform inspire and enlist their activity and willing cooperation in
the performance of their jobs. This course’s goal is to help you gain greater skill and
confidence to communicate effectively as a manager.

Objectives of the Course:

 To enable students analyze communication situations and develop effective


communication strategies
 To develop skills for communicate professionally and persuasively
 To make students learn skills for successful formal and informal presentations
Communication at workplace: Understanding Corporate
communication, Objectives and Role of Communication, Process
UNIT – I of Communication, Channels and Types of Communication, (5 Sessions)
Communication Network, The C’s of Good Communication,
Barriers of Communication
Verbal communication: Introduction, Oral and Written
communication- letter writing and report writing.
Business Presentations: Elements of Business Presentation,
UNIT –II (5 Sessions)
Visual & Audio aids in Presentation. Designing a Presentation.
Effective listening- process of listening, types, and Technology
Enabled Communication
Non- Verbal Communication:
Body language: concept, importance, kinesics and its various
elements: Eye Contact, Facial Expression, Gestures, Postures,
Proximics, Chronemics. Oculesics. Color as Non- verbal
UNIT – III Communication, (5 Sessions)
Paralanguage: Concept, Importance, Elements/Parts of
Paralanguage: Voice, Word Stress, Pitch, Pause, Rate, Volume,
And Articulation.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Employment Communication
Group Discussions: Introduction, Concept, Purpose, Types of
Group Discussion Strategies to Succeed, Dos and Don’ts
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
Interview Skills: Introduction, Concept, Purpose, Types of
Interview, Candidates Preparation/ Strategies to Succeed,
Employer’s Preparation, Dos and Don’ts.
Master of Business Administration 19
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Business Etiquettes: Introduction, Concept, Significance,


Exchanging Business Cards, Dinning Etiquettes, Telephonic
Etiquettes, netiquettes.
UNIT – V Cross cultural communication: Developing cultural
(5 Sessions)
Intelligence, Interacting with foreign clients like Japan, France,
Germany, Brazil.
Group Communication
Media Management: Press Release, Press Report, Press
Conferences, Public Speaking. Meetings, Negotiation, Nature
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
and Factors affecting Negotiation
Role of social media in corporate communication:
Classification and scope of various types of social media.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Lesikar, R. V., & Petitt, J. D. Jr. (2005). Business Communication: Skills for Empowering
the Internet Generation. 10th Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.

Reference Books:

 Mohan, Krishna & Banerji M. (2008). Developing Communication Skills. Macmillan


Publishers India Ltd.

 Sharma, R. C. & Mohan, K. (2002). Business Report Writing and Correspondence:


Practical Approach to Business and Technical Communication. 3rd Edition. Tata
McGraw-Hill Publication.

 Chaturvedi, P. D., & Chaturvedi, M. (2007). Business Communication: Concepts, Cases


and Applications. Pearson Education.
Master of Business Administration 20
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Quantitative Techniques
Course Code:MBA1106 Year: I Trimester: I Max. Hours:

Preamble: Quantitative Technique is a scientific approach to managerial decision-making.


The successful use of Quantitative Technique for management would help the organization in
solving complex problems on time, with greater accuracy and in the most economical way.

Objectives of the Course:


 To provide students with the understanding of role of quantitative techniques in business
decision making
 To prepare a common platform for students for better understanding of statistical tools.
 To familarize the students of different streams about different quantitaive techniques.
Introduction
Introduction of statistics, types of statistical methods, importance
UNIT – I ,scope and limitations ,Data classification, tabulation and
(4Sessions)
representation
Measures of Central Tendency: Arithmetic Mean, Geometric
Mean, Harmonic Mean and Weighted Average, Median and
Mode
UNIT –II Measures of Dispersion: Range, Average Deviations, Standard
(4 Sessions)
Deviation, Combined Standard Deviation and the Coefficient of
Variation
Skewness , Moments and Kurtosis : Introduction, measures
and applications
Correlation and Regression: Introduction, Correlation Analysis
UNIT – III – Coefficient of Correlation, Regression, Estimation using,
(7 Sessions)
egression lines, Multiple Regression and Partial and Multiple
Correlation (overview)
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Probability: Basic concept, Three Types of Approaches to
UNIT – IV Probability, Addition and Multiplication Theorems, Conditional (5 Sessions)
Probability and Baye's theorem.
Probability Distribution: Binomial Distribution, Poisson
UNIT – V Distribution and Normal Distribution, their Characteristics and (5 Sessions)
Applications in Business Management
Estimation and Confidence Interval: Introduction, point
estimation, confidence interval estimation, estimating sample
UNIT – VI size
(5 Sessions)
Introduction of SPSS and Practical Applications of Excel
Master of Business Administration 21
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Sharma, J. K. (2010). Business Statistics. New Delhi: Pearson Education (P) Ltd.
 Bali, N. P., Gupta, P. N., & Gandhi, C. P. (2008). Text Book of Quantitative Techniques.
New Delhi: Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.

Reference Books:
 Bajpai, N. (2001). Business Statistics. New Delhi: Pearson Education (P) Ltd.
 Levin, R. I. (1997). Statistics for Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education (P) Ltd.
 Hooda, R. P. (2003). Statistics for Business and Economics. New Delhi: Macmillan
Publication.
 Beri, G. C. (2010). Business Statistics. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd.
 Gupta, S.C. (2006). Fundamentals of Statistics. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.
 Elhance, D.N. (2008). Fundamentals of Statistics. New Delhi: Kitab Mahal Distributors
New Delhi.

Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Business and Economic & Economic Statistics
 Journal of Statistical Software
 Journal of American Statistical Association

Learning outcomes:
 Students studied basic concepts of Business Statistics so will be able to analyze data with
the help of statistical tools.
 Students will be familiar with a variety of examples where mathematics or statistics helps
accurately to explain and solve physical phenomena
 Students will be able to Illustrate and describe information using a range of numerical
and graphical example.
 Students are now able to define and apply different type’s quantitative techniques to
solve managerial, scientific and social problems.
Master of Business Administration 22
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Computer Applications in Management


Course Code: MBA1107 Year: I Trimester: II Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Computer applications in management are one of the essential elements of any
business course as it focuses on the technological aspects and provides a practical insight. It
helps the managers to adapt to fast technological changes so that they can keep them updated.
Objectives of the Course:
 To provide hands on experience to students in using computers for data organization and
addressing business needs.
 Through this course it is intended to familiarize the students of Management with the
computer hardware and software’s and their applications in various domains of the
management through studying softwares’

Credits: 04 Trimester I L–T–P: 4–0–0
Teaching
Module No. Content
Hours
Introduction to Computer System: Basic Computer Organization:
Introduction, features and capabilities, components of computer system,
classification of computers; Applications of Computers in Business.
MS Word: Features, Creating, Saving and Opening Documents in Word
Advanced Features of MS Word, Find & Replace, Using Thesaurus, Using
Auto- Multiple Functions, Mail Merge, Handling Graphics, Tables & Charts.
MS-Excel: Worksheet basics, creating worksheet, , heading information, data,
UNIT I.
text, dates, alphanumeric values, Opening and moving around in an existing 6 Sessions
worksheet, Toolbars and Menus, Working with single and multiple workbook.
Working with formulae & cell referencing, Auto sum, Coping formulae,
Absolute & relative addressing, Worksheet with ranges, formatting of
worksheet, Previewing & Printing worksheet, Graphs and charts, Database
Creating and Using macros,
MS Power Point: Creating slide show with animations.
Software’s : MS Word, MS power Point, MS Excel, Outlook, Internet

Introduction to Languages: Machine, Assembly and high level languages,


Compiler, Assembler and interpreter, Fourth generation and fifth generation
languages.
UNIT II.
Number System: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal and their Conversions 5 Sessions
Operating systems: Definition, Functions, Types and Classification
Software: Introduction; Types of software with examples
Software’s : MS Word, MS power Point, MS Excel, Internet

Computer Networks: Computer and communication networks, Evolution of


computer networks, LAN, MAN, WAN, Network topologies , Modes of Data
communication
UNIT III. Wired Media of Data communication: STP, UTP, Coaxial, Fiber optic wires
4 Sessions
Internet: Overview of Internet, Functioning of Internet, Basic Services over
Internet like WWW, FTP, Telnet, etc. ISP, Web server, Web Browser, Domain
names, Email, Mail server, search engine, web portal, other internet common
terms
Master of Business Administration 23
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Database Management System: Overview of DBMS; Components of DBMS.


Concept, Characteristics, Objectives, Advantage & limitations, entity, attribute,
schema, subschema, RDBMS, MS Access.
UNIT IV 4 Sessions
E-commerce: Introduction, Comparison between Traditional commerce and E-
commerce, Advantages & Disadvantages of e-commerce, Issues in
Implementing Electronic Commerce.
Accounting Information System :- Introduction to Accounting Packages:
Preparation of vouchers, invoice and salary statements; maintenance of
UNIT V 5 Sessions
inventory records; maintenance of Accounting books and final accounts;
financial reports generation. Software –Wave Accounting

Human Resource Information System :-Use of various HR application – 360


Degree Feedback, Applicant Tracking, Attendance Tracking Marketing
UNIT VI Information System:- Brand Management, Campaign Management, Email 6 Sessions
Marketing, Mailroom Management, Contact Management
Software’s – QuickBase, HRIS

Text Books:
 Bharihoke, D. (2009). Fundamentals of Information Technology. New Delhi: Excel Books
 Norton, P. (2006). Introduction to Computers. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publications
 Ritendra Goel & D.N. Kakkar (2004). Computer Applications in Management. New Delhi: New Age
International (P) Ltd.
Reference Books:
 Basandra, S. K. (2003). Computers Today. Greater Noida: Galgotia Publication Pvt. Ltd.
 Leon, A., & Leon, M. (1989). Introduction to Computers. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House
 Pvt. Ltd.
Suggested Journals:
 Information Technology and Management

Suggested Link:
 http://www.capterra.com/accounting-and-finance-software

Learning Outcomes:

 Identify the current software programs available to assist managers in accomplishing their jobs.
 Develop basic understanding of technology in order to make use of them in business.
 Explain how to make a professional looking and effective presence on the Internet.
 Develop reports to assist managers in recognizing problems and opportunities.
 Create a presentation to use in a sales meeting.
 Explain fundamental concepts of data communications, computer networking, and the related
hardware.
 Demonstrate technical knowledge of computer networks and various information systems
Master of Business Administration 24
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Business Law
Course Code: MBA2101 Year: I Trimester: II Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: For running any enterprise there is a immense need of understanding the various
dynamics. It is not limited to understanding the surroundings of supplies, customers etc. but
also the law related to the every happening around in context of business. Because it is well
settled rule that “Ignorance of Law is no excuse”

Objectives of the Course:

 To make the student aware about the basic act The Contract Act 1872 so that the fair
level of understanding can be developed.
 Getting them acquainted with the other mercantile laws like ‘Partnership, Sales of good,
Company Act and IT Act.
 That how it will be like a package for all the aspirants to understand at least the entry
level complexities in Law by own.
Introduction:-Meaning of Law.
Contract Act, 1872
Definition of a Contract and its essentials, Formation of a valid
UNIT – I Contract - Offer and Acceptance, Consideration, Capacity to (8 Sessions)
Contract, Free consent, Legality of object, Breach of a Contract,
Damages for breach of a contract.

Quasi contracts, Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee, Bailment


UNIT –II and Pledge.
(3 Sessions)
Consumer Protection Act 1986.

Sale of Good Act, 1930


UNIT –III Definition of a Contract of Sale, Conditions and Warranties, (4 Sessions)
Passing of Property, Right of Unpaid Seller against the Goods,
buyer, Remedies for Breach.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Partnership Act, 1932


Definition of Partnership and its essentials, Rights and Duties of
UNIT – IV Partners Types of Partners, Minor as a partner, Doctrine of (4 Sessions)
Implied Authority, Registration of Firms, Dissolution of firms.
Master of Business Administration 25
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Limited Liability Partnership: Meaning, Salient features and


Advantage.
Companies Act, 2013
Nature and Definition of a Company, Registration and
UNIT – V Incorporation, Memorandum of Association, Articles of (8 Sessions)
Association, Prospectus, Kinds of Companies, Directors:
Powers and duties, Meetings, Winding up.
The Information Technology Act, 2000
Definition, Digital Signature, Electronic Governance,
Attribution, Acknowledgment and Dispatch of Electronic
UNIT – VI Records, Secure Electronic Records and Secure Digital (3 Sessions)
Signatures, Regulation of Certifying Authorities, Digital
Signature Certificates, Duties of Subscribers, Penalties and
Offences.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:

 Porwal,L.M. & Kumar, S.(2010) Business Law. N. Delhi, Virnda Publication Ltd
 Kapoor,N.D. (2009). Elements of Merchantile Law. New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Tulsian, P.C.(2006).Business law.New Delhi:Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd.

Reference books:

 ICFAI University Press Hyderabad.(2005) ,Business Law .


 Kuchhal, M.C.(2005). Business Law.New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
 Gulshan, S.S.(2007).Business law.New Delhi: New Age International Pvt Ltd.
 Related Bare Acts
Websites:

 http://www.caclubindia.com
 http://indiacode.nic.in
 https://www.pwc.in
 http://www.mca.gov.in
Learning Outcome:

After completion of course, student will be able to:


Master of Business Administration 26
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Understand the contract Act 1872 with the Essential of Valid contract along with
classifications of special contract.

 Get exposure with the special mercantile laws like ‘Partnership Act , Sales of good
Act, Company Act and IT Act.

 Able to understand the applicability of laws and rules as per the today’s scenario.

 Understand and able to solve the basics complexities of situations that arose in
business world pertaining to legal regulatory framework
Master of Business Administration 27
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Macro Economics
Course Code: MBA2102 Year: I Trimester: II Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course aims to introduce the first year students to the basic concepts of
macroeconomics. Macroeconomics deals with the aggregate economy. This course discusses the
preliminary concepts associated with the determination and measurement of aggregate
macroeconomic variable like savings, investment, GDP, money, inflation, and employment.

Objectives of the Course:

 To analyze & interpret fundamentals of Macroeconomics.


 To study the interrelationship in an open economic system.
 To master a range of methods and techniques of strategic analysis and have a clear
appreciation of their theoretical and empirical foundations, range of applicability,
qualifications and limitations.
Introduction to Macroeconomics and National Income
Accounting
Basic issues studied in macroeconomics; measurement of gross
UNIT – I domestic product; income, expenditure and the circular flow;
(5Sessions)
real versus nominal GDP; price indices; national income
accounting for an open economy.
Money
Functions of money; quantity theory of money; determination of
money supply and demand; credit creation; tools of monetary
UNIT –II policy. (5 Sessions)

Inflation, Unemployment and Expectations


Inflation and its social costs; hyperinflation.
UNIT – III Phillips curve; adaptive and rational expectations; policy (6 Sessions)
ineffectiveness debate

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply Curves


Derivation of aggregate demand and aggregate and supply
UNIT – IV curves; interaction of aggregate demand and supply. (5 Sessions)

Closed Economy in the Short Run


Classical and Keynesian systems; simple Keynesian model of
UNIT – V income determination; IS-LM model; fiscal and monetary
(5 Sessions)
multipliers.
Master of Business Administration 28
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Open Economy Models


Short-run open economy models; Mundell-Fleming model;
UNIT – VI exchange rate determination; purchasing power parity; asset (4 Sessions)
market approach; Dornbusch's overshooting model; monetary
approach to balance of payments; international financial markets.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 N. Gregory Mankiw. Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers, 7th edition, 2010.


 Dornbusch, Fischer and Startz, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, 11th edition, 2010.

Reference Book:

 Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Inc., 5th edition, 2009.


 Richard T. Froyen, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education Asia, 2nd edition, 2005. Andrew
B. Abel and Ben S. Bernanke, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Inc.,
7th edition, 2011.
 Errol D’Souza, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, 2009.
 Paul R. Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, International Economics,
 Pearson Education Asia, 9th edition, 2012.
Learning Outcomes
 Will be able to understand the basic concepts Macroconomics..
 Understanding of the interrelationship in an open economic system.
 Students will be able to know the dealings of Macroeconomics with the aggregate
economy.
 Develop their awareness regarding careers related opportunities associated with sectors
associated with macroeconomics.
Master of Business Administration 29
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Cost and Management Accounting
Course Code:MBA2103 Year: I Trimester: II Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Managerial accounting is concerned with providing information to managers-


that is, people inside an organization who direct and control its operation. Managerial
accounting is managers oriented therefore its study must be preceded by some understanding
of what managers do, the information managers need, and the general business environment.
This course introduces student to the fundamentals of management accounting. For better
managerial decision making its important for the student to understand these management cost
concept and their practical implications which can bring significant difference in their
managerial decision.

Objectives of the Course:


 To familiarize the students with cost records/statements and principles underlying them
and to develop their skills in understanding and appreciating cost information.
 To acquaint them in brief with cost and management accounting mechanics, process and
system, but emphasis is laid on sound concepts and their managerial implications.
 To develop an appreciation about the utility of cost information as a vital input for
management information and decision making process.
Introduction to Cost Accounting
Role of Cost Accounting in Decision Making, Scope, Nature,
Unit -I (4 Sessions)
Functions, Types of Cost, Cost Accounting and Financial
Accounting
Elements of Cost - Materials, Labour and Overheads and their
Unit- II Allocation and Apportionment, Preparation of Cost Sheet, (5 Sessions)
Methods of Costing.
Introduction and Application to Management Accounting
Scope, Nature, Functions of Management Accounting in
Managerial Decision Making.
Break Even Analysis: Marginal Costing versus Absorption
UNIT- III (6 Sessions)
Costing, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis and P/V Ratio Analysis and
their implications, Concept and uses of Contribution and
Breakeven Point and their analysis, Margin of Safety, Angle of
Incidence
MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Budgeting and Budgetary Control: Concept of Budget,


Budgeting and Budgetary Control, Types of Budget, Static and
Unit- IV Flexible Budgeting, Preparation of Cash Budget, Sales Budget, (6 Sessions)
Production Budget, Materials Budget, Capital Expenditure Budget
and Master Budget, Advantages and Limitations of Budgetary
Master of Business Administration 30
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Control. Zero Base Budgeting


Standard Costing and Variance Analysis: Concept of Standard
Costs, Establishing various Cost Standards, Calculation of
Unit- V (4 Sessions)
Material Variance, Labour Variance. Overhead variance.

Recent Developments in Accounting:


Responsibility Accounting: Definition and Role, Centers of
Control,
Unit -VI Accounting for Price Level Changes: Inflation Accounting. (5 Sessions)
Methods of Accounting for Changing Prices.
Concept of Transfer Pricing, Concept of Social Cost Benefit
Analysis.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Kishore, R. M. (2006). Advanced Management Accounting. New Delhi: Taxman.
 Khan & Jain. (2004). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
 Horngrene, Datar, & Foster. (2002). Introduction to Management Accounting. New
Delhi: Pearson Education.
 Pandey, I. M. (2005).Management Accounting. New Delhi: Vikas Publication.

Suggested Journals:
 The IUP Journal of Accounting Research & Audit Practices, IUP Publications,
Hyderabad.
 Indian Journal of Finance, Satya Gilani Publication, New Delhi.
Learning outcomes:
 Students will be able to understand with cost records/statements and principles
underlying them and to develop their skills in understanding and appreciating cost
information.
 Students will know the cost and management accounting mechanics, process and system,
but emphasis is laid on sound concepts and their managerial implications.
 Know the utility of cost information as a vital input for management information and
decision making process.
Master of Business Administration 31
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Organizational Behavior
Course Code:MBA2104 Year: I Trimester: II Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Organizational behavior is a relatively young field of inquiry that studies what
people think, feel, and do in and around organizations. Organizations are groups of people
who work interdependently toward some purpose. OB concepts help us to predict and
understand organizational events, adopt more accurate theories of reality, and influence
organizational events.

Objectives of the Course:

 Understand the various approaches of OB as applied in the organization.


 Develop fundamental skills which they will need for understanding, diagnosing and
managing the organization, i.e., the human aspects of work organizations.
 Able to get the theoretical and practical knowledge of various dimensions of individual
behavior.
 It will help the students to recognize the differences and helps to see the value of
workforce diversity in present scenario.
Introduction to OB: Concept, Meaning & Importance of OB,
Levels of analysis.
Key Determinants: People, Structure, Technology and
Environment.
UNIT I (6 Sessions)
Multidisciplinary roots of OB: Psychology, Sociology,
Anthropology, Political Science, Economics.
Models of OB: Autocratic, Custodial, Supportive, and Collegial.
Emerging Challenges and opportunities for OB
Personality and Individual Differences: Concept and its nature,
Determinants of personality, Major personality attributes
UNIT II (5 Sessions)
influencing OB. The Big Five Model, MBTI Theory
Theories of Personality: Psychoanalytical, Trait & Type Theory.
Perception: Nature & Importance, Process of Perception,
Attribution Theory
Perceptual Errors: Halo effect, Selective Perception,
Stereotyping, First impression Error, Projection, Contrast Error,
Personal Effectiveness. Organizational applications of Perception
UNIT III (4 Sessions)
Learning: Concept, Nature and Factors affecting Learning
Theories: Classical Conditioning, Operant Conditioning, Cognitive
Learning Theory & Social Learning Theory.
Behavior Modification: Learning through reinforcement,
Reinforcement Strategies
Master of Business Administration 32
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Motivation: Concept, Nature and Importance.
Individual Motivation Theories: Alderfer’s ERG Theory,
McClellands Achievement Motivation Theory, Vroom’s
UNIT IV Expectancy Theory, Porter & Lawler’s Model (6 Sessions)
Organizational Motivation
Concept, Group Motivation Theories – Adam’s Equity Theory,
Goal Theory
Attitudes
Components of Attitude: Cognitive, Affective and Behavioral,
UNIT V Functions of Attitude. (4 Sessions)
Cognitive Dissonance Theory
Job Satisfaction: Factors and outcomes affecting Job Satisfaction
Organizational Power and politics: concept, basis of power,
power tactics, Factors contributing to organizational political
UNIT VI behavior. (5 Sessions)
Organizational change: Importance, types of change, the change
process, Resistance to change, Managing change.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Book:

 Robbins, S.P. (2009). Organizational Behavior. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

\ Reference Books:

 Newstorm, J. & David, K. (2007). Organizational Behavior, Human Behavior at Work.


New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
 Greenberg, J. & Baron, R.A. (2005). Behavior in Organizations. New Delhi: Pearson
Education.
 Singh, K. (2010). Organizational Behavior: Text and Cases. New Delhi: Pearson
Education
 Luthans, F. (2005). Organizational Behavior. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publication

Suggested Journals:

 The IUP Journal of Organizational Behavior- IUP Publications, Hyderabad


 Abhigyan: Quest for Excellence; The Quest for Excellence- Foundation for
Organizational Research and Education, New Delhi
Master of Business Administration 33
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Vikalpa: The Journal for Decision Makers; Publication of the Indian Institute of
Management, Ahmedabad

Learning Outcomes

After the completion of the course the student will be able to:

 Understand the various approaches of OB as applied in organization.


 Develop fundamental skills of understanding, diagnosing and managing the
organization that is helpful for understanding the human aspect of work organization.
 Develop theoretical and practical knowledge of various dimensions of individual
behavior.
 Recognize the differences and will understand the value of workforce diversity in
present scenario.
Master of Business Administration 34
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Research Methodology
Course Code:MBA2105 Year: I Trimester: II Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Research Methodology helps in realizing business objectives. In today’s


competitive environment, doing good job is not enough, organizations need to excel in every
area to satisfy customer’s needs and wants. Organizations need to know even hidden needs of
the customers. Their tastes, preferences and attitudes are always changing, what they want
today, they may not want tomorrow. Thus, organizations should be well informed and they
should be always with the latest information. Research Methodology keeps them updated with
these information required for making relevant decisions.

Objectives of the Course:


 To create scientific attitude towards solving a management problem and impart
knowledge about tools available for carrying out research
 To introduce the basic concepts and need of research methodology that will help in data
analysis and preparation of reports.
 To understand the use of research design and software in research.
Meaning, Objectives and Motivation in research; Types of
UNIT I (4 Sessions)
Research; Research Approaches; Research Process.
Research Design – Definition, classification: Exploratory-
qualitative techniques, secondary data analysis, experience survey,
UNIT II (6 Sessions)
focus groups, two stage design; Descriptive - cross sectional &
longitudinal and Causal research design.
Measurement and Scaling Techniques - Errors in Measurement,
Tests of Sound Measurement; Scaling and Scale Construction
Techniques
UNIT III Sampling- Introduction, Sampling, Complete Enumeration or (5 Sessions)
Census, Types of Sampling, Sampling Errors; Sampling Design -
Steps in Sample Design, Types of Sample Design, Sampling
Distributions.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION

UNIT IV Types of data; Methods of Data collection- Questionnaire,


(4 Sessions)
Interviews, Cases and Schedules.

UNIT V Exploratory data analysis - Validity and Reliability in research;


(5 Sessions)
Testing of Hypotheses; overview of multivariate analysis.

(6 Sessions)
UNIT VI Interpretation of Data and Report Writing- Precautions in report
Master of Business Administration 35
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

writing, Creating a Database and its Use for Statistical Analysis,


Styles of Referencing, Plagiarism. Applications through SPSS.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Copper, Donald R. (2004). Business Research Method. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company New Delhi.
 Sekaran, U. (2008). Research Methods for Business: A Skill Building Approach. New
Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. New Delhi.

Reference Books:
 Zikmund, W. G. (2009). Business Research Method. Cengage Learning. New Delhi.
 Collis, J., & Hussey, R. (2003). Business Research. Palgrave Macmillan, Hampshire.
 Beri, G. C. (2005). Marketing Research. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication. New Delhi.
 Bhattacharyya, D. K. (2004). Research Methodology. 1st Edition. Excel Book
Publication.
 Kothari, C. R. (2004). Research Methodology. New Age International Publication. New
Delhi.

Learning Outcomes

 Develop scientific thinking for critically analyzing management problems and develop
basic knowledge on qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods research, as well as
relevant ethical and philosophical considerations.
 Skill to assess the appropriateness of different kinds of research designs and
methodology, for instance in terms of their appropriateness, transparency and quality.
 Have knowledge and skill on various kinds of research designs and software in research.
Master of Business Administration 36
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Business Statistics
Course Code: MBA2106 Year: I Trimester: II Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Statistical thinking enhances our understanding of how life works, allows control
over societal & business issues and helps individuals make informed decisions. Studying the
subject enhances the skills in understanding the business & industry problems and finding out
their solutions.

Objectives of the Course:


 To provide students with the understanding of role of statistical techniques in business
research analysis.
 To familiarize the students with various statistical and analytical tools so that they can
benefit from use of appropriate statistical techniques to Decision-Making situations.
Introduction
Analysis of Time series: Meaning, Utility, Components, Models,
UNIT – I Methods of Measuring Trend, how to Calculate and Eliminate (6 Sessions)
Trend , measurement of season effects

Index Numbers: Meaning, Uses, Problems in construction of


Index Numbers, Methods of Construction of Index Numbers,
UNIT –II Quantity and Value Index, Tests of adequacy, Chain Base Index (4 Sessions)
Numbers , consumer price index
Tests of Hypotheses: meaning of hypothesis, test statistics and
their types, Significance Level, Hypothesis Testing of
Proportions and Means and Differences between Means and
UNIT – III Proportions (Large and Small Samples), Test based on Z- test, t – (5 Sessions)
test and F -test

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Analysis of Variance: Introduction, ANOVA approach ,
UNIT – IV applications , one way classification and two way classification (4 Sessions)
for testing equality of treatment means.
Chi – Square and Non-parametric Tests : Introduction,
advantages and limitations of non-parametric tests, chi-square
UNIT – V test, Run test for randomness, Mann-Whitney U test, Wilcoxon (5 Sessions)
test and Kruskal –Wallis test
Multivariate Analysis : Introduction, Multiple regression ,
UNIT – VI discriminant analysis, MNOVA, SEM, conjoint , factor and (6Sessions)
cluster analysis
* Introduction of SPSS and practical application.
Master of Business Administration 37
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Sharma, J. K. (2010). Business Statistics. New Delhi: Pearson Education (P) Ltd.
 Bali, N. P., Gupta, P. N., & Gandhi, C. P. (2008). Text Book of Quantitative Techniques.
New Delhi: Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.

Reference Books:
 Bajpai, N. (2001). Business Statistics. New Delhi: Pearson Education (P) Ltd.
 Levin, R. I. (1997). Statistics for Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education (P) Ltd.
 Hooda, R. P. (2003). Statistics for Business and Economics. New Delhi: Macmillan
Publication.
 Beri, G. C. (2010). Business Statistics. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd.
 Gupta, S.C. (2006). Fundamentals of Statistics. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.
 Elhance, D.N. (2008). Fundamentals of Statistics. New Delhi: Kitab Mahal Distributors
New Delhi.

Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Business and Economic & Economic Statistics
 Journal of Statistical Software
 Journal of American Statistical Association
Learning outcomes:
 Students will be able to apply different statistical methods to solve various statistical and
decision making problems with the help of software’s.
 Students will be able to understand role of statistical techniques in business research
analysis.
 Students will be able to analyze and interpret managerial, scientific, health , engineering
statistical problems.
Master of Business Administration 38
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Management Information Systems


Course Code: MBA2107 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: MIS are business concepts in which the influence of information technology has
caused change. Management Information Systems aims to give students a practical and
theoretical background to the use of IT in the business world. It covers various business
initiatives and how technology supports these initiatives

Objectives of the Course:


 Provide the fundamentals associated with the management of information technology in a
business enterprise.
 Provides an understanding of the Information Systems (IS) management framework of
Ebusiness.
 Provides insight on how to develop and implement enterprise-wide IT strategies,
initiatives and programs

Credits: 04 L–T–P: 4–0–0
Trimester II
Teaching
Module No. Content
Hours
System Concept: Definition of Systems, Components of system, Types of
System, Concept of Data and Information
UNIT I.
Information Systems: Definition of Information System, Classification of 6 Sessions
Information System, Operation support system, Management Support System,
Importance of Management Information System

Management support system and classifications: Management Information


UNIT II.
System, Decision Support Systems, Executive Information System, Knowledge 4 Sessions
Management Systems and Expert System
Role of Management Information System: Competitive Strategy concept,
UNIT III.
Value Chain and Strategic IS, Business Process Reengineering, Difference 5 Sessions
between Business Improvement and BPR
Developing MIS System (Part 1): System Development Life Cycle-
UNIT IV Traditional approach and Prototyping approach, Feasibility Analysis, System 5 Sessions
Analysis, System Design

Developing MIS System (Part 2): System Implementation, Testing,


UNIT V 5 Sessions
Documentation, Training, Conversion & Maintenance

Applications: Enterprise Resource Planning, Customer Relationship


UNIT VI Management. Security & Ethical challenges of IT. Ethical Responsibilities – 5 Sessions
Business Ethics, Technology Ethics.
Text Books:
 O’Brien, J. (2007). Management Information System. 8th Edition; Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
Master of Business Administration 39
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Reference Books:
 Laudon & Laudon. (2007). Business Information System. 9th Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
 Behl, R. (2006). Information Technology for Management. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
 Jawedkar, S. (2007). Management Information System. 3rd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
 David, W. (2008). Business Data Analysis using Excel. Oxford Publications.
Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Information Systems
 Journal of Cost Management
 International Journal of Technology Management
 International Journal of Management Information Systems
Learning Outcomes:

 Demonstrate effective analytical and critical thinking skills to make an appropriate business
related decisions
 Distinguish and analyze ethical problems that occur in business and society
 Apply leadership skills and competencies in business situations
 Illustrate how current technologies and decision-support tools can be utilized to the
advantage of business operations.
 Demonstrate an understanding of the major functional areas of Business
 Explain the role and significance of effective management information systems, and describe
how they contribute to optimizing organizational performance.
 Explain fundamental database concepts and apply these concepts to the design and
development of relational databases.
 Demonstrate the major steps in the design and implementation phases of the system
development life cycle (SDLC)
Master of Business Administration 40
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Financial Management
Course Code: MBA3101 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Financial management entails planning for the future of a person or a business
enterprise to ensure a positive cash flow. It includes the administration and maintenance of
financial assets. Besides, financial management covers the process of identifying and
managing risks. From an organizational point of view, the process of financial management is
associated with financial planning and financial control.

Objectives of the Course:

 To learn the financial tools needed to make business decisions.


 To get a basic insight of corporate finance theory, but emphasizes the application of
theory to business decisions.

Overview of Financial Management:


Traditional and Modern Approach of Financial Management;
UNIT I Objective: Profit vs. Wealth Maximization and EPS Maximization; (5 Sessions)
Functions of Financial Management; Risk and Return; Time Value
of Money
Investment Decisions
Nature & Techniques of Capital Budgeting, Traditional Methods:
Payback Period Method, Average Rate of Return Method, Time-
UNIT II (6 Sessions)
Adjusted Methods: Net Present Value, Internal Rate of Return
Method, Profitability Index Method, Discounted Payback Period
Method.
Cost of Capital
Concept and Measurement of Cost of Capital, Debt vs. Equity. Cost
UNIT III of Equity, Cost of Preference shares, Cost of Retained Earnings. (4 Sessions)
Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) and Marginal Cost of
Capital.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 41
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Capital Structure Decisions:


Capital Structure vs. Financial structure – Capitalization.
UNIT IV Leverages: Financial Leverage, Operating Leverage and Composite (5 Sessions)
Leverage. EBIT-EPS Analysis, Indifference of Financial Leverage.
Theories –The Modigliani Miller Theory –A critical appraisal.
Dividend Decisions:
Dividends and Value of the Firm - Relevance of Dividends; Factors
UNIT V (6 Sessions)
determining Dividend Policy. Dividend & Valuation of the firm-
The Basic Models: Walter Model and Gordon Model.
Business Valuation: Basics
Value Concept, Principles & Techniques of Valuation, Discounted
Cash Flow Valuation: Steps, Assumptions, Applications, Value
UNIT VI (4 Sessions)
Drivers; Relative Valuation: Steps, Applications, Valuation
Multiples, Value based Management
An overview of Working Capital Management
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Kishore, R. M. (2008). Financial Management. 6th Edition. New Delhi: Taxmann
Publication.
 Pandey, I. M. (2009). Financial Management. 9th Edition. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing
House.

Reference Books:
 Khan, M. Y., & Jain, P. K. (2009). Financial Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-
Hill Publication.
 Chandra, P. (2009). Financial management. 7th Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
 Brealey, M. (2002). Principle of Corporate Finance. 7th Edition. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Maheswari, S. N. (2007). Financial Management. New Delhi: Vikas Publishers.
Master of Business Administration 42
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Journals:
 The Quarterly Journal of Indian Institute of Finance
(http://www.financeindia.org/fi.htm)
Learning Outcome
 Understanding the basic finance concepts like cash-flow, time value of money, return,
and risk as the building blocks of finance theory.
 Identify factors that have a bearing on the investment, financing and dividend decisions.
 Evaluate the financial viability of a capital budgeting exercise in various situations.
 Able to discuss the issues involved in value based management and corporate
governance.
 Will be able to analyze relevant factors that have bearing on the management of working
capital.
Master of Business Administration 43
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Human Resource Management


Course Code: MBA3102 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Human Resource Management has wide application in industry. As human


beings are the most important asset of the organization, HRM guides us in their optimum
utilization. Right from the entry till the exit of human resource in the organization, they need to
be properly taken care of, guided and controlled if the organization is to get the best out of
them. This objective can be achieved with the knowledge of the subject. In fact, this subject
provides immense career opportunities in any type of industry as human being are the part &
parcel of each & every industry. The knowledge of this subject is the essential requirement of
every manager.

Objectives of the Course:


 To develop a holistic understanding of Management of HR starting from procurement to
separation in an Organization.
Evolution of HRM: Personnel Management, HRM – concept,
objectives, Functions. Personnel Management vs. Human resource
UNIT I (4 Sessions)
Management. Concept of HRD.
Trends and emerging issues in HRM.
Human Resource Planning: Concept of HRP, Process.
Job Analysis: Concept, Job Description, Job Specification, Concept (5 Sessions)
UNIT II
of HRIS, HR Accounting and HR Audit.
Talent Acquisition: Recruitment - Procedure, Methods and Sources,
Selection-Procedure and types of selection tests.
Training and Development: Key Issues in Training, Training Vs
Development, Challenges in Training, Managing the Training (6 Sessions)
(Assessment Phase, Implementation Phase and Evaluation Phase),
UNIT III
Different Methods of Training and Management Development.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Performance Management: traditional and modern techniques,
Identification of Key Performance Areas and Key Result Areas –
UNIT IV (6 Sessions)
Ethical issues in performance appraisal. Concept of Potential
appraisal, Feedback mechanisms.
Compensation Management –Concepts and Components-Job
UNIT V (5 Sessions)
Evaluation- Incentives, Benefits and employee welfare facilities.
Industrial relations- Concept: Grievance Procedure, collective
UNIT VI Bargaining, Worker’s participation in Management, IR Machinery for (4 Sessions)
handling disputes.
Master of Business Administration 44
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Retirement/Separation- Concept: Superannuation, Voluntary


Retirement Schemes, Resignation, Discharge, Dismissal, Suspension,
Layoff.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 Rao, V.S.P. (2010). Human Resources Management. Excel Books. New Delhi.

Reference Books:
 Flippo, E. B. (2008). Personnel Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
International Series.
 Gomez, M. & Balkin. (2008). Managing Human Resources. Pearson Education. New
Delhi.
 Rao, P. (2007). Essentials of Human Resources Management & IR. (3rd Edition).
Himalaya Publishing House. New Delhi.
 Aswathappa, K. (2008). Human Resource management / Text & Cases. Tata McGraw-
Hill Publication. New Delhi.
 Aquinas, P.G. (2009). Human Resource Management. Vikas Publishing. New Delhi.
 Ivancevich, John M. (2005). Human Resource Management. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication. New Delhi.
 Monappa, A., & Saiyadain, M. S. (2006). Personnel Management. Tata McGraw Hill
Publication. New Delhi.
 Snell & Bholander. (2007). Human Resource Management. Cengage Learning. New
Delhi.

Journals:
 Advances in Developing Human Resources, Sage Publication
 Human Resource Development Review, Sage Publication
 HBR (Harvard Business Review)
Learning Outcome:
After completion of course student will be able to:

 Students were able to develop the main HR functions viz. acquisition, development, and
maintenance functions.
Master of Business Administration 45
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Able to understand Compensation administration, transfers discipline, redressal which


brought under the title Maintenance function.

 Able to Analysis and develop the Meticulous planning in orchestrating whole functions
of HRM the will obviate the future problems and accelerate the progress of the
organization.

 Enhance in knowledge related to Human Resource strategies which make a greater


contribution to the performance of any firm.
Master of Business Administration 46
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
International Business Management
Course Code:MBA3103 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The Primary objective of this course is to acquaint the students to emerging
global trends to business environment and introducing learners to the framework of
International Business. This course introduces students to the world of international business
and management by studying cultural influences, government and business structures in our
global economy.

Objectives of the Course:


 To achieve a real understanding of the complexities, opportunities & creative challenges
of international business across time, space & cultures and recognize those factors which
distinguish the marketing mix for overseas markets as opposed to domestic markets.
 To learn how to track & evaluate changes in world markets that effects the consumers
demand & shape of marketers’ strategies.
 To identify & analyze ethical issues in international marketing affecting sustainable
development (“green-marketing”) & social justice in business and to create awareness
about the various bodies working on the international level for the promotional of
international trade & business.
Conceptual Framework of International Business
History , Nature & Scope of International Business, Comparison
of Domestic Business and International Business, Reasons for
Growth of International Business, Stages of Internationalization,
UNIT – I (4 Sessions)
EPRG Framework, Globalization , Multinational Corporations,
India and International Business.
Cross Cultural Communication, Effect of Environment on
International Business
International Business Theories
International Trade Theories : Mercantilism, Adam Smith’s
Absolute Cost Advantage Theory, Ricardo’s Comparative Cost
Advantage Theory, Haberler’s Opportunity Cost Theory, Hecksher-
UNIT –II (6 Sessions)
Ohlin Theory.
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) Theories: Market Imperfection
Approach, International Product Life Cycle Theory, Transaction
Cost Approach, The Eclectic Paradigm.
International Business Organization Structure
Importance of Organization Structure, Different forms of
Organization Structure- Vertical Organization Structure, Horizontal
UNIT-III Organization Structure, Matrix Structure, Synthesis: Strategy & (5 Sessions)
Architecture- Multidomestic Firm, International Firm, Global Firm,
Transnational Firm.
International Business Risk: Country Risk Analysis,
Master of Business Administration 47
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Classification of Risk Involved- Political Risk, Socio-cultural Risk,


Economic Risk, Importance of Risk Analysis for International
Business. Regional economic integration, role of world bodies in
International business- WTO, IMF, World Bank
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
INTERNATIONAL STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Strategy in International Business, Pressures for Cost Reductions &
Local Responsiveness, Role of Strategic Management in
International Business,
Entry Decisions for International Business- Timing & Scale of
UNIT – IV Entry, Mode of entry in Foreign Market- Exporting, Turnkey (6 Sessions)
Projects, Licensing, Franchising, , Joint Venture, Wholly Owned
Subsidiary by Green-Field Venture or Acquisition,
Competitive Strategies for International Business- International
Strategy, Multidomestic Strategy, Global Strategy, Transnational
Strategy.
International Financial Management
An Overview of International Financial Management- Emergence
of International Finance; Difference between Domestic Finance and
International Finance; Development of International Finance,
UNIT – V International Monetary System, International Banking Services (5 Sessions)
International Marketing Management
Overview of International Marketing- Framework of International
Marketing, Nature & Scope of International Marketing,
International Marketing Mix Elements.
International Human Resource
Importance of HR in International Business, Recruitment &
Selection in International Business,
UNIT – VI Training & Development in International Business, Performance (4 Sessions)
Appraisal
Ethics and International Business
Ethical Business, Social Responsibility of International Business.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Hill, C.W. (2009). International Business. 5th Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
 Keegan, J. W. (2007). Global Marketing Management. 7th Edition. New Delhi: Pearson
Education.
Master of Business Administration 48
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Reference Books:
 Daniel, J., & Lee, H. (2009). International Business Environment. 11th Edition. New
Delhi: Pearson Education.
 Onkvisit, S., & Shaw, J. (2004). International Marketing. 3rd Edition. New Delhi:
Pearson Education.
 Derskey, H. (2008). International Management. 4th Edition. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of
India.
 Aswattapa, K. (2003). International Business. 3rd Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill.

Suggested Journals:
 Global Business Review; International Management Institute, India.
 Journal of World Economic Review; Serial Publications, India.
 IUP journal o Intellectual Property rights; IUP, India.
 Foreign Trade review; IIFT, India.

Learning Outcomes

 Students will be able to develop an understanding of global perspective.

 Students will be able to understand the dimensions of international marketers’ strategies.

 Students will understand the ethical implication of business decision making and

recognize ethical dilemmas. Students will have awareness about international trade

promotion bodies.
Master of Business Administration 49
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Operations Research
Course Code: MBA3104 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The Decision Making Body of any organization constitutes of Managers, who
work at different levels. Their ultimate goal is maximization wealth for the organization
through the optimum utilization of resources.

Objectives of the Course:


 To enable in understanding the role and relevance of operations research in management.
 To enable them to use these techniques optimizing the profitability and solving the
business problems of the organization.
Introduction of operation research, Scope, Nature and its
Applications in Decision Making.
Decision theory: Introduction, Types of Environment, Certainty,
UNIT I (5 Sessions)
Uncertainty, Conflict and Risk, Payoff and Retreat Tables Decision
Rules – One Stage Decision Making Problem and Multi Stage
Decision Making Problem: Decision Tree.
Linear programming: Mathematical Formulations of LP Models for
Product-Mix Problems; Slack and Surplus Variables, Standard form
UNIT II (6 Sessions)
of LPP, Graphical method, Simplex Method and Big M method for
Solving LP Problems and Concept of Duality
Transportation problem: Various Method of finding Initial Basic
Feasible Solution; N-W Method, Least Cost Method, VAM Method,
UNIT III (4 Sessions)
and Optimality; MODI Method, its Application
Assignment model: Algorithm and its Applications.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Game Theory: Concept of Game; Two-Person Zero-Sum Game;
Pure and Mixed Strategy Games; Saddle Point; Odds Method;
Dominance Method and Graphical Method for solving Mixed
UNIT IV Strategy Game (7 Sessions)
Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n - Jobs and Two -
machines, n - Jobs and Three - Machines, Two - jobs and m -
Machines Problems.
Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model;
Application of Poisson and Exponential Distribution in Estimating
UNIT V (4 Sessions)
Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue Model for
Better Service to the Customers.
Project Management: Introduction, Rules for Drawing the Network
UNIT VI Diagrams, Application of CPM and PERT Techniques in Project (4 Sessions)
Planning and Control.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
Master of Business Administration 50
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Vohra, N. D. (2010). Quantitative Techniques in Management. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw-Hill Publication.

Reference Books:
 Sharma, J. K. (2006). Operations Research. New Delhi: Macmillan Publication.
 Taha, H.A. (2008). Operations Research: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson
Education.
 Swarup, K. (2008). Operations Research. New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Sharma, S.D. (2005. Operations Research. Meerut: Kedar Nath Ram Nath.
 Gupta, P. K., & Hira, D.S. (2008). Operations Research. New Delhi: S. Chand &
Company Ltd.

Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Operations Research Society
 European Journal of Operations Research
 Asia Pacific Journal of Operations Research
 International Journal of Operations Research.

Learning outcomes:
 Students will be able to design, solve and improve mathematical model of different type
of scientific and managerial problems.
 Students will be able to find optimal solution of various mathematical models of different
decision making physical problems with various mathematical and computational tools.
 Students will be able to define and apply different type’s quantitative techniques to solve
managerial, scientific, engineering and social problems.
Master of Business Administration 51
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Marketing Management
Course Code: MBA3105 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: It is an introductory course designed to give students in business and other


disciplines an overview and understanding of the important role of marketing in
organizational success. Students will be introduced to all the significant uses and functions of
marketing. In addition to learning basic marketing techniques, students will learn to
appreciate why small, medium, and large organizations must develop a market and consumer
oriented focus if they are to succeed in the emerging competitive environment in India and
abroad.

Objectives of the Course:

 To introduce students to the basics of marketing, dealing competition and familiarize


students with marketing mix decision.

 To create awareness about the latest trends and developments in marketing and enhance
their problem-solving and decision-making abilities in strategic areas of marketing.

 To get students to think as business & marketing professionals involved in the effort of a
modern day business organization.
Introduction: Importance and Scope of Marketing, Philosophies
of Marketing Management Elements of Marketing, Marketing Vs
UNIT – I Selling, Consumer Markets and Industrial Markets. Marketing (5 Sessions)
Mix, Market Demand, Marketing Information System.
Consumer Buying Behaviour: Types, Process and Factors.
Market segmentation, Targeting and Positioning: Segmenting
UNIT –II Consumer and Business Markets – Bases, Purpose and Process, (5 Sessions)
Market Targeting, Positioning – Nature and Importance,
Differentiating the Product
Product Decisions: New Product Planning and Development
Process, Failure of New Products.
UNIT – III Product Life Cycle: Stages & Strategies. (5 Sessions)
Strategies for competition: Leaders, Challengers, Followers and
Nichers.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Product-Mix: Product Characteristics and Classification,


Product Differentiation, Product Hierarchy, Product System &
UNIT – IV Mixes, Product line and length analysis, Packaging, Labeling,
(5 Sessions)
Warrantees & Guarantees
Master of Business Administration 52
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Pricing Decisions: Understanding Price, Setting the Price,


Adapting the Price, Initiating & Responding to Price Changes.
Promotion Mix: Advertising, Sales Promotion, Sales Promotion
UNIT – V techniques, Personal Selling, Public Relations, Direct Marketing, (4 Sessions)
and Publicity, Factors in setting Promotion mix.
Channels of Distribution: Channel of Distribution for
Consumer/ Industrial Products, Functions Performed by Channel
Members, Channel design decisions.
Channel dynamics: Vertical Marketing Channel, Horizontal
UNIT – VI (6 Sessions)
Marketing Channel, Factors Affecting Channel Distribution,
Channel conflict Retailing/wholesaling: Functions and
Classifications.
New trends in Marketing Management
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Kotler, P. (2007). Marketing Management, Analysis Planning, Implementation and
Control. 12th Edition. Pearson Education.
 Kotler, P., & Keller, K. L. (2007). Marketing Management. 12th Edition. Pearson
Education.
 Kotler, P., & Armstrong, G. (1999). Principles of Marketing. 12th Edition. Pearson
Education.
Reference Books:
 Ramaswamy, V. S., & Namakumari, S. (2002). Marketing Management: Planning,
Implementation and Control: Global Perspective Indian Context. 3rd Edition. McMillan
Publication.
 Kumar, A. & Meenakshi, N. (2008). Marketing Management. Vikas Publishing House
 Czinkota & Kotabe. (2001). Marketing Management. 2nd Edition; Australia : Thomson
Learning
 Saxena, R. (2003). Marketing Management. 3rd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
Journals:
 Journals of Marketing Management by Westburn Publishers
 Indian Journal of Marketing (www.indianjournalofmarketing.com)
 Marketing Management JOURNAL (www.mmaglobal.org)
Master of Business Administration 53
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes

 Understand the concepts, tools and techniques relevant to marketing management


 Develop an insight into basic marketing mix issues
 Go through the complexities of buying Behavior
 Solve the strategic marketing problems faced by marketing managers
 Design marketing strategies
Master of Business Administration 54
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Operations Management
Course Code: MBA3106 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course is designed to meet the requirements of students regarding


operations management, its emerging issues and practice applications in corporate world.

Objectives of the Course:


 To enable in understanding the role and relevance of operations management.

 To enable them to use these techniques for optimizing the manufacturing process of the
organization.
Introduction to Operation Management: Introduction,
Historical Evolution, Scope of Operation Management, Operating
System – Classification,
UNIT – I Plant Location and Layout: Introduction and Managing Need for (5 Sessions)
Selecting a Suitable Location, Factors influencing Plant Location,
Location Models, Plant Layout, Classification of Layout, Design
of Product Layout, Design of Process Layout.
Material Handling: Introduction and Meaning, Objectives and
Principles of Material Handling, Selection of Material Handling
Equipments, Evaluation of Material Handling System, Material
Handling Equipments, Guidelines for Effective Utilization of
Material Handling Equipments,
UNIT–II (4 Sessions)
Material Management: Introduction and Meaning of Material
Management, Scope of Material Management, Material Planning
and Control, Purchasing, Store management, Inventory Control,
Standardization, Simplification, Value Analysis, Ergonomics, JIT
Manufacturing.
Production Planning and Control: Introduction and Meaning,
Need for Production Planning and Control, Objective of
Production Planning and Control, Phase of Production Planning
and Control, Operation Planning and Schedule System, Aggregate (6 Sessions)
UNIT –III
Planning, Master Production Schedule, Material Requirement
Planning, Capacity Planning, Routing, Scheduling.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Quality Control: Introduction, Quality, Inspection, Quality
Control, Statistical Quality Control, Quality Circle.
Work Study: Introduction, Productivity, Work Study, Method
UNIT – IV (6 Sessions)
Study: Motion Study, Work Measurement, Time Study
Quality Assurance and Certification: ISO 9000, ISO 9004,
ISO 14000 Series
Master of Business Administration 55
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Maintenance Management: Introduction and Meaning,


Objectives of Maintenance, Types of Maintenance, Maintenance
UNIT – V (4 Sessions)
Planning, Maintenance Scheduling, Total Quality Maintenance,
Total Productive Maintenance
Waste Management: Introduction and Meaning, Identification
and Control of Waste, Disposal of Scrap.
UNIT – VI Automation: Introduction, Types of Automation, Computer (5 Sessions)
Integrated Manufacturing, Reason of Automation, Advantages of
Automation, Automation Strategies.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Everett, A. Ronald, J. & Ebert, J. (2007). Production and Operations Management:


Concepts, Models and Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.
 Bedi, K. (2010). Production and Operation Management. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press.

Reference Books:
 Chary, S. N. (2010). Production and Operations Management. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Chunawala & Patel. (2009). Production and Operation Management. Mumbai: Himalaya
Publishing House.
 Goel, B. S. (2010). Production Operations Management. Meerut: Pragati Prakashan.

Suggested Journals:
 International Journal of Operations and Productions Management
 International Journal of Production Economics
 International Journal of Production Research

Learning Outcomes
 Understand the basic frame work and significance of plant location and layout decisions.
 Understand various tools and techniques of, necessary for running the production process
like, Capacity planning, Master production schedule, Routing and scheduling decisions.
Master of Business Administration 56
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Analyze the processes involved in production, a scientific manner by utilizing the


concepts like work study and method study.
 Understand the importance of Quality control tools and their implementation, in order to
maintain the quality of product/services.
Master of Business Administration 57
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Technology and Innovation Management


Course Code: MBA3107 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Technology is today seen as an integral component of the global strategy for
economic growth. It is seen as a key driver of wealth creation, and the ability to respond to
change through technology is seen as a major competitive advantage. Executives are required
to understand technology needs of their companies and manage the integration of technology
into the workplace. All modernization in industries has depended on the skillful use of
technology, and innovation forms the basis of survival and growth of all companies. Success of
a business strategy is directly related to the correct identification of technology required for
the business (e.g. product design is a key technology requirement for manufacturing) and
correct analysis of the strategic options provided by the existing and emerging technologies.
The course focuses on different matters of importance related to Technology and Innovation
Management. A unit has been dedicated to understanding the scenario in India regarding
technology usage and development.

Objectives of the Course:


 To enable students understand the importance of continuous innovation and effective
technology utilization in globalised economy.
 To provide an overview of current developments in the field of technology and
innovation management in organizations.
 To develop an understanding of laws and practices followed in India towards technology
management.
Creativity: Definition, Creative process, Techniques for creative
problem solving
Innovation: Difference between creativity, invention and
UNIT – I (5 Sessions)
innovation, Sources of innovation, Importance, Process and
types/organizational dimensions of innovation, Factors and
barriers affecting innovation in organizations
Technology: Concept and meaning of technology, Evolution and
growth of technology, Impact of technology on society and
business, Forms of technology: process technology and product
UNIT –II technology, Technology and market interaction (5 Sessions)
Innovation and Technology Management: Management of
technology process and its significance, Technology life cycle, R
& D and Competitive advantage
Technology Forecasting: Technology monitoring, Technology
strategy: concept, types, key principles, framework for
UNIT-III formulating technology strategy, Technology development, (5 Sessions)
Technology acquisition and transfer, Technology absorption and
diffusion - rate of diffusion, Strategic technological alliances.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 58
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Managing technology as a strategic asset: RBV theory, Booz


Allen and Hamilton methodology, Human aspects in technology
UNIT – IV (6 Sessions)
management: integration of people and technology,
organizational and psychological factors, organizational structure.
Social Issues in Technology Management: Technological
UNIT – V change and industrial relations, Technology assessment, (4 Sessions)
Environmental impact analysis, TAM
Technological environment in India: Technology policy, Role
of various government, organizations in development and
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
dissemination of technology-DST, CSIR, DRDO, UGC and
CART, Emerging perspectives on technology management
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Khalil, T, M, & Shankar, R. (2013) Management of Technology. New Delhi: McGraw-
Hill.
 Khurana, V.K, & Saini, A. K. (2017) Management of Technology & Innovation. New
Delhi: Ane Books.
 Betz, F. (1993). Strategic Technology Management. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books:
 Narayanan, V. K. (2007). Managing Technology and Innovation for Competitive
Advantage. New Delhi: Pearson Education Asia
 Schilling. (2006). Strategic Management of Technological Innovation. New York:
McGraw-Hill
 Sullivan, N. (1995). Technology Transfer. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Journals:
 Journal of Manufacturing Technology Management
 Journal of Science and Technology Policy Management

Learning Outcomes

1. Stimulate and inform a strategic perspective on the role of innovation, and in particular
to increase understanding of:
 The characteristics of innovation processes and the factors that shape and drive
innovation;
 The potential roles of incremental and disruptive innovation in creating and
sustaining firm competitiveness
2. Understand the sources of innovation competence in firms and how these competences
are developed, and in particular to increase understanding of:
 Why some firms are more successfully innovative than others;
Master of Business Administration 59
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 The many different sources of knowledge and capability used for innovation and the
strategies for accessing them.
 Understand the major tools that are used increasingly to assist innovation
management, both at the project level and at the level of organizational development.
 Understand the central role of learning in innovation and in innovation management.
Master of Business Administration 60
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Business Analytics
Course Code: MBA3108 Year: II Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Business Analytics refers to various categories of analytical approaches for modelling
different business situations and arriving at strategies as solutions for optimal decision-making
managerial processes. Thus, Business Analytics today refers to different approaches for modelling and
arriving at assessing and predicting risk, predicting market preferences, project feasibility, customer
segmentation, inherent and underlying dimensions in consumer preferences, factors leading to
probability of purchase, preferred segments in financial and credit card industry, probability of attrition
in large organizations.

Objectives of the Course:

 This course prepares students to lead in analytics-driven organizations.


 Students will explore the capabilities and challenges of data-driven business decision
making .
 The course will include hands-on work exposure with data and software.
 Topics to be covered include data manipulation, predictive analytics, decisions under
uncertainty, and decision analytics tools (linear and nonlinear optimization) .

Introduction to Business Analytics, A Brief History of Analytics,


Business: The Decision-Making and Execution Perspective,
Analytics: The Techniques Perspective, IT: The Tools and
Systems Perspective, A Framework for Business Analytics,
Rational Decisions, Decision Needs and Decision Layers,
UNIT – I Models: Connecting Decision Needs to Analytics, Stakeholders, (5 Sessions)
Roles: Connecting Stakeholders to Analytics, Big Y, Little Y and
Decision Framing, Decision Framing for Decision Layers, The
Airline Partnership Model, Aligning the Layers: Tying the
Decision Frame, Decision Frames Set Business Expectations
Decision Making, Types of Models, Context Diagrams, Data
Visualization, Mathematical Models, Big Data and Big Models,
Network Models, Capability Models, Control Systems Modeling,
UNIT –II Optimization Systems Modeling, Workflow Modeling, (6 Sessions)
Deliverables from Decision Modeling, The Role of the Decision
Modeler, The Decision Making Method, Set Context, Decision
Process, Decision Making Roles, Decision Execution
Business Intelligence, A Brief History of Data Infrastructure,
Business Intelligence for Analytics, Business Intelligence in the
UNIT – III Analytics Framework, Data Sourcing, Transaction Processing (4 Sessions)
Systems, Benchmarks and External Data Sources, Survey Tools,
Analytical Output, Data Loading, Solve Data Quality IT Issues,
Master of Business Administration 61
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Analytical Datasets and BI Assets ,Operational Data Store, Data


Warehouse, Data Mart., Data Structuring and Transformation,
Business Analytics Input Databases, Business Analytics Ready
Databases, Analytics Tools, Reporting, Dashboards, Data
Visualization, Modeling Capabilities, Spreadsheets and Microsoft
Office Integration, Data Stewardship and Meta Data
Management, Collaboration, Inline Analytics Tools Deployment

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Data, Initial Data Provision, First-Cut Review of the Data, Sorts,


Scatters and Histograms, Fitness for Use, Privacy and
Surveillance, Ongoing Data Provision, Ongoing Data Sourcing,
Ongoing Data Assessment, Data Scrubbing and Enrichment,
Data Scrubbing, Data Enrichment, On Hierarchies, Tagging, and
Categorizations, Manage Data Problems, Work with IT to Solve
UNIT – IV IT Issues, Work with Business to Solve Business Issues, Manage (5 Sessions)
Data Dictionary, Why Bother with Analytics?, Analytics Culture
Maturity, Actionable Analytics, Measure the Value of Analytics,
Scaling the Decision Culture, Lies, Damn Lies and Statistics (or
Analytics), Value Management: From Assessment to
Realization, Make a Plan, Criticize the Plan, Execute the Plan,
Re-assess at Checkpoints
Analytical Methods, Analytics Ecosystem, Placing Analytics
Capabilities in the Organization, Analytics Team Skills and
UNIT – V (5 Sessions)
Capacity, Analytics Scheduling and Workflow, Tracking the
Value of Analytics,
Analytics Maturity Model, Process Value Management
(Experiment to Evolve), Capability Value Management,
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
Organizational Value Management, Concept to Value
Realization, Criteria for Selecting the Analytics Method.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Albright, S., and Wayne Winston. Business Analytics: Data Analysis & Decision
Making. Nelson Education, 2014.
 Anil Maheswari (2017). Data Analytics. Mc Graw Hill
 Sandhya Kuruganti & Hindol Basu (2017). Business Analytics: Applications to
Consumer Marketing. Tata McGraw Hill
 Kadre, Shailendra, and Venkat Reddy Konasani. Practical Business Analytics Using
SAS: A Hands-on Guide. Apress, 2015.
Master of Business Administration 62
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Rao, Purba Halady. BUSINESS ANALYTICS: An application focus. PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., 2013.
 Liebowitz, Jay, ed. Big data and business analytics. CRC press, 2013.
 Laursen, Gert HN, and Jesper Thorlund. Business analytics for managers: Taking
business intelligence beyond reporting. John Wiley & Sons, 2016.
 Hofmann, Markus, and Ralf Klinkenberg, eds. RapidMiner: Data mining use cases
and business analytics applications. CRC Press, 2013.

Learning Outcomes

Student will be able to

 Develop new or improved innovative business processes from gap analysis through
process design in support of a company's strategic objectives in a socially responsible
manner.
 Develop business models that support a company's strategic objectives.
 Articulate the interdependence between financial and operational metrics used in value
chain analysis to key decision makers.
 Appraise the impact on financial and operational performance of specific business
processes/models.
 Evaluate the opportunities for business process and supply chain improvement based on
current best practices across industries, as well as new breakthrough thinking.
Master of Business Administration 63
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Fundamentals of Banking and Insurance


Course Code: MBA3109 Year: I Trimester: III Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course is designed to provide a broad view on fundamentals of banking
business their functions and impact on economy of India in general and on different segments
of the society. It will also explain the role of Reserve Bank of India in monitoring and control
of the banking system. The role of financial institutions and markets will also be covered. The
course will also provide an overview on the business of insurance sector. The very purpose of
this course is to an insight of banking, finance and insurance services.

Objectives of the Course:


 To have an understanding about the role of commercial banks in India
 To get familiarize with the functions of and financial system and role of financial services in the
economy of a country
 To understand the fundamentals of insurance business
Commercial Banking system: Evolution of banks in India,
different types of banking system in India, contribution of banks
UNIT – I in the economic growth of the country. Trends of banking (5 Sessions)
business. Functions of commercial banks

Regulatory Mechanism: Role of the Reserve Bank of India,


Functions of Reserve Bank of India, Regulatory Mechanism for
UNIT –II monitoring and control of commercial banks by the Reserve Bank (5 Sessions)
of India.
Financial system of a Country
Functions of financial system, important pillars of financial
UNIT – III system; Financial markets , financial institutions and financial (5 Sessions)
instruments, financial flows in the economy
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
An overview of financial services: The concept of financial
UNIT – IV services in the economy, types of financial services, role of (5 Sessions)
financial services in the economy,
An overview of financial markets:
Types and nature of financial markets, role of financial markets
UNIT – V in mobilization of financial resources, functions of financial (5 Sessions)
markets
An overview of Insurance Business:
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
The fundamentals of insurance business, types of insurance
Master of Business Administration 64
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

products and services, role of insurance in the financial system,


insurance business as social security measure.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Singh & Dutta (2013), Management of Commercial Banks- Tata McGraw-Hill Company
Limited.
Reference Books:
- Padmalatha Suresh & Justin Paul, (2010) , Management of Banking and Financial
Services, Pearson, Delhi
- Khan & Jail (2015), financial Services, Tata Mcgraw
- Arora (2014), Principles of Banking, S chand & sons, Delhi
- Annual Reports of RBI
- “The Banker”, A Journal of Indian Banks Association
- Websites- SEBI, RBI and IRDA
Learning Outcomes:
 Basic understanding of banking functions and role in the economy
 An overview of financial system, financial services and financial markets
 An overview of insurance business.
Master of Business Administration 65
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Strategic Management
Course Code: MBA4101 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Strategic management is the core element of any business course as it acts like
glue that holds other business subjects together. It is the field of management designed to help
general managers improve the long-term competitive position of their organization. It is about
success and failure, both from an individual and organizational perspective. It can help
management trainee to master the corporate jungle and to achieve individual career aims. It
instills the habit of reaching an identified goal by developing the necessary competence and
seizing available opportunities. In short, an understanding of strategy enhances performance
and improves career prospects

Objectives of the Course:

 To understand the nature of strategic management and its competitive and institutional
context
 To appreciate the strengths and limitations of strategic analysis, and how it fits into the
overall strategy process
 To master a range of methods and techniques of strategic analysis and have a clear
appreciation of their theoretical and empirical foundations, range of applicability,
qualifications and limitations.
Introduction to Strategic Management
Definition and importance of Strategic Management, Strategic
Management Process, Levels of Strategy
UNIT – I Strategic Intent: Hierarchy of Strategic Intent (6 Sessions)
Basic Concepts: Stretch, Leverage, Business Definition &
Model, Business Policy, emergent and realized strategy
Internal Environmental Analysis
The Resource Based View Of The Firm, VRIO Framework &
UNIT –II Application, SWOT Analysis, Value chain analysis, (4 Sessions)
Evaluating Firm’s Internal Capabilities,
External Environmental Analysis
Macro Environment, Industry analysis, Porter’s 5 Forces Model,
UNIT – III Strategic Groups and Strategic Types, Imitation & Competitive (5 Sessions)
Dynamics in an Industry
Strategy Formulation- Environment And Positioning School
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Corporate Level Strategies: Portfolio Analysis – BCG and GE
UNIT – IV models, The Corporate Parent, Directional strategies – types of (6 Sessions)
strategies for Growth, Stability & Retrenchment
Business Level Strategy: Porter’s Generic strategy model,
UNIT – V Strategic Choice, ‘Blue-Ocean’ Strategy (5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 66
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Strategy Implementation
Strategy Implementation and challenges, Structural, Cultural and
Functional aspects of Implementation - Strategic Management in
HR, Marketing, Finance, Operations, etc., McKinsey 7S’ Frame
work, Corporate Restructuring
Strategy Evaluation
Strategy Evaluation and Control, Developing Performance
UNIT – VI Indicator-Balance Score Card, Delta Model, Porter’s Diamond (4 Sessions)
Model, Managing Strategic Change
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Thompson, Strickland, Gamble & Jain. (2005). Crafting and Executing Strategy. 14th
Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publication
 Azhar, K. (2008). Business Policy and Strategic Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill Publication.
 Hamel, G. & Prahalad, C. K. (2003). Competing for the Future. Harvard Business
School.
Reference Books:

 Johnson, & Scholes. (2006). Exploring Corporate Strategy. Prentice Hall India.
 Hunger and Wheelen, (2004). Strategic Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
 Galbraith, J.R. (2006). Strategy Implementation: The Role of Structure and Process. West
Publishing Company.
 Macmillan, H. & Tampoe, M. (2005). Strategic Management. Oxford University Press.
 Pearce II, Robinson Jr., & Mittal. (1999). Strategic Management: Formulation, Implementation
and Control. Tata McGraw Hill.

Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 Identify and demonstrate the key components of the strategic management process and
how it can be applied in organizations in order to increase value propositions for all the
organization’s stakeholders.
 Appraise and judge strategic inputs, including the external and internal environment,
strategic mission and strategic intent.
Master of Business Administration 67
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Create a strategy including synthesizing appropriate elements of business level strategy,


competitive dynamics, corporate level strategy, cooperative strategies and international
strategies.

 Apply selected theories and strategy frameworks to analyze practical strategy related
issues in organizational contexts.
 Effectively communicate the change management strategies in various forums to an array
of audiences with accuracy, clarity, specificity and professionalism.
Master of Business Administration 68
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Supply Chain Management
Course Code: MBA4102 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Supply Chain as a management discipline originated after use of logistics in the
military and later branched into the commercial sector as business logistics. Now, the hottest
topic in the commercial sector is supply chain management. This course examines the
historical evolution of management thought to its newest frontier—supply chain management,
reviews the emerging practices that define supply chain management in business applications,
and demonstrates that supply chain management is more than integrated logistics.

Objectives of the Course:


 Understand the framework and fundamentals of Logistics & Supply Chain Management
as the foundation for building and sustaining high performance and effectiveness in the
organization.

 Develop an understanding of the significance of Supply Chain Management to achieve


cost effective supply and distribution of goods & services to meet varying customer
demand.

 Demonstrate the ability to analyze and apply critical thinking and learning skills related
to "real life" problems and situations.
Concept of Supply Chain Management- Evolution, Flows in
SCM, Process View of SCM, Drivers of SCM, Macro Process of
Unit -I SCM, Value Chain Analysis, Supply Chain Decision Phases. (5 Sessions)
Supply Chain Performance: Competitive and Supply Chain
Strategies, Achieving Strategic Fit.
Forecasting in Supply Chain: Forecasting in Supply Chain,
Methods of Forecasting, Planning Supply and Demand in a Supply
Chain.
Unit- II Inventory Management: Concept of Inventory, Types of (4 Sessions)
Inventory, Inventory Systems, Inventory Modeling: Deterministic
and Probabilistic Models( Single Period Decision
Model).ABC/VED and other Inventory Control Techniques
Designing Distribution Network: Role of Distribution in Supply
Chain, Factors influencing Distribution Network Design, Design
UNIT- III Options for a Distribution Network, Role of Network Design in (6 Sessions)
Supply Chain,
Risk Management and Network Design
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Unit- IV Logistics Management: Role of logistics in SCM, Difference (5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 69
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

between SCM and Logistics, Logistics Costs, Logistics Models,


Bullwhip Effect, 3PL, 4PL.
Transportation Management: Role of Transportation in SCM,
Transportation Decisions, Push vs. Pull System, Cross Docking.
Purchasing Management: Meaning, Functions of Purchase
Department, Purchasing Policies.
Material Handling System Design and Decision: Warehousing,
Unit- V (6 Sessions)
Store Management
Sourcing Decision: Role of Sourcing in Supply Chain, &
Outsourcing, Vendor Rating & Vendor Management
IT in SCM: Supply Chain Integration, Role of IT in SCM, EDI,
ERP, Internet and Intranet, Bar-coding, RFID
Unit -VI (4 Sessions)
Development in SCM: Supply Chain Restructuring, Demand
Chain Management, Virtual Supply Chain Management.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Chopra, S., & Meindel, P. (2007). Supply Chain Management –Strategy, Planning and
Operation. 3rd Edition. Pearson/PHI.

Reference Books:
 Levi, S. D. et al. (2003). Second Edition. Designing and Managing the Supply Chain:
Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies. Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Christopher, M. (2000). Second Edition. Logistics & Supply Chain Management:
Strategies for Reducing Cost & Improving Service. Pearson, India.
 Shapiro, J. F. (2001). Modeling the Supply Chain. Duxbury.
 Sople, Logistics Management. Pearson, India.
 Agrawal, D. K. Supply Chain Management-Strategy, Cases & Best Practices. Macmillan.
 Shah, J. Supply Chain Management- Text and Cases. Pearson, India.

Suggested Journals:
 International Journal of Decision Making in Supply Chain & Logistics, Serials
Publications, New Delhi.
 Supply Chain Management: An International Journal, Emerald.
 Journal of Supply Chain Management, Wiley-Blackwell.
 Supply Chain Forum: An International Journal, BEM – ISLI.
Master of Business Administration 70
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes
 Will be able to understand the basic framework of supply chain working and its
significant in achieving firm’s objectives.

 Will be able to solve real business life issues related to forecasting and inventory
management.

 Will be able to design and develop suitable distribution network.

 Will be able to make decisions about purchasing policies, vendor selection and material
handling issues.
Master of Business Administration 71
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Business to Business and E-Marketing
Course Code: MBA4103 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours:30

Preamble: B2B marketing throws up special challenges and opportunities to those who
serve market other than for personal consumption. Since the students get more exposed to B2C
situations, the course is intended to help students develop a greater understanding of
institutional markets, where are they , and how do they operate ,strategies to tap these markets
and serve them.
This course will provide the students with an analytical and technical framework to
understand the emerging world of e-Business. e-Business poses both a challenge and an
opportunity for managers. As a matter of competitive necessity, savvy managers must gain an
understanding of the rapidly changing technology and business models. They need to develop
a basic understanding of how electronic business differs from “real” business settings.

Objectives of the Course:

 To prepare for a career in “Business to Business Marketing”


 To expose the students to a variety of product-market situations in the Indian context
 To share the concepts and frameworks which may be more relevant in industrial
marketing situations
 Have a understanding of various data analysis techniques
 Evaluating the opportunities and risk factors involved in conducting e-Business.
 Identifying organizational processes and relationship that may have value added through
the application of an e business strategy
 Assisting in the incorporation of an e-business strategy into the organization’s goals and
objectives.

B2B Market, B2B Versus Consumer Marketing, Understanding


B2B Markets,
UNIT – I (4 Sessions)
B2B Marketing Environment, Strategies for managing the B2B
marketing environment
Nature of Business Buying, Interpersonal dynamics of
UNIT –II organizational buying behavior, Accessing market opportunities, (6 Sessions)
Segmentation, targeting and positioning in B2B marketing
UNIT – III Developing product strategy, Strategic innovation and new (5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 72
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

product development, Marketing channels participants, Physical


distribution and customer service.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Planning, Organizing and Controlling selling function,
UNIT – IV Managing advertising, sales promotion and publicity strategy, (5 Sessions)
Pricing decision analysis
Introduction to E-Marketing. Mapping fundamental concepts of
Marketing, Strategy and Planning for E-Marketing, Models Of
UNIT – V E-Marketing, Ethical and Legal Issues. (5 Sessions)
Internet of the future: “Customerization”.
Online Advertising: Display Advertising, Pay-Per-Click
UNIT – VI Marketing, Email Marketing, Blogging, Podcasting, RSS, Social (5 Sessions)
and Business Networking, Product Opinion Sites. Forums.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 Ghosh,P.K., Industrial Marketing, Oxford Publication
 Kalakota,Ravi,E-Business, Delhi, India: Pearson Education.

Reference books:
 Havaldar,K. Industrial Marketing, New Delhi, India: Tata McGraw Hill.
 Vitale,P. Robert, Business to Business Marketing,Delhi,India:Thomson
Learning Outcomes
 Analyze the consumer and business markets.
 Explain relationships among marketing and macro-micro environmental factors.
 Recognize marketing information systems and marketing research applications in
industrial market.
 Explain industrial market segmentation, positioning and selecting target markets.
 Explain the industrial marketing mix strategies that are possible for marketing managers.
 explain the importance of e-marketing;
 explain and illustrate the use of search engine marketing, online advertising and online
marketing strategies;
 explain the role of e-marketing plans as a component of corporate-level plans;
 conduct secondary research using various sources to identify and synthesis data into
useful management information.
Master of Business Administration 73
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Consumer Behaviour
Course Code: MBA4104 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Human behavior is very complex and difficult to predict. Marketers have always
been interested in knowing how consumers make their buying decisions regarding various
products. Who influence them and how. How do they respond to the various marketing stimuli
like advertisements, sales promotional offers, use of celebrities etc. offered by the marketers.
What are the latent motives behind the purchase of product. If these things are known to the
marketers it is possible to influence the consumers in favorable way.

This course will give knowledge about the determinants of consumer behavior which fall under
four main categories- cultural, social, personal and psychological. Insights from the industry
will help to understand the behavior of consumers. Developing marketing mix according to the
consumer behavior is the main motive behind this course.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop an understanding of consumer behavior from a variety of perspectives


(multicultural, interdisciplinary, etc.).
 To develop an understanding of peoples' consumption-related behaviors and to develop
and evaluate marketing strategies intended to influence those behaviors.
 To develop understanding of concepts in consumer behavior.
 To develop ability to apply the concepts to strategic marketing decisions.
 To develop ability to conduct research in consumer behavior.

Consumer Behavior – Disciplines and applications of consumer


UNIT – I behavior, Reasons for studying consumer behavior, Cultural (3 Sessions)
factors- Culture and Sub-culture, Core cultural values
Social factors- Social Class, life style profile and applications,
reference groups- Consumer related reference groups, Celebrity
UNIT –II and other reference groups, Family- Functions and roles, Family (6 Sessions)
Life Cycle
Personal/Psychological factors:- Personality, self concept and life
UNIT – III style, Motivation- Buying motives, learning and memory, (6 Sessions)
Information Processing models

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

UNIT – IV Attitude formation and change, consumer loyalty towards (5 Sessions)


Master of Business Administration 74
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

product, brand and stores, diffusion of innovation process,


opinion leadership.
Consumer Decision Making Process: Problem Recognition and
marketing strategy, Information search- sources and
UNIT – V implications, Evaluation of alternatives- evaluation criteria and (5 Sessions)
decision rules.
Purchasing Process and Outlet Selection, Purchase Behavior ,
Post-purchase Behavior, Models of Consumer Behavior,
UNIT – VI Organizational/institutional Buying Behavior, intermediary (5 Sessions)
decision making
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Schiffman Leon G. and Kanuk Leslie lazar- Consumer Behavoiur (Pearson/ Prentice
Hall, 9th Edition.

Reference Books:
 Hawkins, Best and Coney- Consumer Behaviour (Tata Mc Graw Hill, 9TH Edition).
Loudon, David L. and Della Bitta, Albert J. - Consumer Behavior (Tata Mc Graw Hill,
4TH Edition).

Learning Outcomes

 Learn key concepts and theories of consumer behavior


 Learn psychological theories relevant for understanding consumer behavior
 Learn how various environmental factors influences consumer behavior
 Learn what marketing strategy is and how it influences consumer behavior
 Understand applications of important concepts and theories in developing viable
marketing strategies
 Be able to develop appropriate marketing strategies for different segments of consumers.
Master of Business Administration 75
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Product and Brand Management
Course Code: MBA4105 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: It is a course designed to give marketing students, an overview and


understanding of Brand management. It discusses various aspects about how a product is
developed as a brand in market. The second half of the course we discuss the role of the
various components & strategies in building a brand.

Objectives of the Course:

 This course will attempt to understand various types of products in the product portfolio
of an organization. Developing new products and eliminating exiting products from the
portfolio will be examined. Why a marketer needs brand names and what is the need to
maintain brands equity
Product Management: Product Mix concepts, Product
Classification, Product Management: Product Development,
UNIT – I Product focused organization; Market focused organization, (6 Sessions)
Factors influencing design of the product, Changes affecting
product management.
Product Market Strategies: Product Life Cycle Stages and
corresponding Strategies, Product Evaluation Product
UNIT –II Positioning: Concept, Product Differentiation, Positioning
(5 Sessions)
Strategies, Preference Analysis, Benefit Segmentation
Brand Management: Brands Vs Products, Benefits of branding;
UNIT – III Brand attributes, Significance of branding to consumers & firms, (4 Sessions)
Brand Elements
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
The Brand Equity concept, Brand Equity Models – Brand Asset
Valuation, Aaker Model, BRANDZ, Brand Resonance. Brand
UNIT – IV Building: Brand building blocks and implications, Measuring (6 Sessions)
Brand equity: Brand Value Chain and Brand Tracking, Brand
Equity Management System
Brand Positioning & Values: Brand Knowledge, Identifying
UNIT – V and establishing Brand Positioning, Positioning Guidelines, (4 Sessions)
Brand Values and Brand mantras.
Designing & Sustaining Branding Strategies: Brand hierarchy,
Branding strategy, Brand extension and brand transfer,
UNIT – VI Managing brand over time- Reinforcing Brands, Revitalizing
(5 Sessions)
Brands, Co-branding, Celebrity endorsement, Brand Crisis.
Master of Business Administration 76
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Keller, K. L. (2004). Strategic Brand Management: Delhi: Pearson Education.
 Kotler, P., Keller, K. L., Koshy, A., & Jha, M. (2007). Marketing Management. New
Delhi: Pearson Education

Reference Books:
 Sengupta, S. (2006). Brand Positioning.
 Majumdar, R. (2007). Product Management in India. Delhi: Prentice Hall of India
 Kazmi, S. H. H. & Batra, S. K (2008). Advertising and Sales Promotion. New Delhi:
Excel Books.

Suggested Journals:
 Indian Journal of Marketing- Associated Management Consultants
 Journal of Marketing – American Marketing Association
 Journal of Marketing Management – ICFAI University Press

Learning Outcomes
 Understand key principles of branding
 Explain branding concepts and ideas in their own words
 Understand and conduct the measurement of brand equity and brand performance
 Practically develop a brand, including positioning and communication
 Prepare a professional, logical and coherent report in the form of a brand audit
 Deliver an oral presentation in a professional, engaging manner
 Develop an argument and express themselves clearly in both written and oral
communication Consider ethical issues
Master of Business Administration 77
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Training and Development
Course Code: MBA4106 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The efficiency of an organization depends directly on the capability and talent of
its personnel, and how motivated they are. Capability of a person depends on his ability to
work and the type of training he receives. While his personal capability is evaluated through
proper selection procedure, his training is taken care of by the organization after he has been
employed by the organization. Since training inputs may vary from on-the job experience to
off-the-job training, most of the organizations conduct skill based & specific training for their
employees. In Indian organizations, training and development activities have assumed high
importance in recent years because of their contributions to the achievement of organizational
objectives. The present course is designed to study the concepts and processes of training and
development.

Objectives of the Course:

 To enable one to develop the necessary knowledge, skills and confidence for undertaking
training activities.

 To develop an understanding of how to identify and assess training needs, and to develop,
plan, organize, deliver and evaluate the training programmes in an organisational setting.

 To develop an understanding on various training & development solutions to improve


employee performance.
Human Resource Development: concept, need and importance of
HRD, evolution of HRD in India, nature of Training and
Development, training approaches, Need for Training , Types of
UNIT – I Training, Aligning training function to business strategies, (5 Sessions)
training & development as source of competitive advantage,
Forces influencing working and learning.
Training Models, The Systematic Training Cycle, Methods of
Training Needs Assessment, Training Process, Design of
UNIT –II Evaluation Programme, Determining Return on Investment, (6 Sessions)
Types and Methods of Training Evaluation
Employee Development: Approaches to employee development,
UNIT – III the development planning process, company strategies for (4 Sessions)
providing development.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 78
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Employee’s career management, a model of career development,


role of employees, managers, and company in career
UNIT – IV management, challenges in career management: dealing with (4 Sessions)
older workers.

Introduction, characteristics, approaches and domains of


learning, Principles of Learning, Loops of learning, Learning
Process in training, Holistic approach to learning.
UNIT – V Key attributes and factors influencing the learning process (6 Sessions)
during training.
Organizational learning: concept and need, practices and values
of learning organization, manager’s role in learning organization.
Special issues in Training & Development program: Train the
trainer, on line learning & computer based training, outsourcing
training, training for developing Creativity, Managing Change,
UNIT – VI Leadership development, Team Playing , Effective (5 Sessions)
Communication, Managing Cultural Diversity, Time
management, Ethical issues for training & Development
Professionals, future trends that will affect training.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 Noe, A. R. (2008). Employee Training & Development. Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

Reference Books:
 Deb, T. (2008). Training & Development- Concepts & Applications. Ane’s Books India
 Krishnaveni, R. (2008). HRD- A researcher’s Perspective, Excel Book Publication.
 Lall, M., & Sharma, S. (2009). Personal Growth and Training and Development. Excel
Book Publication.
Journals:
 International Journal of Training and Development
 International Journal of Training and Development.
 Journal of Counseling and Development
 Corporate Training: Pulse Check, Training
Master of Business Administration 79
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning outcomes:
 Students must be able to develop the necessary knowledge, skills and confidence for
undertaking training activities.
 Students must have better understanding of how organizations making training need
assessment and identification, planning and organizing training activities, delivering and
evaluating the training programmes in an organizational setting.
 Students must also develop an understanding on various training & development
solutions to improve employee performance.
 This course will develop better understanding of being HR professional how one should
handle training and development related activities, tasks and responsibilities in the
organizations.
Master of Business Administration 80
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Leadership and Team Building
Course Code: MBA4107 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The leadership and team building course is designed to provide the student the
essentials of leadership and team building by developing the student’s ability to apply and
build skills using the leadership concepts studied. This course foundation is built on creating a
leadership vision, articulating this through effective communication, motivational skills, and
team building while helping students to identify and develop their leadership style.

Objectives of the Course:

After finishing this course the student will be able to:


 Assess adequately preconditions for leadership and team-building.
 Respect other people’ personality and take the full advantage of differences between
them as well as of their individual abilities and skills for the synergic effect.
 Understand the conditions for formation and development of team co-operation.
 Adopt crucial competences like Problem-solving, creativity, independence and
responsibility-taking.

Leadership: Concept, Introduction, meaning, definition,


Components of Leadership- Leader, Followers and situation,
Leadership myths.
Assessing leadership: Managerial incompetence, Leadership
UNIT – I Talent Management system. (4 Sessions)
Measuring effects of Leadership: Superior’s effectiveness &
performance ratings, subordinate’s rating of satisfaction,
organizational climate, morale, motivation and leadership
effectiveness, and Unit performance indices
Power, Influence and leadership: Sources of power, Power
acquisition for leadership, approaches to understanding power:
Emerson’s power dependence theory, Salancik & Pfieiffer
Strategic contingency Model, Mintzberg’s Genesis of power
theory. Influence tactics.
UNIT –II Leadership and values: Concept, forms of leadership, Moral (4 Sessions)
reasoning, Key work values, Stages of Leadership culture
development, Moral justification.
Organizational Politics: Concept, significance, Political
strategies: increasing power and exercising power.
Leadership Theories: Evolution of leadership theories, Basic
leadership models- Trait theory, Behavioral theories- Ohio State
UNIT – III studies, University of Michigan Studies, Blake and Mouton’s (7 Sessions)
Managerial Grid, Contingency Models- Fiedler’s Contingency
Master of Business Administration 81
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Theory, Hersey and Blanchard’s Situational Leadership theory,


Contemporary theories- Servant leadership, transactional and
transformational leadership.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Leadership and Change: Concept, approaches to organizational


change.
Leadership traits: bright side of personality and dark side of
UNIT – IV personality. (5 Sessions)
Leadership skills: Basic and advanced skills.
Leadership styles: Lewin’s leadership styles. Behavioral,
charismatic, traditional and Situational leadership styles.
Groups – Nature, Group Size, Stages of Group Development,
Group Roles, Group Norms, Group Cohesion.
Group Dynamics: Factors affecting group dynamics,
UNIT – V Approaches- Proximity theory, Homan’s Interaction theory, (6 Sessions)
Balance theory, Exchange theory.
Teams – Types, Ginnett’s Team Effectiveness Leadership
Model, Leadership prescription of the model.
Team Building: Stages in team building, Effective Team
Characteristics, Team building skills.
UNIT – VI Team building interventions: Levels of Team Building (4 Sessions)
interventions, types of interventions.
Building high performance teams: The Rocket Model.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Hughes, Ginnett, Curphy (2010) - Leadership, Enhancing The Lessons of Experience


(Tata Mc Graw Hill, 5th Ed.)

Reference Books:

 Halder U (2010) - Leadership and Team Building (Oxford university Press, 2nd Ed.)
 Yukl G (2007) - Leadership in Organisations (Pearson Education Ltd., 6th Ed.)
 West Michael (2003) - Effective Team Work (Excel Books, 1st Ed.)
 Sadler Philip (2007)- Leadership (Crest Publishing House).
Master of Business Administration 82
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning outcomes:
 Students will have better idea about preconditions for leadership and team-building.
 This course will make them sensible about respecting other people’ personality and
take the full advantage of differences between them as well as of their individual
abilities and skills for the synergic effect.
 Students will be able to understand the conditions for formation and development of
team and development of co-operation.
 Students must adopt crucial competences like Problem-solving, creativity,
independence and responsibility-taking for being an effective leader and for handling
team work adequately.
Master of Business Administration 83
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Performance Management and Competency Mapping
Course Code: MBA4108 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Today, organizations operate in very competitive global environment along with
the focus on employing knowledgeable and skilled workers. Universities are challenged with
providing scholars as skilled workers who will meet the expectations of the employers and
other stakeholders. The public want to see evidence of the efficiency and effectiveness.
This present course is to prepare the scholars to have theoretical and hands-on experience of
various tools and techniques used in assessing, managing and mapping the performance and
competencies of individual and organization.

Objectives of the Course:

 Performance management and competency mapping is the most critical function and
strong determinant of organizational excellence.

 To develop and appreciation skills essential for designing and instituting effective
performance management and competency management systems.
Introduction: Basic concept of performance and performance
management system, objectives, components, benefits, the
UNIT – I performance management model, approaches to performance (5 Sessions)
management and performance management process.
Role of Performance Management:-In Employee motivation,
UNIT –II Leadership, National culture, organizational culture. (3 Sessions)
Performance Appraisal: Need and methods for Performance
Appraisal: Assessment center, psychometric tests, Leaderless
UNIT – III group discussions, Management games, Simulation exercises, (7 Sessions)
Role Plays, Self-appraisal,360 Degree appraisal, BARS, Balance
score card, Performance analysis, Performance review discussion.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Competency: Concept, origin and development, factors
affecting competency, classification of competencies.
UNIT – IV Competency mapping: Concept, process. Methods of (4 Sessions)
Competency Mapping: Critical incident technique, interview
technique and questionnaires.
Developing Competency Models: The Lanchester Model of
UNIT – V Managerial competency, the Transcultural Managerial (4 Sessions)
competencies.
Master of Business Administration 84
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Issues related to development of competency models, resistance


and recommendations.
Application of Competency Mapping: Competency based:
UNIT – VI recruitment, selection, performance appraisal- performance (7 Sessions)
linked remuneration system, Training and development,
promotion and succession planning.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 Deb Tapomoy (2009). Performance & Reward Management.,Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:
 Herman Aguinis (2009). Performance Management, Pearson Education.
 T. V. Rao (2002). Appraising & Developing Managerial Performance, Excel Books
 GaneshShermon (2004). Competency Based HRM, , TMH.
 SeemaSanghi(2004). A Handbook of Competency Mapping, Response Books.
 Radha R Sharma (2006). 360 Degree Feedback, Competency Mapping and Assessment
Centers, , TMH.
Learning Outcomes
 Understanding about performance appraisal need and process will be developed.
 Performance management process will be learnt
 Students will single handedly able to prepare performance appraisal form.
 Student will be able to run competency mapping process.
Master of Business Administration 85
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND VALUATION
Course Code: MBA4109 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Corporate world in recent times has increasingly become more dynamic as
well as volatile. Globalization, enhanced IT capabilities, the all pervasive role of the
media, and growing awareness of investors have rendered the situation quite complex.
This subject attempts to give an insight into valuation approaches and align it along with
transactions, financings, taxation planning and compliance, ownership transition, and
planning and litigation support.

Objectives of the Course:


 To enable the students with key issues in financial analysis and business valuation
 An understanding of the importance of various assumptions underlying the valuation models
along with explanation of various business valuation techniques, with their pros and cons
 To develop an understanding of the valuation approaches for various with the help of application
of the concepts in real-life situations, with many examples.

Financial Statement: An Overview


 Balance Sheet
UNIT – I  Profit and Loss Account (4 Sessions)
 Economic versus Accounting Profit
 Statement of Changes in Financial Position
Financial Statement Analysis (I)
 Users of Financial Analysis
UNIT –II  Liquidity, Leverage and Profitability Analysis (5 Sessions)
 Financial Ratios as Predictor of Failure
 DuPont Analysis (Evaluation of a Firm’s Earning Power)
Financial Statement Analysis (II)
 Comparative Statements Analysis
UNIT – III  Trend Analysis (6 Sessions)
 Intra-firm & Inter-firm Analysis
 Analyzing Historical and Forecasting Future Performance
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Business Valuation: Basics
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
 Concept of Value, Principles & Techniques of Valuation
Master of Business Administration 86
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)


Discounted Cash Flow Valuation: Steps, Assumptions,
Applications, Value Drivers
 Relative Valuation: Steps, Applications, Advantages &
Disadvantages, Valuation Multiples
 Impact of Different Stakeholders in terms of Business
Valuation
 Priorities of Different Stakeholders in terms of Business
Valuation
 Value based Management
Valuation of Assets and Liabilities (I)
 Valuation of Fixed Assets
UNIT – V  Valuation of Inventories (5 Sessions)
 Valuation of Financial Investments and Marketable
Securities
Valuation of Assets and Liabilities (II)
 Valuation of Goodwill, Patents and Copyrights
UNIT – VI  Valuation of Brands (5 Sessions)
 Valuation of Real Estate
 Valuation of Liabilities
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Prasanna Chandra. (2011), Corporate Valuation and Value Creation. (ISBN:
9780071078221). Tata McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
 Edward Nelling. (2011). Business Valuation Demystified. (ISBN: 9780071702744). Tata
McGraw Hill.
 Robert Reilly, Jr., Robert Schweihs (2004). The Handbook of Business Valuation and
Intellectual Property Analysis. (ISBN: 9780071429672). Tata McGraw Hill.
 Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India Study Material
(http://students.icwai.org/studies/studies/Bus_val_man.aspx).
Master of Business Administration 87
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning outcomes:

 The students will be enable with key issues in financial analysis and business valuation
 Development of a n understanding of the importance of various assumptions underlying
the valuation models along with explanation of various business valuation techniques,
with their pros and cons
 Development of an understanding of the valuation approaches for various with the help
of application of the concepts in real-life situations, with many examples.
Master of Business Administration 88
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Investment and Portfolio Management
Course Code: MBA4110 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The course is intended to develop familiarity with the theory and empirical
evidence related to investment analysis and portfolio management. An emphasis is placed on
understanding how an investment professional would allocate funds in an hypothetical
portfolio. Major topics include estimation of capital market parameters, trade-off between
risk and return, optimal portfolio selection, equilibrium asset pricing models, and
delegated portfolio management. Emphasis will be put on development of techniques that
should be part of the tool kit of those interested in becoming professional investors and/or
researchers in finance.

Objectives of the Course:


 To develop an understanding of the investment alternatives that exists in the financial markets
 To develop ways of analysis of different securities.

 To instill in them the ability to construct and analyze a portfolio of investments.


Introduction:
The Investment Environment, Financial Markets, Investment
Alternatives, Trading Procedure
UNIT – I Investment Approaches, Structure of Securities Market, (5 Sessions)
Participants in Security Market
Regulatory Mechanism: SEBI and its Guidelines; Investor
Protection
Concept and Measurement of Risk & Return.
Market Efficiency, Empirical Evidence on Security Returns.
UNIT –II EMH & its implications for investment decision. (4 Sessions)
Adaptive Markets Hypothesis (AMH) as an Alternative to the
Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH)
Valuation of Equity:
Nature of equity instruments, Equity Valuation Models.
Approaches to Equit y Valuat ion:
UNIT – III Technical Approach: Overview of Concept & Tools Used (6 Sessions)
Fundamental Approach: Economy, Industry and Company
Analysis
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Fixed Income Securities:
UNIT – IV Nature of Bonds, Bond Prices and Yields, Term Structure of (3 Sessions)
Interest Rates, Managing Bond Portfolio, Bond Theorem
Portfolio Theory & Equilibrium in Capital Markets:
Portfolio Return & Risk, Efficient Frontier, Optimal Portfolio,
UNIT – V Risk-less Lending & Borrowing, Optimal Risky Portfolio, (7 Sessions)
Capital Asset Pricing Model, Single-Index and Multifactor
Master of Business Administration 89
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Models, Arbitrage Pricing Theory,


Portfolio Management: Portfolio Management Process,
Approaches to Portfolio Construction, Determinants of
Objectives, Choice of Asset Mix, Formulation of strategy,
UNIT – VI Portfolio Execution, Portfolio Evaluation and Portfolio Revision. (5 Sessions)
Portfolio Management and Performance Evaluation:
Performance Evaluation of Existing Portfolio: Sharpe, Treynor,
Jenson, Fama Measures
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Chandra, P. (2008). Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw-Hill Company Limited.
Reference Books:
 Bodie, Zvi, K., Alex, Marcus, Alan, J. & Pitabas, M. (2008). Investments. Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
 Jones, C. P. (2008). Investment Analysis & Management. New York: John Wiley &
Sons.
 Sharpe, W. (2008). Investments. New Delhi: Prentice Hall India.
 Fischer & Jordan (2008). Security Analysis & Portfolio Management. New Delhi:
Pearson Education.
 Ranganatham & Madhumati (2008). Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management. New Delhi:
Pearson Education.
 Kester, Ruback & Tufano (2007). Case problems in Finance. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-
Hill.
 Indian Securities Market Review (2009), www.nseindia.com.
 The Fact Book (2009). www.nseindia.com.
Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Fixed Income
 Review of Derivatives Research
 Case Folio: ICFAI
 Portfolio Organizer, ICFAI
 The Chartered Financial Analyst, ICFAI
Master of Business Administration 90
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes:
 Acquaintance of Students with contemporary investment avenues and determining their
risk-return propositions
 Understanding of fundamental and technical analysis to identify correct ‘entry’ and ‘exit’
time.
 Assessment of Risks involved in capital market investments and optimizing returns for
the same
 Exposure to real life buzzes of portfolio formation, evaluation and revision.
Master of Business Administration 91
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Merger Acquisition and Corporate Restructuring
Course Code: MBA4111 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The course is intended to develop familiarity with the theory and empirical
evidence related to strategic alliances and various allied finance related issues. Major topics
include theories and motives behind M&A, Financial Engineering, Takeover Defenses,
Valuation of M&A, Pricing of M&A Deals, and Legal framework as to M&A in India.
Emphasis will be put on recent cases of corporate alliances and exploration of synergy
benefits of such deals to understand the relevance of M&A in global business environment.

Objectives of the Course:


 To develop an understanding of the motives and modes of M&A in contemporary business
environment.
 To enable the students to explore the valuation of M&A deals from finance perspective
 To instill in them the ability to evaluate the benefits and costs of M&A deals.

Introduction
Business Alliances: Various Forms of Business Alliances,
Strategic Choice of Type of Business Alliance, Basic
Concepts in M&A, Forces driving M&A Activities, Types of
Merger, Motives behind Mergers, Theories of M&A,
UNIT – I (4 Sessions)
Operating, Financial and Managerial Synergy of Mergers,
Merger Process, Legal Procedures, Major Challenges to
success of Mergers, Due Diligence
Corporate Restructuring: Reasons, Broad Areas, Techniques,
Implications
Takeover Defenses
Defensive Operating Performance, Defensive Financial
UNIT –II Techniques, Restructuring and Financial Engineering, Anti- (4 Sessions)
takeover Charter Amendments, Other Board or Management
Methods, Post Acquisition Bid Techniques
Valuation of M&A (I)
UNIT – III Valuation Approaches, Discounted Cash Flow Valuation, (7 Sessions)
Relative Valuation, Valuing Operating & Financial Synergy,
Master of Business Administration 92
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Valuing Corporate Control, Share Exchange Ratio


MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Valuation of M&A (II)
Pricing of M&A Deals, Estimating Merger Gains and Costs,
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
Methods of Payment in Merger Transactions, Comparable
Companies or Transactions Approach
Key Financial Management Issues in M&A
Mergers as a Capital Budgeting Decision, Cost of Capital,
UNIT – V (6 Sessions)
Financing the Mergers and Takeovers, Tax Planning for
M&A
M&A Ethical and Legal Framework
Ethical Issues of Merger and Take-over, Legal and
UNIT – VI Regulatory Framework of M & A, Provisions of Company’s (4 Sessions)
Act 1956, Indian Income Tax act 1961, SEBI Takeover Code,
Provisions of Competition Act
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

TEXT BOOKS:

 B Rajesh Kumar (2010). Mergers & Acquisitions: Text & Cases. McGraw Hill
Education.
 Chandrashekar Krishna Murthy & Vishwanath S.R (2008). Merger Acquisitions &
Corporate Restructuring. Sage Publication.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

 Ashwath Damodaran (2010). Corporate Finance – Theory And Practice. John Wiley &
Sons
 Ravindhar Vadapalli (2007). Mergers Acquisitions and Business Valuation; Excel books,
1/e
 Sudi Sudarsanam (2003). Value Creation from Mergers and Acquisitions. Pearson
Education, 1/e
 Weston, Mitchel And Mulherin (2003). Takeovers, Restructuring And Corporate
Governance. Pearson Education, 4/e
Master of Business Administration 93
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Ravi M. Kishore (2009). Financial Management. TaxMann Publications, 7th Edition

Learning Outcomes:
 Understanding of Contemporary Business Alliances and their long-term strategic
implications
 Exploration of various possible ways of Restructuring and Financial Engineering in
modern business
 Assessment of mechanism of Merger and Acquisition Deals and valuation of corporate
controls
 Acquaintance of Students with legal framework related to mergers and acquisitions in
India
Master of Business Administration 94
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Course Code: MBA4112 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Corporate world in recent times has increasingly become more dynamic as
well as volatile. Working capital management ensures a company has sufficient cash flow
in order to meet its short-term debt obligations and operating expenses. This course
attempts to enable students to explore various strategies and approaches for working
capital management in real scenario.

Objectives of the Course:


 To enable the students with key issues in working capital management
 To develop skills for interpretation business information and application of financial theory in
corporate investment decisions, with special emphasis on working capital management.
 To develop an understanding of the working capital management approaches for various
components with the help of application of the concepts in real-life situations.

Introduction to Working Capital


Conceptual Framework, Operating Environment of Working
UNIT – I (4 Sessions)
Capital, Determination of Working Capital Requirement,
Working Capital Policy - Aggressive & Defensive
Management of Receivables
Receivables: Nature & cost of maintaining receivables, objectives
UNIT –II of receivables management, policies for managing accounts (5 Sessions)
receivables, determination of potential credit policy and its
implications
Management of Cash and Marketable Securities
Cash: Motives for holding cash, objectives of cash management,
Cash Management Models
UNIT – III (6 Sessions)
Cash Management: basic strategies, techniques and processes,
cash management practices in India
Marketable Securities: Concept, types, choice of securities;
Master of Business Administration 95
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

management practices
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Management of Inventory
Inventory: Need for monitoring & control of inventories,
objectives of inventory management, risks and costs associated
UNIT – IV with inventories (5 Sessions)

Inventory Management: Minimizing cost in inventory,


Techniques of Inventory Management
Working Capital Financing
Need and objectives of financing of working capital, cost-benefit
UNIT – V analysis of alternative strategies for financing working capital, (5 Sessions)
Pattern and sources of Working Capital Financing in India, with
reference to Government policies
Working Capital Management: An Integrated View
Liquidity vs. Profitability Trade-off, Payables Management,
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
Short-term International Financial Transactions, Integrating
Working Capital and Capital Investment Process
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Pandey, I. M. (2009). Financial Management. 9th Edition. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing
House.
 Bhalla, V. K. (2011). Working Capital Management: Text and Cases. 13th Edition.
Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:
 Kishore, R. M. (2008). Financial Management. 6th Edition. New Delhi: Taxmann
Publication.
 Khan, M. Y., & Jain, P. K. (2009). Financial Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-
Hill Publication.
 Rangarajan, K., Rangarajan, K., & Misra, A. (2006). Working Capital Management.
Excel Books India
 Periasamy, P. (2011). Working Capital Management –Theory & Practice. Himalaya
Publishing House.
Master of Business Administration 96
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning outcomes:

 The students will be enable with key issues in working capital management
 Development of skills for interpretation business information and application of financial
theory in corporate investment decisions, with special emphasis on working capital
management.
 Development an understanding of the working capital management approaches for
various components with the help of application of the concepts in real-life situations.
Master of Business Administration 97
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Global Business Environment
Course Code: MBA4113 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: International business has created a network of global links that bind countries,
institutions, and individuals with trade, financial markets, technology, and living standards.
International business: – causes the flow of ideas, services, and capital across the world –
offers consumers new choices – permits the acquisition of a wider variety of products –
facilitates the mobility of labor, capital, and technology – provides challenging employment
opportunities – reallocates resources, makes preferential choices, and shifts activities to a
global level What is International Business? International business consists of transactions
that are devised and carried out across national borders to satisfy the objectives of individuals,
companies, and organizations. International Business Questions • How will an idea, good, or
service fit into the international market? • Should trade or investment be used to enter a
foreign market? • Should supplies be obtained domestically or abroad? • What product
adjustments are necessary to be responsive to local conditions? • What are the threats from
global competitors, and how can these threats be counteracted?

Objectives of the Course:

 To explain the social, political and economic context of business.


 To understand cross cultural management and different forms of business organization
 To analyze emerging market multinationals
 To understand liberalization and economic nationalism.
Introduction to International Business Environment: Social,
cultural and technological environment - Understanding the role
of culture – communicating across cultures – cross cultural
UNIT – I negotiations and decision making. Political Environment foreign (5 Sessions)
legal environment, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; Demographic
Environment – Segmentation of the International Market.
International Economic Environment: International Monetary
System and Foreign Exchange Marketing: The Pre-
UNIT –II Bretton Wood’s period, breakdown of Bretton Wood system and (5 Sessions)
emergence of EMS, EU and EURO.
International Investment: Types and significance of foreign
investments – factors affecting international investment – growth
UNIT – III and dispersion of FDI – cross border mergers and acquisitions – (5 Sessions)
foreign investment in India – The New Policy – EURO/ADR
Master of Business Administration 98
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

issues – M & A – Indian companies going global.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Global Integration and Regional groupings: Regional


integration and trade blocks – Types of integration – theory of
customs union, European union – regional groupings –
integration of developing countries – SAARC, SAPTA, Bilateral
UNIT – IV & Multi lateral contracts – Economic institutions – International (5 Sessions)
Monetary Funds (IMF) – World Bank, Asian Development
Bank, UNCTAD, UNIDO, International Trade Centre, WTO,
GATT, GATS, TRIM, TRIPS.
Multi National Corporation : Multi National Corporation :
Definition and Meaning – Importance and dominance of MNCs
– Code of conduct – MNCs in India – Transfer of Technology –
global competitiveness –indicators of competitiveness -
UNIT – V competitive advantage of nations – Technology and Global (5 Sessions)
competitiveness. International Operations – Global supply chain
management – global manufacturing strategies – factors
affecting international HRM and staffing policy – International
negotiations –international asset protection – Protection of IPRs.
Country Risk Analysis: Country Risk Analysis; Classification
UNIT – VI of Risk Involved- Political Risk, Socio-cultural Risk, Economic (5 Sessions)
Risk; Managing risk.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 The International Business Environment by Anant K. Sundaram / J. Stewart Black-
Prentice Hall
 International Business environments and Operations John D Daniel,
Lee H Radebaugh, Daniel P Sulivan- Pearson Education, 10th ed,
2004
 Reference Books:
 International Management Managing Across Borders and Cultures, Fourth Edition by
Helen Deresky – PHI
 Dynamics of successful International Business Negotiations by Robert T. Moran,
William G. Stripp – JAICO
Master of Business Administration 99
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 The International Environment of Business by Gerald M. Meier – Oxford press, 2006.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the course Students will:

 Understand the social, political and economic environment in context of International


business.
 Get a brief idea about cross cultural management and different forms of business
organization.
 Learn the significance of Foreign Investment in the growth of any nation.
 Learn about the various trade blocks for regional integration.
Master of Business Administration 100
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
International Trade
Course Code: MBA4114 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course is designed to give students a fundamental understanding of the


growing importance of trade in world economy. Increasing international trade is crucial to the
continuance of globalization. Without international trade, nations would be limited to the
goods and services produced within their own borders. A great increase in the importance of
international trade has brought the various parts of the world in to much closer economic
relations. Practically all countries governments seek to regulate foreign trade in the national
interest.

Objectives of the Course:


 To explain the importance of international trade.
 To understand the implications of international trade theories in modern era.
 To understand the functioning of balance of payment.
 To conceptualize the idea behind administered protection and economic integration.
 To explain the dimensions of trade promotion measures.
 To create awareness about the various bodies working on the international level for the
promotion of international trade.
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL TRADE
International Trade: Concept and Definition, Growing
importance of trade in world economy , differences between
UNIT – I domestic and international trade; Gains from trade; trade (4 Sessions)
equilibrium and determination of terms of trade; Government role
in foreign trade.
TRADE THEORIES AND BALANCE OF PAYMENTS
Classical Trade Theories: Absolute advantage theory,
Comparative advantage theory, Factor Proportion theory
International Trade Theories: Human capital approach theory,
Natural resource theory, Identical preferences theory, Strategic
UNIT –II trade theory, International product life cycle theory (7 Sessions)
Balance of Payment: Meaning, Balance of trade and balance of
payment, structure of balance of payment; equilibrium,
disequilibrium and adjustments; Different approaches to
adjustment.
ADMINISTERED PROTECTION AND INTERNATIONAL
ECONOMIC INTEGRATION
Trade Barriers: Free trade versus protection; tariff classification;
UNIT – III economic effects of tariff; tariff retaliation; export subsidies, (4 Sessions)
countervailing duties and anti-dumping duties, quota and other
non-tariff measures
Master of Business Administration 101
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
International economic integration – forms and levels; trade
creating and trade diverting effects of a custom union;
UNIT – IV repercussions of regional economic groupings on the strategy of (4 Sessions)
international marketers.
TRADE PROMOTION MEASURES
Export assistance and promotion measures; EPCG scheme;
Import facilities; Duty exemption schemes; Duty drawback; Tax
UNIT – V concessions; Marketing assistance; Role of export houses, (7 Sessions)
trading houses and state trading organizations; EPZs and SEZs;
import substitution; logic of state trading and canalized trade;
trade fairs and exhibition.
INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC ORGANISATIONS
World Trade Organisation (WTO); International Monetary Fund
(IMF); International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
UNIT – VI (IBRD);Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries (4 Sessions)
(OPEC) ;United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
(UNCTAD) ; North American Free Trade Area (NAFTA);
South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC).
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Hill C.W. (2009), International Business, Tata McGraw Hill (5th Edition) New Delhi.
 Heller H.R(2009), International Trade, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
Reference Books:
 Keegan J Warren,,Global Marketing Management, Pearson Education (7th Edition), New
DelhiOnkvisit, S & Shaw. J, , International Marketing, Pearson Education (3rd Edition),
New Delhi.
 Aswattapa K, International Business, Tata McGraw Hill (3rd Edition) New Delhi.
 Paul.Justin(2005):International Business, PHI, New Delhi
 Varsheny R.L. and B. Bhattacharya: International Marketing Management, Sultan Chand
& Sons, New Delhi.
 Rawat, M.S.: International Trade and Commerce,Deep & Deep Publications,New Delhi
 Subba Rao, P.: International Business,Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
 Verma, M.L(2005): International Trade, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
Suggested Journals :
 Global Business Review; International Management Institute
 Journal of World Economic Review; Serial Publications,India.
 IUP journal of Intellectual property rights; IUP,India
Master of Business Administration 102
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Foreign trade review, IIFT

Learning Outcomes
By the end of the course Students will:

 Understand the importance and significance of international trade in economic


development.
 Develop an idea about the use of international trade theories in modern era.
 Understand the functioning of balance of payment and the idea behind administered
protection and economic integration.
 Be aware about the various bodies working on the international level for the promotion of
international trade.
Master of Business Administration 103
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
International Treaties and Conventions
Course Code: MBA4115 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: International treaties and conventions is sub-part of international business.


Through this subject student will get exposure about international environment, international
treaties and conventions and role of theses treaties in international business prospective.
Through this subject, role of international laws in global environment can also be realized.

Objectives of the Course:

 To prepare for a career in “International Business”


 To expose the students about international treaties and conventions.
 Have a understanding of international business environment.

The making of treaties


Entangled treaty and custom ,Methods of expressing consent to be
UNIT – I bound, Unilateral statements, Non-binding agreements, “Object and (4 Sessions)
purpose” of a treaty, International Treaties: Features and Importance
The Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties
The observance, interpretation, and application of treaties
Internal law, Interpretation, Rights and obligations of third states,
Invalidity and violation of treaties
UNIT –II Generally, Error, fraud, corruption and coercion, Ultra vires treaties, (6 Sessions)
Breach , War between the contracting parties , Termination by consent,
State succession
“German Court: No Airline Shoot downs,”
General principles, equity, judicial decisions, and highly qualified
publicists
The broad expanse of general principles ,Considerations of equity and
UNIT – III humanity ,Judicial decisions ,International law scholars, Declarations (5 Sessions)
and resolutions of international organizations
Limits of Law, Prerogatives of Power

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Conflicts between statutes and treaties


UNIT – IV General principles, The last-in-time doctrine (5 Sessions)
“The Legality of Using Force,”
Constitutional limits on treaties
Master of Business Administration 104
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Federalism and other constitutional prohibitions ,Self-executing and


non-self-executing treaties, Limitations concerning subject matter,
Interpretation and amendment,
“Texas Executes Mexican Despite Objection,”
The constitutional power to terminate treaties
General principles ,The ABM Treaty
Goldwater v. Carter,
UNIT – V Statehood and recognition (5 Sessions)
What is a state, Termination of recognition, Criteria, necessity and
effect of recognition
“The World Courts Non-Opinion,”
International Treaties and Conventions on Intellectual
Property
a)The Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property
UNIT – VI b)The Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic (5 Sessions)
Works
Implementation of international law in India: role of judiciary
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books

 Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties (VCLT)

 Harris, Cases and Materials on International Law

 Dixon and McCorquodale, Cases and Materials on International Law, Brownlie, Principles
of Public International Law, Ch. XXV

 Shaw, International Law

 Dixon, Textbook on International Law

Reference Books
 Aust, Modern Treaty Law and Practice

 Jennings and Watts, Oppenheim's International Law, Volume 1, Parts 2-4, Ch.14

 Sinclair, The Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties

 Reuter, Introduction to the Law of Treaties

 Rosenne, Developments in the Law of Treaties

 Klabbers, The Concept of Treaty in International Law

 Klabbers and Lefeber, eds., Essays on the Law of Treaties


Master of Business Administration 105
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Multilateral Treaties Deposited with the Secretary General

Learning Outcomes

 Students will be able to identify the avenues for career opportunities in International

Business.

 Students will be able to understand the dimensions of international treaties and

conventions.

 Students will understand the implications of business environment for international

marketers.
Master of Business Administration 106
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND DATA MINING


Course Code: MBA4116 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Data mining is not an “intelligence” tool or framework. Business Intelligence,


typically drawn from an enterprise data warehouse, is used to analyze and uncover information
about past performance on an aggregate level. Data warehousing and business intelligence
provide a method for users to anticipate future trends from analyzing past patterns in
organizational data. Data mining is more intuitive, allowing for increased insight beyond data
warehousing. An implementation of data mining in an organization will serve as a guide to
uncover inherent trends and tendencies in historical
‘ information, as well as allow for statistical
predictions, groupings and Classification of data

Objectives of the Course:


 It advances in data gathering, distribution and analysis have also created a need for an
application of intelligent data analysis techniques to solve business modeling problems.
 Intelligent data analysis provides powerful and effective tools for problem solving in a
variety of business modeling tasks

Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
Introduction to Data Mining: Motivation for data mining, Data
UNIT I. 5
mining definitions and functionalities, classification of data mining
Sessions
Systems, data mining task primitives
Integration of data mining systems with a database or a data ware
UNIT II. house, Major issues in data mining, Data preprocessing: why?, 6
descriptive data summarization, data cleaning: missing values, Sessions
noisy data.
UNIT III. data integration and transformation, Data reduction: Data cube 4
aggregation, dimensionality, reduction, numerosity reduction Sessions
Mining frequent patterns, Associations and correlations: Market
basket Analysis, frequent items and association rules, frequent 5
UNIT IV
pattern mining, efficient and scalable frequent itemset mining Sessions
methods
The Apriori Algorith for finding frequent Itemsets using candidate
5
UNIT V Generation, Generating Association Rules for frequent itemsets,
Sessions
Frequent itemsets without Candidate generation using FP tree
Data Mining for Business Intelligence Application: Data Mining
5
UNIT VI for applications like data mining for financial data analysis, retail
Sessions
industry, telecommunication industry, biological data analysis etc.

Text Books:
Master of Business Administration 107
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Jiwaei Han, M. K. (2008). Data Mining Concepts & Techniques. Elsevier.


Reference Books:
 Dunham, M. H. (2008). Introduction to Data Mining. New Delhi: PHI.

Learning Outcomes:
• Understand what business intelligence and data mining are.
• Critique and interpret business intelligence and data mining reports prepared by others.
• Effectively apply data mining techniques in a variety of business applications.
• Understand how to avoid common business intelligence mistakes.
Master of Business Administration 108
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MBA4117: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


(MBA)

Prerequisite: A Database Management System (DBMS) is a set of computer programs that


controls the creation, maintenance, and the use of a database. It allows organizations to place
control of database development in the hands of database administrators (DBAs) and other
specialists. A DBMS is a system software package that helps the use of integrated collection of
data records and files known as databases. It allows different user application programs to easily
access the same database. DBMSs may use any of a variety of database models, such as the
network model or relational model.

Objectives of the Course:


 To provide knowledge regarding how data is more secure in this as compared to flat file
systems.
 How to manage data in the form of tables. In DBMS you can update/select/delete data or
records.


Credits: 04 L–T–P: 4–0–0
Trimester IV


Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
Introduction: An overview of database management system,
UNIT I. database system Vs file system, Database system concept and 5
architecture, data model schema and instances, data independence, Sessions
DDL, DML.
Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model: ER model
concepts, notation for ER diagram, mapping constraints, keys,
UNIT II. 5
Concepts of Super Key, candidate key, primary key,
Sessions
Generalization, aggregation, reduction of an ER diagrams to
tables.
Relational data Model and Language: Relational data model
UNIT III. 5
concepts, integrity constraints, entity integrity, referential integrity,
Sessions
Keys constraints, Domain constraints, relational algebra.
Introduction on SQL: Characteristics of SQL, advantage of SQL.
SQL data type and literals. Types of SQL commands. SQL
7
UNIT IV operators and their procedure. Tables and views. Queries and sub
Sessions
queries. Aggregate functions. Insert, update and delete operations,
Joins, Unions, Intersection, Minus.
Data Base Design & Normalization: Functional dependencies,
normal forms, first, second, third normal forms, loss less join 4
UNIT V
decompositions, normalization using FD, MVD, and JDs, Sessions
alternative approaches to database design.
Master of Business Administration 109
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Transaction Processing Concept: Transaction system, Testing of


serializability, serializability of schedules, conflict & view 4
UNIT VI
serializable schedule, recoverability, Recovery from transaction Sessions
failures.
Text Books:
 Date C J, “ An Introduction to Database Systems”, Addision Wesley
 Korth, Silbertz, Sudarshan,” Database Concepts”, McGraw Hill

Reference Books:
 Ramkrishnan, Gehrke, “ Database Management System”, McGraw Hill
 Bipin C. Desai, “ An Introduction to Database Systems”, Gagotia Publications
 Majumdar & Bhattacharya, “Database Management System”, TMH
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand and evaluate the role of database management systems in information technology
applications within organizations.
 Recognize and use contemporary logical design methods and tools for databases.
 Derive a physical design for a database from its logical design.
 Implement a database solution to an information technology problem.
 Understand the SQL data definition and SQL query languages.
Master of Business Administration 110
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MBA4118: INTERNET PROGRAMMING AND VISUAL BASICS


(MBA)

Prerequisite: Common approaches for this class include lecture, written assignments,
presentations, and small group & team exercises. The success of the course will depend upon
student’s understanding of concepts and the way they relate these with real life corporate. A
proper methodology will be followed to make the students aware about Internet programming
and visual basics.

Objectives of the Course:


 To describe basic Internet Protocols.
 Explain JAVA and HTML tools for Internet programming.
 To enable students to get an idea about visual basic language


Credits: 04 Trimester IV L–T–P: 4–0–0
Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
INTRODUCTION TO WEB: Internet: Internetworking,
UNIT I. Concepts, Internet Protocol Addresses, WWW Pages & Browsing, 5
Security, Internet Applications, Analog & Digital Signals, Sessions
Bandwidth, Network Topology.
More About Web: Packet Transmission, Long Distance
UNIT II. communication, Network Applications. E-mail. URL, Domain 5
Name System, Overview of HTTP,HTTP request response, Sessions
generation of dynamic web pages, cookies.
HTML, An Introduction, Basic HTML, Formatting and Fonts,
UNIT III. Commenting Code, Anchors, Backgrounds, images, Hyperlinks, 5
Lists, Tables, Frames, simple HTML Forms, XHTML. Sessions
Introduction to dynamic HTML.
Introduction to Visual Basic: Event-driven Programming,
Starting and Exiting VB, Understand VB Environment, Project
5
UNIT IV Explorer, Properties
Sessions
Window, Toolbox, Form Layout Window, Property Pages, Getting
Help, Saving Project, Printing Project, Running Applications.
How to code in Visual Basic: Code Window, Naming
Conventions, Variables ( all datatypes ) - Byte, Boolean, Integer,
Long (long integer), Single (singleprecision floating point),
Double (double-precision floating 5
UNIT V
point), Currency (scaled integer), Decimal, Date, Object, String Sessions
(variable- length), String (fixed-length), Variant (with numbers),
Variant (with characters), User- defined (using type), Scope
(Global, Local, Static), Constants
Master of Business Administration 111
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

VISUAL BASICS: Functions and control statements String


Functions, Mathematical Functions, Date Functions, Data type
5
UNIT VI Conversion Functions.
Sessions
Control Statement: IF and IIF Statement, Select Case Statement,
Do Statement, For Statement Exit Statement.

Reference Books:
 Deitel, Deitel and Nieto, “Internet and World Wide Web – How to program”, Pearson
Education Publishers, 2000.
 R. Krishnamoorthy & S. Prabhu, “Internet and Java Programming”, New Age
International Publishers, 2004.
 Thomno A. Powell, “The Complete Reference HTML and XHTML”, fourth edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
Learning Outcomes:
 Familiarize students with Internet structure and with basic protocols
 provide knowledge of and proficiency in basic techniques for the development of web-based
applications,
 provide basic knowledge of construction techniques related to client-server applications
 Design, create, build, and debug Visual Basic applications.
 Explore Visual Basic’s Integrated Development Environment (IDE).
 Implement syntax rules in Visual Basic programs.
 Explain variables and data types used in program development.
 Apply arithmetic operations for displaying numeric output.
 Write and apply decision structures for determining different operations.
Master of Business Administration 112
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Finance in Retail Operations


Course Code: MBA 4119 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Financial retailing gives more exposure of financial and accounting dimensions
apart from retail marketing practices. This knowledge will explore more opportunities apart
from marketing domain to financial domain that are still not explored. This course will create
awareness about the accounting procedures, cost concepts and working capital practices in
Retail Management.

Objectives of the Course:

 To prepare for a career in “Finance in Retail Operations”


 To share the concepts and frameworks of Financial Dimensions of Retailing
 Have a understanding of various financial analysis techniques in Retail Operations
Practices.
 Assisting in the incorporation of financial strategy in the retail organization’s goals and
objectives.
Introduction, Merchandising Transactions - Income measurement
for a Merchandising company — Revenue from sales - Cost of
UNIT – I goods sold -Operating expenses - Work sheet for Merchandising
(5 Sessions)
Company – Classified Financial Statements.
Management of Debtors - Objectives - Credit standard norms –
Credit analysis - Determination of credit policy - Management of
UNIT –II cash - Motives –Cash planning and control - preparation of cash
(5 Sessions)
budget in Retail Management
Costing - Cost concepts - Cost classification – CVP analysis -
UNIT – III BEP calculation - Cost control - Cost reduction technique and (5 Sessions)
tools in Retail business
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Pricing the merchandise in Retail, Pricing Objective and
Policies; Interaction between Retailer’s pricing Objectives and
UNIT – IV other Decisions; Specific Pricing Strategies; Basic Markup
(5 Sessions)
Formulas; Markdown Management
Management of Working Capital - Meaning - Significance -
UNIT – V Types; Factors Determining working capital needs in retail (5 Sessions)
business - optimum working capital— working capital cycle.
UNIT – VI Financial Merchandise management, Inventory Valuation: The (5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 113
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Cost and Retail Methods of Accounting; Merchandise


Forecasting and Budgeting; Unit Control System; Financial
Inventory Control. Financial Implications of Retail Strategy
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Reference books:
 Retail Management; Michael Levy, Barton A Weitz, & Ajay Pandit; The McGraw Hill
publications.
 Retail Management, Chetan Bajaj, Rajnish Tuli, & Nidhi V Srivastava; Oxford
University Press.
 Retail Management: A strategic approach, Barry Berman and Joel R. Evans; Prentice-
Hall, Inc.
 Cost. Accounting: Principles and Practice; Manash Dutt; Pearson Education, India
 Financial Management; S.N. Maheswari; Sultan Chand & Co. New Delhi

Learning Outcomes

 At the end, this course may lead students to emerge as confident individuals who,
having sound domain knowledge of various financial aspects of a retail environment,
are ready to explore suitable career options in this field.
 This course may help them in strengthening their conceptual base of various Financial
Dimensions of Retailing.
 This course may help them in developing analytical skills of dealing with financial data
usually generated, stored and mined in Retail Operations Practices for the managerial
reasons.
 This course may enable them to assist their supervisors/managers/bosses in devising,
evaluating and incorporating the financial strategy in the retail organization’s goals and
objectives.
Master of Business Administration 114
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Fundamentals of Retail Management
Course Code: MBA4120 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course will develop knowledge of contemporary retail management issues at
the strategic level and helps the students in analyzing the retailing works, specifically the key
activities and relationships. It also provides an academic underpinning to the above through
the application of retailing theory and research.

Objectives of the Course:

 Understand effective methods and strategies required for retail management.


 Understand how to utilize resources and techniques used in retail management.
 Understand analysis of store location, merchandising, products and pricing.

Introduction to Retailing – Definition and Concept, Functions of


Retailing, Significance of retail industry, Marketing retail
UNIT – I equations, Marketing concepts applied to retailing, Driving (4 Sessions)
Forces for Retailing.
Understanding the Retail Consumers- The factors influencing
retail shopper, Consumer decision making process, changes in the
UNIT –II Indian consumer, the use of market research as a tool for (5 Sessions)
understanding markets and consumers
Retail Formats and Theories- Theories of retail development,
Concept of retail life cycle, Classification of retail stores.
UNIT – III Choosing a Store Location: types of locations, steps involving in (6 Sessions)
choosing a location, trade areas and their evaluation

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Retail Merchandising- The concept of merchandising, the


evolution of merchandising function in retail, Store design and
UNIT – IV Layout, The Store and its Image, The External Store, Internal (5 Sessions)
Store, Display, Visual Merchandising and Atmospherics
Managing Retail Business: HRM in retail, Retail Organization
and Operations Management, Financial Dimensions, Managing
UNIT – V Retail Services. Service Characteristics, Branding, Perceptions (5 Sessions)
of Service Quality.
Retail in India: Evolution and Size of retail in India – Drivers of
retail change in India, Foreign Direct Investment in retail –
UNIT – VI Challenges to retail developments in India. (5 Sessions)
Global retail markets: Challenges and Threats in global retailing.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
Master of Business Administration 115
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Berman B and Evans J.R - Retail Management (Pearson Education, 9th Ed.)

Reference Books:
 Michael Levi M and Weitz BW - Retailing Management (Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Ed.)
 Swapna Pradhan – Retailing Management – Text and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill – 2nd
edition, 2004

Learning Outcomes

 This course may enable the students to strengthen their domain knowledge of Retail
market operations
 This course may lead them to get familiarized with the real retail world scenario with
specific reference to Indian Retail Market.
 This course may help them understand how the decisions are taken like the day to day
operations and their requirements at operational level, the manpower planning at
tactical level and store locations, size, number etc at strategic level.
Master of Business Administration 116
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Shoppers’ Behavior and Selling Skills
Course Code: MBA4121 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Shopper’s behavior course will provide the understanding about different
consumers and their motives for shopping. This study will help in understanding consumers
and their opinion towards retailing in Indian context.
This course will provide the understanding about the concept and techniques of selling. This
will also enlighting the ethical issues in selling to develop customer satisfaction.

Objectives of the Course:

 To prepare for a career in “Retail business ”


 To expose the students to with shoppers behaviors in Indian context in retailing
 Outline the functions of selling in different contexts and introduce the concept of ethical
behavior in selling
 Make candidates aware of factors influencing customers’ purchasing decisions
 Have the knowledge of how to ‘sell’ themselves
Introduction to the Study of Shoppers behaviour, dynamics of
shopping -
UNIT – I Demographics of shopping (Men, Women and Kids) factors (4 Sessions)
influencing Shoppers Behaviour - Shoppers Behaviour in Indian
Environment
Shopper Decision Making Process - Need/Problem
Recognition -Information Collection - outlet selection and
UNIT –II Purchase Alternative evaluation in shopping - Shopping Behavior
(6 Sessions)
- Post of Purchase Behavior.
Influence of Culture, Cross Culture & Sub Culture on Shoppers
Behavior, Influences of Social class on Shopper's Behavior,
UNIT – III Element of Perception -Learning-Attitude, Motivation and (5 Sessions)
Motives & Shoppers Behaviour
Shopper Delight - e-shopper Behaviour
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Functions of the sales role -
Satisfying the customer ,Closing the sale ,Helping the sales person’s
UNIT – IV organization achieve its objectives ,Retaining customers, Getting (5 Sessions)
referrals and repeat business
Master of Business Administration 117
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Roles of a sales person in a variety of selling situations-


Retail sales ,Field sales ,Telemarketing, telephone sales support
Basic influences on customers’ buying behavior
The buying process, AIDA model,
UNIT – V Internal (personal) influences on buyer behaviour: (5 Sessions)
External influences on buyer behaviour: Marketing by competitors,
Opinion formers and other influencers
Identify sales activities in the sales cycle-
Pre-Sale: Finding potential customers/prospecting, Making
appointments ,Preparation
UNIT – VI Sale: Rapport building/ice-breaking ,Need/problem identification, (5 Sessions)
Presentation, Handling objections, Closing the sale
Post-Sale: Processing the order, Follow-up contact
Ethical selling-Truth, Honesty, Professionalism
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 Berman, Evans ,Retail Management, Pearson publication, New Delhi
 Levy, Weitz, Pandit ,Retailing Management, TMH Publication,New Delhi
 Still, Cundifts, Govani ,Sales Management, Pearson Publication,New Delhi
 Sahu & Raut ,Salesmanship & Sales Management, Vikas publication

Reference books:
 Paco Underhill : Why we buy - the ScienceofShopping, SIMON & SCHUSTER
Rockefeller Center, NewYork.
 ICFAI: Retailing Sector, 1CFAI Press, Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh.
 S.Ramesh Kumar :Conceptual Issues in Consumer Behaviour, Pearson Education,
Delhi, India.

Learning Outcomes
 By instilling the thorough knowledge about the consumer attitude, behavior, their
decision making process and related issues, they will be better equipped to make their
career in “Retail business”.
 The course is supposed to increase the familiarization of students with the shoppers’
behaviors specifically in Indian Retail Environment.
 This course is to mould them not only as a competent but also an ethical salesman.
 For making them competitive salesmen, this course necessitates them to study the
various factors influencing customers’ purchasing decisions.
 In the end, “a ready to enter” prospective candidate is expected to emerge.
Master of Business Administration 118
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Environmental Management for Rural Development


Course Code: MBA4122 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This paper introduces the students, coming from disparate backgrounds, to the
basics of Environmental Science. Major themes and issues confronting our present day
environment are introduced in this paper from a scientific perspective.
The paper also deals with the human dimension of development and environment. It aims to
provide adequate insight on management of natural resources by imparting training in tools
and methodologies of ecological and environmental economics.

Objectives of the Course:


 Introduction to the principles and practices of environmental management.
 Its ambit also covers the management of dry land agriculture.
 Paper aims to equip students with basic skills required for dealing with land and water
management projects putting people at the centre stage.
Introduction to Environmental management
Self, Society, and Environment, Preservation vs. Conservation,
UNIT – I Fundamental Causes of Environmental Problems, Opposing (3 Sessions)
Values and Viewpoints on the Environment, Literature and
the Environment
Environmental policy
Introduction to Public Policy, Environmental Policy/Politics,
UNIT –II International Environmental Law, International Environmental (4 Sessions)
Politics.
Land management
Soil, formation processes and factors, physical, chemical and
biological composition and properties of soil, soil classification.
UNIT – III Manures and fertilizers importance of organic matter for soil, (8 Sessions)
manure and compost preparation green manuring, use of
fertilizers, soil testing.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Water Management
Water: Importance source and various uses. Concept, principles
UNIT – IV and practices of people’s friendly watershed management water (5 Sessions)
conservation factors influencing soil erosion and damages.
Forestry
Definition & classification; Definition of Forest – General,
UNIT – V Ecological and Legal classification of forests based on method of (6 Sessions)
regeneration, Age, composition, objects of management and
Master of Business Administration 119
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Legal status. Forest types of India. Extent, Role and importance


of forests to rural/tribal people
Global issues in environmental management
Impact of human activities of developmental and non-eco-
UNIT – VI friendly technologies on environment. Global concern for (4 Sessions)
Environment.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 William Dudley: The Environment: Opposing Viewpoints. Opposing Viewpoints Series.
Greenhaven Press, 2001.
Reference Books:
 Craig. J.R., Vaughan. D.J., Skinner. B.J., 1996, Resources of the Earth: origin, use, and
environmental impact, 2nd Ed. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
 Klee. G.A, 1991, Conservation of natural resources.. Prentice Hall Publ. Co., New Jersey.

Learning Outcomes
 Learn basic principles and practices of environmental management.
 Develop awareness about sustainable development and its role in present business
economies.
 Enhance basic skills required for dealing with land and water management projects
putting people at the centre stage.
Master of Business Administration 120
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Inclusive Growth for Sustainable Development
Course Code: MBA4123 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The course is intended to develop familiarity with the theory and empirical
evidence related to inclusive growth and sustainable development. Major topics include
gender equity, relevance of inclusive growth in economic development, policy framework,
market and non-market mechanism for inclusive growth and role of financial bodies for
inclusive growth. Emphasis will be put on live field cases of success stories of inclusive growth
in India.

Objectives of the Course:


 To develop an understanding of relevance of inclusive growth for a developing economy
 To enable the students to explore the various dimensions of sustainable development and
inclusive growth

Inclusive Growth
Meaning, Rationale, Need, Evolution of Inclusive Growth
Inclusiveness, Growth and Gender Equity
UNIT – I (5 Sessions)
Inclusive Growth Focus on Employment
Inclusive Growth and Economic Development
Inclusive Growth and Globalization
Inclusive Growth in India
India’s Growth : Past Performance and Future Prospects
Financial Inclusion: A Step towards Inclusive Growth
UNIT –II (5 Sessions)
Equity and Growth, Inclusion Dynamics of Gender Disparities
in India
SWOT Analysis of Inclusive Growth Initiatives
Policy Framework for Inclusive Growth in India
Expedition for Inclusive Growth : Continuity and Constraints
in Indian Economic Policies
Environment, Development and Inclusive Growth in India
UNIT – III (5 Sessions)
Regulatory and Policy Framework for Inclusive Growth in
India
The way forward: Good and inclusive growth policies tailored
to real-world challenges
Master of Business Administration 121
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Sustainable Development & Inclusive Growth
Role of Inclusive Growth in Sustainable Development
UNIT – IV Natural Capital: Managing resources for Sustainable Growth (5 Sessions)
Physical Capital: The role of Infrastructure in Inclusive
Growth
Inclusive Growth: Influencing Firms, Consumers, and Policy Makers
through Market and Nonmarket Mechanisms
Incentivizing: Providing effective market signals to spur green
UNIT – V growth (5 Sessions)
Informing and nudging: Using information and framing to
influence economic actors
Imposing: Using rules and regulations
Inclusive Growth : The Role of Banks in Emerging Economies
Microfinance: As a vehicle of Financial Inclusion
UNIT – VI Rural Credit: A New Model of Credit Delivery for Inclusive (5 Sessions)
Growth
Financial Innovation for Inclusive Growth
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

TEXT BOOKS:
 Tandon B. B & Vasudeva P.K. (2010). Inclusive Growth and Sustainable Development: Ideal for
Indian Economy. Neha Publishers & Distributors. ISBN: 8184502621
 World Bank Group (2012). Inclusive Green Growth: The Pathway to Sustainable Development.
World Bank Publications. ISBN: 0821395513

REFERENCE BOOKS:

 Raj Kn Ashoka. (2010). Inclusive Growth. Orient Longman Limited. ISBN: 812503045X.
 Katuri Nageswara Rao. (2009). Inclusive Growth: Global Perspective. ICFAI University Press.
ISBN-10, 8131424715.
 Dholakia J R. (2008). Perspectives on Inclusive Growth in India. ICFAI University Press. ISBN:
8131415279
Learning Outcomes
 Understand the concept and significance of Inclusive growth.
Master of Business Administration 122
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Acquire skills for removing the constraints of Inclusive Growth which Indian
economy is facing.
 Enhance their knowledge about role of Banks in emerging economies.
Master of Business Administration 123
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Non Government Organisations Management
Course Code: MBA4124 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The course would help students understand various development issues and how
the knowledge related to NGO management would help in resolving these issues. It would also
help in formulating strategies in various social contexts, in order to empower the
underprivileged sections of the society.
Objectives of the Course:
 To introduce the students to NGO Sector and familiarize students with concept of NGOs and civil
society
 To provide sound understanding of the issues faced by NGOs.
 To reflect on the impact and implication of the management and organizational challenges faced
by NGOs.
 To equip students to manage all aspects of NGO Manpower, Finance, Marketing and Project
Management.
Introduction, Evolution, Concept, Function and types of NGOs.
UNIT – I Registration method of NGOs: As a Charitable Trust, Registered (5 Sessions)
Society and Company.
Memorandum Of Association , NGO’s activities in modern
world, Strengths of NGO, Staffing and Funding of NGOs
UNIT –II Economic, Investment and Political Activities of NGOs, (6 Sessions)
Dissolution of NGOs.
Tax laws for NGOs, General Scheme, Corpus donations,
Business income, Disqualification from Exemption, Tax
UNIT – III deduction for Donors, Reporting foreign Contributions, and (4 Sessions)
Customs Duties.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
The Indian Rural/Urban Development Strategy, CAPART, NGO
UNIT – IV and Civil societies. Main potential Contributions of NGOs to (5 Sessions)
society, current barriers to NGOs
Marketing of Non-profit organizations:- Concept, Characteristic
of NPO, Marketing procedure of NPO, Models of social
UNIT – V marketing, NGO Accountability & Global Governance, Internal (5 Sessions)
control and management practices
International Agencies supporting NGOs: UN Agencies, donor
Agencies, Asian Development Bank, World Bank. Premier NGO
UNIT – VI of India: PRADHAN, RAMKRISHAN MISSION, DISHA, (5 Sessions)
SEVA MANDIR.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Master of Business Administration 124
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books:

 Ovasdi, J. M. (2009). Management of NGOs. 3rd Edition. New Delhi: Macmillan Publication.

Reference Books:

 Mahajan, S. (2008). NGO Management. 1st Edition. New Delhi: Pearls Books Publication.

 Jordan, L. & Tuijl, P. V. (2007). NGO Accountability Politics, principles and Management. 4th
Edition. Earthscan Publication. London.

Learning Outcomes
 Develop understanding how NGO’s can help in enhancing the economy as well as
their role in present scenario.
 To acquire skills for sound development of NGO and enhance their knowledge base
about all aspects of NGO Manpower, Finance, Marketing and Project Management.
 Understand the challenges faced by NGO’s and design processes for removing them
with their root cause.
Master of Business Administration 125
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Management of Innovation and Research and Development
Course Code: MBA4125 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Common approaches for this class include lecture, written assignments, presentations, and
small group & team exercises. The success of the course will depend upon student’s understanding of concepts
and the way they relate these with real life corporate. A proper methodology will be followed to make the
students aware about the emerging Innovation practices and research and development techniques.

Objectives of the Course:

 To enable students understand the managerial aspects of innovation.


 To develop skills for framing innovation strategies in organizations.
 To develop understanding about how people and technology integrate in organization.
 To understand the significance of research and development in the current scenario.

Introduction & Managerial aspects of Innovation function


Introduction, Components of Innovation, Types of Innovations,
Models of Innovation Processes, Evolution and characteristics of (5 Sessions)
UNIT – I
Innovation Management, Key drivers of Innovation, Factors
influencing Innovation.
Organizing for Innovation : Introduction, Factors influencing
organizational design, Developing Innovation Strategy,
UNIT –II (4 Sessions)
Characteristics of creative organization, Framework for
innovation and creativity in the organization.
Technological Innovation: Competitive advantages through new
technologies: product development – from scientific breakthrough
to marketable product – Role of Government in Technology
UNIT – III (6 Sessions)
Development. Linkage between technology, development and
competition, Managing Intellectual Property.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Human Aspects in Technology Management: Integration of
People and Technology, Organizational and Psychological
Factors. Social Issues in Technology Management:
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
Technological Change and Industrial Relations, Technology
Assessment and Environmental Impact Analysis.

Research and Development Management


Introduction, Meaning, Objectives, Significance, Classification
of R&D according to R&D type, process phase, measurement
UNIT – V (5 Sessions)
level, purpose of measurement and measurement perspective.
Technology development approaches, Performance of R&D
management in Indian scenario.
Master of Business Administration 126
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Financial Evaluation of R&D Projects


Introduction, Cost effectiveness of R&D,R&D financial
forecasts, Project selection,Evaluating R&D ventures,
UNIT – VI Conflicting views of managers, Allocation of resources, R&D (5 Sessions)
programme planning and control, Project management, Project
Planning and Control techniques.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Reference Books:
 Managing Technological Innovation – Twiss, B. -. Pitman.
 Strategic Management of Technology & Innovation – Burgelman, R.A., M.A. Madique,
and S.C. Wheelwright -. Irwin.
 Strategic Management of Technological Innovation – Schilling – McGraw-Hill, 2nd ed.
 Managing Technology and Innovation for Competitive Advantage – V K Narayanan -
Pearson Education Asia
 Handbook Of Technology Management – Gaynor – Mcgraw Hill

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to able to demonstrate
understanding, and make Critical assessments of the following:

 Innovations and its related attributes which indirectly can be consider as core
Competency for Competitive Advantage in dynamic era of corporate world .
 Develop and formulate managerial strategies to shape innovative performance
 Utilize tools of innovation management to map and measure innovative activities
 Diagnose different innovation challenges and make recommendations for resolving them
by proper coordination between research , innovation and development in organizational
context.
Master of Business Administration 127
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Technology Policy
Course Code: MBA4127 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The future depends on our ability to resist the imposition of technology which is
obsolete or unrelated to our specific requirements and of policies which tie us to systems which
serve the purposes of others rather than our own, and on our success in dealing with vested
interests in our organizations: governmental, economic, social and even intellectual, which
bind us to outmoded systems and institutions. This course will helps to understand the various
issues related to technology policy framing & its successful application in development of
sound technology and making the people’s life better.

.
Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students to:


 Understand the concept and need of technology policy in developing country like
India.
 Identify the various important issues related to policy formulation, implementation,
evaluation and control.
 Appreciate the role of technology policy in development of best and cost effective
manufacturing methods.
 Identify and evaluate the effectiveness of technology policy.

Introduction to Technology Policy

Understanding of the links between science, innovation and


technological change ,basic science policy, Need of a technology
policy, various components of technology policy, role of
UNIT – I innovation and technology progress in globalised economy,
(5 Sessions)
developing research and development programs in crafting a
sound technology policy, role of policy makers in developing a
technology policy

Technology policy implications in knowledge-based economy

The Essential Features of the New Knowledge-Driven Economy,


UNIT –II Consequences for Innovation & Technology Policy, Policy (5 Sessions)
Priorities for the Knowledge-Driven Economy, Recent Changes
in our understanding of the Innovation Process and the Role of
Knowledge in technology policy making
The technology policy development process
UNIT – III Formulation of technology policy, purpose and scope of (5 Sessions)
formulating a technology policy, precautions taking while
Master of Business Administration 128
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

formulating technology policy, stakeholder involvement in


formulating a policy
MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Policy implementation process

Need of an efficient technology policy implementation, role of


UNIT – IV resources and timelines, Training, communication, proper
(5 Sessions)
documentation in policy implementation, hurdles faced during
implementation process, policy implementation strategies
Technology Policy monitoring, evaluation and review

Identifying policy performance indicators, developing a


UNIT – V monitoring plan, scrutiny of documentation, records and reports,
(5 Sessions)
and action planning and action plans, deciding the responsibility
and authority for monitoring process
New directions in research and technology policy

Modern research in innovation and technological change,


UNIT – VI focusing on their implications for technology policy, the changed (5 Sessions)
policy environment, Conditions for Successful Technology
Policy in Developing Countries, identifying core policy issues,
investment in policy development for developing
competitiveness
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Foray Dominique , 2009, The New Economics of Technology Policy:, Edward


Elgar Publishing.

Reference Books:

 Akhilesh, K.B. (Ed.) 2013, Emerging Dimensions of Technology Management,


Springer-Verlag.

 Meissner, Dirk; Gokhberg, Leonid; Sokolov, Alexander (Eds.) 2013, Science,


technology and Innovation Policy for the Future, Springer-Verlag.
Master of Business Administration 129
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 Conceive, design, and execute a technology and policy research project


 Summarize current technology and policy issues related to policy formulation,
implementation, evaluation and control.
 Appreciate the political, social, and institutional context of technological systems
 Formulate, analyze, and evaluate technology and policy options
Master of Business Administration 130
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Business Intelligence
Course Code: MBA4128 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Organizations rely on computer-based information systems for capturing, analyzing,


and distributing the information required to develop, implement, and evaluate corporate strategies
in all functional areas. Managing data as a corporate resource requires a deep understanding of
business processes and of the underlying structure of the data needed to support them.

Business Intelligence is a set of methodologies, processes, architectures, and technologies that


transform raw data into meaningful and useful information used to enable more effective strategic,
tactical, and operational insights and decision-making. The focus of this course is on concepts
central to the management of data resources and the development of business intelligence
capabilities.

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To provide the student a solid understanding of modern information system.
 To provide a basic understanding of the concept of business intelligence from both a
technical and a person/organization perspective.
 To clarify the role of business intelligence to gain business advantages
Introduction
Introduction to Information Systems and Business Intelligence, business
UNIT – I pressures- response-support model, components, benefits and applications, (5 Sessions)
business intelligence processes, costs, fitting BI with other technology
disciplines issues and future of Business intelligence
Business intelligence architectures
Business intelligence architectures, cycle of a business intelligence analysis,
UNIT –II Enabling factors in business intelligence projects, Development of a (5 Sessions)
business intelligence system, successful Bi implementation, major tools and
techniques, Ethics and business intelligence
BI Concepts
Data Sources, ETL - Data Transfer Processes, Data Repositories, Final User
Tools
Definition of data warehouse, Data warehouse architecture and process, data
UNIT – III warehousing - development, implementation, administration and security (5 Sessions)
issues, The role of mathematical models for decision making Data
Warehouse Processes - Query and Reporting, Executive Information
Systems (EIS)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Data Mining
Fundamental Concepts, Data Mining process, Data Mining Techniques,
UNIT – IV Data Mining Issues and Challenges, The Business Context of Data Mining (5 Sessions)
- Data Mining for Process Improvement, Marketing, Data Mining for
Customer Relationship Management, Data Mining as a Research Tool
Master of Business Administration 131
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

BI and strategy
Business intelligence capabilities, BI tools and vendors, technologies
UNIT – V enabling business intelligence, BI implementation and integration issues, (5 Sessions)
Business Performance Management –technologies and applications
Competitive Intelligence
Concept and importance, Factors influencing CI, sources of CI, framework
UNIT – VI for competitive analysis, Market research as a source of CI, analysis and (5 Sessions)
verification of intelligence, ethical issues
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:

 Turban E, Sharda R (2007), Business Intelligence: A Managerial Approach, Pearson


Prentice Hall
 Carlo Vercellis (2009), Business Intelligence: Data Mining and Optimization for
Decision Making, John Wiley and Sons

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 Articulate modern concepts, theories, and research in the field of Business Intelligence
(BI).
 Apply BI enabling technologies in organizational settings.
 Discuss the social and ethical issues related to the use of Business Intelligence
technologies in organizations.
 Articulate the crucial role that Business Intelligence plays in careers as well as in
business and society in the 21st century.
Master of Business Administration 132
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Advance Project Management
Course Code: MBA4129 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Project consumes resources and project generates revenue. Hence projects are
the back bone of any economy. The range of activities that can be covered under the head
'Project' is so wide that it almost encompasses all economic activities. Project Management
deals with the identification of Project opportunities, formulation of profitable project profiles,
procurement of finance for the project implementation, scheduling of project activities in such
a way to complete the project with minimum cost possible cost/time, monitoring of the project
after its implementation.
Thus Project Management offers an interesting study of the resources utilization and is gaining
importance as a separate field of study, since the future lies in the optimum resource
utilization.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop human resources with the basic competence in and sound understanding of
the theory and practice of Project Management.
 To introduce students to the purpose, principles, problems and challenges, concepts,
techniques and practice of the Project Management and its various facets: impart skills in
Project Planning, execution and control methods, introduce students to Project
Management Software and application
Project Management in Retrospect:-Project Management as a
UNIT – I discipline, Project Management – A vehicle for Value creation, (4 Sessions)
Role of a Project Manager
Linking Strategy to Project Management:- Project Selection
UNIT –II Techniques (Project Feasibility & Detailed Project), Project (4 Sessions)
Financing, Project Cost Management (EVM)
Advanced Concepts, Tools & Techniques: - Project Time
UNIT – III Management Techniques, Project Quality Management, TOC & (7 Sessions)
CCPM
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Global Procurement & Managing relationships:- -
Procurement Management (including Global Procurement
UNIT – IV Management), Managing Customers, contractors & sub-
(6 Sessions)
contractors
Project Leadership & Managing Human Resource:- The
UNIT – V organizational & managerial control, Building the Project Team, (4 Sessions)
Leading Effective Teams, Motivation – Theories Applications
Risk Management :- Concept of risk & risk management,
UNIT – VI Project risks identification and their impact, probability matrix,
(5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 133
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

analyzing and prioritizing risks, planning of risk management,


risk register, risk responses, monitoring & control
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Chandra, P. (2009). Project Management. New Delhi: New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers
 Nagarajan, K. (2010). Project Management. New Delhi: New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers

Reference Books:
 Choudhury, S. (2004). Project Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Cleland, D. & Ireland, L. (2010). Project Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
 Heerkens, G. (2010). Project Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Heerkens, G. (2010). Project Management: 24 Steps to Help You Master Any Project.
New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Horine, G. (2009). Absolute Beginner's Guide to Project Management. 2nd Edition. Que
Press
 Newton, R. (2008). Project Management Step by Step: How to Plan and Manage a
Highly Successful Project. 1st Edition. FT Press.

Learning Outcomes

 Understand the concepts, tools and techniques relevant to project management


 Develop an insight into basic project selection and feasibility issues
 Go through the complexities of risk management
 Solve the strategic problems faced by project managers in procurement
 Design strategies for managing human resource in a project
Master of Business Administration 134
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Demand and Business Forecasting
Course Code: MBA4130 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course provides an introduction to the functional area of production and
operations management, with special reference to forecasting. It includes various models for
forecasting models used in real world, which will be discussed with software’s.

Objectives of the Course:

Upon successful completion of this course, students would be able to:

 Explain the importance of forecasting.


 Explain the types of forecasting models.
 Solve forecasting problems with softwares.
Concept, objective and classification of Business forecasting,
Characteristics of Good Forecast, forecasting accuracy,
UNIT – I constrained forecast, Forecast Value Added (FAV) analysis, (7 Sessions)
Design of forecasting system. Concept of Demand forecasting,
Demand Volatility.
Models of Demand Forecasting: Extrapolative, Causal and
UNIT –II Subjective judgmental models. Sources of data for forecasting. (5 Sessions)
Selection of forecasting method: Selection Tree.
Judgmental forecasting Method: Concept and scope. Tools:
UNIT – III Executive opinions Delphi technique, Sales forces polling, (3 Sessions)
Consumer surveys.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Extrapolative forecasting Method: Moving average, Exponential


Smoothing, time series, components extraction. Trend equation
UNIT – IV analysis. ARIMA model and Box-Jenkins approaches of (5 Sessions)
forecasting.
Causal forecasting Method: Multiple regression model for
forecasting, using EXCEL and SPSS soft-wares. Focus
UNIT – V Forecasting technique, Collaborative Planning Forecasting and (6 Sessions)
Replenishment (CPFR) model.
Forecasting errors: Concept of forecasting error, Sources of
UNIT – VI errors, various measurements of forecasting error-RSFE, MFE, (4 Sessions)
MAD, MSE, MAPE, TS.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Master of Business Administration 135
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books:

 Bedi, Kanishka. (2007). Production & Operations Management. Oxford University


Press.
Reference Books:

 Everet, Adam Jr. (2004).Production and Operations Management .Prentice-Hall.


 Ashwathapa, K. & Shridhara, Bhat, K. (2007). Production and Operations Management.
Himalaya Publishing House
 Chunawala & Patel. (2007) Production and Operations Management. Himalaya
Publishing House.
 Mahadevan, B. (2008). Operations Management-Theory and Practice. Pearson Education.
 R, Panneerselvam. (2005). Production and Operations Management. New Delhi: PHI
Case Studies:

 Air Traffic Forecasting by Airbus


 Bedi, Kanishka. (2011). Production & Operations Management (pp 686-692). Oxford
University Press.
Suggested Websites:

 http://www.sciencedirect.com
 http://www.emeraldinsight.com
 http://fisher.osu.edu/jom
 http://www.elsevier.com
 http://www.poms.org.
Learning Outcome
After the successful completion of the course scholars will be able to achieve following learning
outcomes:

 Will be able to understand the basic frame work of forecasting and its significant in achieving
firm’s objectives.

 Will be able to solve real business life issues specifically concern with forecasting of new
and existing products.

 Will be able to simulate real life forecasting related issues with the help of soft-wares (Like
MS-Excel and SPSS).
Master of Business Administration 136
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Will be able to judge about the quality of forecast and appropriateness of the relevant
forecasting model through the analysis of different forecasting errors.
Master of Business Administration 137
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Operations Strategy
Course Code: MBA4131 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course provides a framework to describe and formulate an operations
strategy , understand and evaluate the key decisions in operations that have a substantial
impact on a firm's competitive position. Thus, the word strategy has two connotations:
formulating an operational strategy (long-term plan) and making strategic (important)
operational decisions.. The course will also examine today's critical strategic issues such as
outsourcing and globalization. Beyond integration of manufacturing decisions with business
strategy, manufacturing and operations strategy emphasizes the concept of operations as a
source of competitive advantage. Using the broad notion of manufacturing, a company's
strength in manufacturing and operations can be the basis of competitive position. A
competitive advantage can accrue through superior product development, cost, quality,
features, etc.

Objectives of the Course:

 Develop students' understanding of the strategic impact of operating decisions and the trade-
offs inherent in these choices.
 Introduce students to the basic components of an operating strategy, including architecture,
systems, and process technology.
 Provide analytical tools and conceptual frameworks for both assessing and designing
operating strategies that fit with broader competitive goals of the company.
 Stimulate critical thinking about emerging concepts and ideas in the field of operations
strategy.
OPERATIONS STRATEGY & COMPETITIVENESS:
Operations Management in Modern ERA, operations Strategy-Concept,
UNIT – I The operations strategy matrix, Framework for Operations Strategy in (4 Sessions)
Manufacturing and Services. Operations performance objectives
Measuring Operations Performance,
MANUFACTURING STRATEGY CONCEPTS: Manufacturing
Strategy(lean Manufacturing) , Capacity strategy-overall level of
operations capacity, Capacity change, Supply network strategy-
UNIT –II Traditional market-based supply, Partnership supply, Supply chain (5 Sessions)
instability, Network management-Coordination, matching supply
network strategy to market requirements.
Process’ Technology strategy And Development & Improvement :
Suitable dimensions for characterizing process technology, Evaluating
UNIT – III process technology-Evaluating feasibility, Evaluating acceptability, (6 Sessions)
Evaluating market and resource acceptability, Evaluating vulnerability.
Master of Business Administration 138
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Improvement Strategy– Process Improvement , Importance–


performance mapping, The sand cone Theory

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
DEVELOPING OPERATIONS STRATEGY: Deploying
capabilities in the market ,The strategic importance of
UNIT – IV product and service development, Product and service (6 Sessions)
development as a process
Checking markets, Outcome of Market debate –Order Winners,
Order Qualifiers.
SUSTAINABLE ALIGNMENT FOR OPERATIONS
STRATEGY: Sustainable Alignment, Formulation models for
alignment, practical challenges of formulating operations
UNIT – V strategies, ‘New’ approaches to operations-Waste elimination, (4 Sessions)
Business process Reengineering
Quality as strategic factor – CAD/CAM/CIM, Delivering Value
to customer.
INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT: operations
implementation, Implementation risk – market and
operations performance becoming out of balance, Forms of
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
organisation structure
Importance, issues involved – organizational issues operational
approaches to improving delivery system, controlling operations
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Slack and Lewis. (2003). Operations Strategy. Prentice Hall.
 Hill Irwin. (2002) Manufacturing Strategy. McGraw-Hill.
 Miltenburg.(1995). Manufacturing Strategy: How to formulate and implement a winning
plan. Productivity Press.

Reference Books:
 Hayes, Pisano and Upton. (2008)Strategic Operations: competing through capabilities .The
Free Press.
 David Garvin. (2009)Operations Strategy. Prentice Hall.
Master of Business Administration 139
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of the course scholars will be able to achieve following learning
outcomes:

 Will be able to understand the strategic impact of operating decisions in dynamic


business environment.

 Will be able to understand the basic and applied perspective of key manufacturing
concepts like Lean manufacturing, Capacity planning and so on.

 Will be able to understand the issues and process involved in development and
improvement of process technologies.

 Will be able to learn basic application CAD/CAM in manufacturing.


Master of Business Administration 140
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Corporate Governances & Business Ethics


Course Code : MBA5101 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Corporate governance is a system of making Management accountable towards
the stakeholders for effective management of the companies. It is also concerned with the
morals, ethics, values, parameters, conduct and behaviour of the company and its
management. The importance of corporate governance lies in its contribution both to business
prosperity and to accountability. Good corporate governance is not just a matter of
prescribing particular corporate structures and complying with a number of hard and fast
rules - there is a need for broad principles, which can be applied to the varying circumstances
of individual companies. Understanding of Business Ethics provides a framework to maintain
fair practices, which build trust in the industry and help in long term growth of a company.

Objectives of the Course:

 To provide an overview of current thinking and developments in the field of corporate


governance
 To enable students critically examine the ethical dilemmas and to understand the
importance of ethical principles and governance in globalised economy.
 To develop an understanding of ethics and values in the business community and their
relationship to corporate governance.

Corporate management: Understanding a corporate,


management vs. governance, corporate meetings
Conceptual framework of corporate governance: Concept,
principles & need of Corporate Governance, Benefits of good
Corporate governance.
UNIT – I Theories of Corporate Governance – Agency Theory,
(5 Sessions)
Stewardship Theory, Stakeholder Theory
Models of Corporate governance – the outsider & insider
model, US & UK ,Japanese and Indian model, Mechanism of
Corporate governance
Corporate Governance Committees- Cadbury Committee on
CG1992, Hampel Committee 1995, Confederation of Indian
UNIT –II Industry (CII) 1996, Narayana Murthy Committee Report2003,
(5 Sessions)
Dr. J.J.Irani Report on company Law 2005
Agents & Institutions in Corporate Governance -Role of
UNIT –III Board Of Directors (BOD), Roles, duties & Responsibilities of (5 Sessions)
Auditors, Auditors failures leading to corporate scams- The
Master of Business Administration 141
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Enron Debacle, Corporate governance in Indian banks,


Corporate Reporting, corporate Disclosure & Investors
Protection in India.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Issues & Problems of Corporate Governance in Emerging


Economies: Institutional Framework for effective corporate
governance, Corporate Governance challenges and problems in
UNIT – IV emerging economies, ICRA’s Rating Methodology, Corporate (5 Sessions)
Governance in India with reference to industry specific
examples, Future of corporate Governance in India.

Corporate Social Responsibility-Concept, CSR and corporate


governance, CSR and business ethics, Drivers of CSR,
UNIT – V Environmental aspect of CSR, the Indian scene.
(5 Sessions)

Business Ethics: values and ethics, benchmark of business


ethics, code of ethics for business managers, ethics committee,
benefits from managing business ethics, developing a
comprehensive ethics programme .Indian ethos and management
UNIT – VI learnings from religious scriptures including Ramayan, Bhagwat (5 Sessions)
Geeta and Bible etc.
Application of Ethics in different functional areas:
Marketing, Operation, Finance, Human resource & Information
Technology.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Fernando, A.C. (2006),Corporate Governance: Principles Policies & Practices, Pearson


Education.
Reference books:

 Mathur,U.C.,(2005),Corporate Governance & Business Ethics, Macmillian.


 Christine,A.Mallin,(2008),Corporate Governance, Oxford.
 Velasquez,(2007 ),Business Ethics: Concept & Cases, Prentice Hall.
 Ferrel, L. and Ferrel, O.C.(2009), Business Ethics: A case perspective, Cengage learning.
Master of Business Administration 142
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Journals :

 The ICFAI University Journal of corporate governance. www.iupindia.org


 “Journal of Human Values” Management centre for Human values, IIM, Calcutta.
Master of Business Administration 143
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Project Management
Course Code: MBA5102 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Project consumes resources and project generates revenue. Hence projects are
the back bone of any economy. The range of activities that can be covered under the head
'Project' is so wide that it almost encompasses all economic activities. Project Management
deals with the identification of Project opportunities, formulation of profitable project profiles,
procurement of finance for the project implementation, scheduling of project activities in such
a way to complete the project with minimum cost possible cost/time, monitoring of the project
after its implementation.
Thus Project Management offers an interesting study of the resources utilization and is gaining
importance as a separate field of study, since the future lies in the optimum resource
utilization.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop human resources with the basic competence in and sound understanding of
the theory and practice of Project Management.
 To introduce students to the purpose, principles, problems and challenges, concepts,
techniques and practice of the Project Management and its various facets: impart skills in
Project Planning, execution and control methods, introduce students to Project
Management Software and application
Project Management Overview
Project: Concept, Taxonomy, Project Development Cycle
UNIT – I Project Management: Project Management Concept & Phases, (4 Sessions)
Top Deliverables, Tools and Techniques for Project Management,
Role & Responsibility of Project Manager
Project Initiation & Planning
Project Initiation: Project Idea Generation & Screening, Project
Rating Index, Market and Technical Analysis, Project Appraisal,
UNIT –II Cost Estimation, Project Financing
(4 Sessions)
Project Planning: Project Scope Management, Identifying
Project Activities, Work Break Down Structure
Project Analysis:
Situational Analysis and Specification of Objectives
UNIT – III Conduct of Market Survey, Demand Forecasting, Uncertainties in (7 Sessions)
Demand Forecasting, Technical Analysis
Financial Estimates and Projections
Master of Business Administration 144
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Project Selection
Key Considerations in Project Selection
Risk Analys is in Projects: Sources, Measures and Perspectives
on Risk, Decision Tree Analysis, Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario
UNIT – IV (6 Sessions)
Analysis, Simulation Analysis, Break-Even Analysis, Hillier
Model,
Social Cost Benefit Analysis: Rationale for SCBA, UNIDO
Approach, Little-Mirrlees Approach
Project Financing
UNIT – V Capital Structure, Sources of Short-term & Long-term Financing (4 Sessions)
Venture Capital, Raising Capital in International Markets
Project Implementation
Project Planning & Control
UNIT – VI Network Techniques for Project Management: CPM, PERT (5 Sessions)
Post Completion Audits & Abandonment Analysis,
Human Aspects of Project Management
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Chandra, P. (2009). Project Management. New Delhi: New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers
 Nagarajan, K. (2010). Project Management. New Delhi: New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers

Reference Books:
 Choudhury, S. (2004). Project Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Cleland, D. & Ireland, L. (2010). Project Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
 Heerkens, G. (2010). Project Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Heerkens, G. (2010). Project Management: 24 Steps to Help You Master Any Project.
New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Horine, G. (2009). Absolute Beginner's Guide to Project Management. 2nd Edition. Que
Press
Master of Business Administration 145
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Newton, R. (2008). Project Management Step by Step: How to Plan and Manage a
Highly Successful Project. 1st Edition. FT Press.

Learning Outcomes:
 Acquaintance of Students with contemporary project management tools and exploration
of their application to sharpen their project management skills.
 Understanding of various large projects and attributes of their success and failure.
 Assessment of Risks involved in Modern time projects and developing mitigation
strategies to deal with them.
 Assistance in exploration of financial sources for start-ups.
 Ensuring adherence to Triple Constraints of Time-Cost-Quality in delivering Project
Deliverables.
Master of Business Administration 146
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Marketing Research
Course Code: MBA5103 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course addresses the use of research tools as an aid in analysis and making
marketing decisions specifically, how the information used to make marketing decisions is
gathered and analyzed.

Objectives of the Course:


 To introduce the student to marketing research.
 To have understanding of the various research designs.
 To be aware of the different sources of marketing data and the process of gathering such
data.
 To prepare the student for conducting marketing research studies.

Introduction: Definition, Objective, Application and Limitation of


Marketing Research, Marketing Information System, Marketing
Research Process. (5 Sessions)
UNIT – I
Research Design: Overview of Research Designs used in
marketing.
Primary and Secondary Data: Advantages & Disadvantages of
Primary Data & Secondary Data, Overview of Secondary Data,
literature review, sources available in India.
UNIT –II (5 Sessions)
Introduction to basic Methods of Collecting Data like
Questionnaire Method and Observation Method, Process and
guidelines for preparation of Questionnaire.
Measurement and Scaling: Types of Scales, Difficulty of
Measurement, Sources of Error, Development of Marketing
UNIT – III Measures. (5 Sessions)
Introduction to selected Attitude Scales, Limitations of Attitude
Measurement.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Sampling: Introduction to Sample and population, Various
Techniques of Sampling, Problems associated with Sampling.
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
Data Processing and Analysis: Introduction to SPSS, coding and
feeding of data in SPSS.
Research designs- Descriptive, Causal, Exploratory and Data
Analysis through SPSS. Brief overview of multivariate data
UNIT – V analysis techniques and application of common techniques like (5 Sessions)
exploratory factor analysis, correlation and regression through
SPSS.
Report Preparation: Layout of Research Report.
UNIT – VI Introduction to APA format of referencing for Books, Journal (5 Sessions)
papers, Newspaper, Internet Sources and Magazines.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
Master of Business Administration 147
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Note:
a. Relevant Case Studies should be discussed and presented in the class.
b. Practical problems should be discussed, analyzed and solved wherever applicable.
c. Students should be exposed to relevant software’s like SPSS.
d. A mini-project after completion of the second unit should be given to students in group of
e. There should be presentation and evaluation of the same in the class.
Text Book:
 Malhotra & Dash. Marketing Research, Pearsons Education, New Delhi.
 William G., Zikmund and Babin Barry J. Essence of Marketing Research, Cengage
Learning.

Reference books:
 Beri, G.C. (2010). Market Research. New Delhi, India: Tata McGraw Hill.
 Cooper, Donald, R., & Schindler, Pamela, S. (2007). Marketing Research: Concept and
Cases. New Delhi, India: Tata McGraw Hill.
 Burns, Alvin, C., & Bush, Ronald, F. (2007). Marketing Research. Delhi, India: Pearson
Education.

Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Marketing Research
 International Journal of Research in Marketing.

Learning Outcomes
 The student should be able to understand the process of marketing research and its
different processes.
 Students have knowledge on various kinds of marketing research questions and research
designs.
 Exhibit an understanding of qualitative and quantitative research methods and their
application to marketing research.
 Demonstrate competency with the SPSS statistical software package and the ability to use
SPSS to enter marketing data, conduct various types of statistical analyses and interpret
their outputs.
Master of Business Administration 148
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Rural Marketing Management


Course Code: MBA5104 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The objective of the course is to provide conceptual understanding on the Rural
Marketing with special reference to Indian context and develop skills required for planning of
Rural Products. This course give immense opportunities to understand the rural sector
marketing strategies, and marketing of both agricultural and allied sector products in rural
areas.

Objectives of the Course:

 To create awareness about the applicability of the concepts, techniques and processes
of marketing in rural context.
 To familiarize with the special problems related to sales in rural markets.
 To help understand the working of rural marketing institutions and agricultural
products.

Introduction to Rural Marketing: Rural Marketing : Definition,


Characteristics and Dimensions of Rural Markets , Image of
Indian Rural Marketing and Approach to Rural Markets of India,
UNIT – I Rural Market Profile, Rural Market in India, Size and Scope (5 Sessions)
,Environment of Rural Markets in India, Constraints in Rural
Marketing and strategy to overcome the constraints.
Rural Consumer Behaviour: Factors affecting Rural Consumer
Behaviour, Socio-cultural, Personal, Psychological Factors,
UNIT –II Buying Decision Process, Buying Behavior Pattern, Buying (3 Sessions)
Evaluation Procedure, Brand Loyalty, Innovation Adoption,
Challenge.
Rural Marketing Strategies: Segmentation, Targeting,
UNIT – III Positioning for rural market, Product strategies, Pricing strategies, (7 Sessions)
Distribution strategies, Promotion strategies.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Rural Market Research: Rural Vs. Urban market research,
Marketing Research Process, Planning the rural research,
UNIT – IV Research tools for rural market, Field procedures and rural
(4 Sessions)
realities, Limitations & Challenges in Rural Marketing Research.
Rural Marketing Communication: Importance of Rural
Marketing Communication, Rural Communication Media, Types
UNIT – V of Rural Communication, Challenges of Rural Communication,
(4 Sessions)
Ways to Achieve Effective Rural Communication.
Rural Marketing Network: Intermediaries in the Rural
UNIT – VI Distribution Channel, Rural Marketing Institution, Corporate
(7 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 149
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Presence in Rural India, Problems in Agricultural Marketing,


Marketing of Agricultural Input and Non-farm Products, Role of
Government in Rural Marketing
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Pandey, M., and Tewari, D.(2010) The Agribusiness Book: Analysing South Asia.
Lucknow. India: IBDC Publisher.
 Gaikwad, V. R. (1973).’A search for the Rural Consumer’in New Opportunities in Indian
Agriculture. Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad: Wheeler Publishing.
 Gopalaswamy, T.S. (2010) Rural Marketing: Enviroment, Problem and Strategies. New
Delhi, India: Vikas Publishing.
 Velayudhan, S.K. (2011). Rural Marketing: Targeting the Non-urban Consumer. New
Delhi, India: Response Books.
Reference Books:
 Philip Kotler: Marketing Management, Analysis, Planning Implementation and Control.
 Barkar, J.W.: Agricultural Marketing, Oxford University Press, New York.
 Jha, S.M. & Singh, L.P.: Marketing Management in Indian Perspective, Himalaya,
Bombay.
 Jonathan Reuvid, Guide to Rural Business (Kogan Page) 2003.
 Brown Ben, Practical Accounting for Farm and Rural Business (Lavoisier) 2003.

Suggested Journals:
 Indian Journal of Marketing- Associated Management Consultants
 Journal of Marketing Management – ICFAI University Press

Learning Outcomes
 The subject helps to create awareness about the applicability of the concepts,
techniques and processes of marketing in rural context.
 Understand the buying behaviour, the consuming pattern, the need and wants of the
rural consumer
 Understand challenges and opportunities that the rural market holds for the
Companies.
Master of Business Administration 150
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Sales and Distribution Management


Course Code: MBA5105 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: It is a course designed to give marketing students, an overview and
understanding of sales and distribution function in business and other disciplines. It discusses
various aspects of the sales function ranging from various sales organization structures to the
role of the sales manager in improving sales by hiring, training, motivating and leading the
sales force. The second half of the course deals with the distribution function and discusses
logistics and channel management.

Objectives of the Course:


 Appreciating the inter-dependence and relationship amongst channels of distribution.
 Understanding how sales and distribution fits into the big picture of marketing and how
these aspects can be combined to achieve organizational goals.
 To analyze decision alternatives and planning and implementation of Sales and marketing
programs
 To analyze selection, motivation of channel members and managing conflict.

Introduction to Sales Management, Difference between sales and


marketing, Styles of selling, Personal Selling and Process of
UNIT – I Personal Selling, Qualities of a Successful Salesman, and Goals (5 Sessions)
in Sales Management.
Analyzing Market Demand and Sales Potential, Preparation of
UNIT –II (5 Sessions)
Sales Budget, Sales Quota and Designing Sales Territories.
Sales Organization, Designing the Structure and Size of Sales
UNIT – III (5 Sessions)
Force, Recruitment and Selection of Sales Force
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Motivating, Training and Compensating the Sales Force,
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
Evaluation and Analysis of sales force.
Distribution Channel: Introduction, importance, types, functions,
and design of Channels.
UNIT – V (5 Sessions)
Overview of Channel Management decisions, Channel conflict
and resolution.
International Channels of Distribution.
Major modes of transportation, Multimodal Transport System-
UNIT – VI Overview, Containerization, Multimodalism in India. (5 Sessions)
Third Party Logistics- Service providers, Risks of Outsourcing
and risk management.
Master of Business Administration 151
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 Jobber, D. & Lancaster, G. (2008). Selling and Sales Management. New Delhi: Pearson
Education.
 Still, Richard R., Cundiff, E. W. & Govoni, N. (2007). Sales Management – Decision,
Strategies and Cases. New Delhi: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall of India.
 Spiro, R., Stanton, W. and Rich, G. (2003). Management of a Sales Force. New Delhi:
McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
 Kapoor, S. K., & Kansal, P. (2006). Basics of Distribution Management. New Delhi:
Prentice Hall of India.
 Rosenbloom, B. (2008). Marketing Channels: A Management View. New Delhi:
Thomson Learning.
 Dalrymple, D. J., Cron, W. L. & Decarlo, T. (2005). Sales Management. New Delhi:
John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.

Journals:
 Journal of Sales Management and Personal Selling.
 International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management.

Learning Outcomes
 The subject helps to create awareness about the inter-dependence and relationship
amongst channels of distribution
 Students will familiarize with the concepts, approaches and the practical aspects of
the key decision making variables in sales force and distribution channel
management.
 Understand formalized sales process companies use to manage the decision process
behind a sale.
 Develop conceptual and practical knowledge to manage channels for enhanced
performance.
Master of Business Administration 152
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Industrial Relations and Trade Union
Course Code: MBA5106 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Indian Industry is waking up to the challenges thrown in by market economy. To


survive in this highly competitive scenario, managers are being pressurized to improve quality,
to increase productivity , cut down waste and eliminate inefficiency. The collective efforts of
the employer and the employee assumed relevance in this context.
As the expression industrial relation and trade union by itself means relationship that emerges
out of day to day working and association of labor and management. The course aims to fulfill
the need for developing competency to handle IR issues.

Objectives of the Course:


 To develop an understanding of the interaction pattern among labor, management and the
state.
 To build awareness of critical issues in industrial relations and impart knowledge of the
contents of the labor laws to the stake holders.

Industrial Relations: Concept, Scope and Objectives,


Significance, Approaches, Principles of good industrial
UNIT – I relations, Role of State, Employers and the Unions in industrial
(5 Sessions)
relation.
Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations: Labor movement,
UNIT –II Concepts ,Trade union movement, Development of trade (5 Sessions)
unionism in India, Functions and Problems of trade unions
The Trade Union Act, 1926
Definition of a trade union, Registration of trade union, rights
UNIT –III and privileges of a registered trade union, Duties and liabilities
(5 Sessions)
of a registered trade union, regulations, penalties.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Industrial Disputes: Meaning, Causes and forms. Industrial


Relations machinery to solve industrial disputes: Works
UNIT – IV Committee, Conciliation-Conciliation Officers--Board of (6 Sessions)
Conciliation – Court of Enquiry, Arbitration, Adjudication-
Labor Court-Industrial Tribunal - National Tribunal.
Worker’s Participation in Management: Evolution of
UNIT – V (4 Sessions)
Concept, Objectives of W.P.M, Forms of Worker’s Participation
Master of Business Administration 153
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

in India, Sachar Committee and Varma Committee on Worker’s


Participation. Necessary Conditions for effective working of
WPM,

Industrial relations in Major Industrialize Economies :An


Overview: Comparative study of Industrial relations in U.K,
UNIT – VI Industrial relations in European Union, Industrial relations in (5 Sessions)
China, Industrial relations in Australia
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Mamoria, C. B., Gankar, S.V., & Mamoria, S. (2010). 13 th Edition. Dynamics of


Industrial Relations. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House..

Reference books:

 Venkata, R. (2010). 13th Edition. Industrial Relations. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press.

 Singh, B.D. (2010). Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. New Delhi: Excel Books.

 Monappa, A. (2006). 1st Edition. Industrial Relations. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd.

 Singh,P.N.,& Kumar,N.(2010).Employee Relations Management. New Delhi: Pearson


Publication

 Srivastava, S. C. (2003). 4th Edition. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. New Delhi:
Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

Journals :

 Labor Law reporter.

 The Indian Journal of Industrial Relations by Shri Ram Centre (for Industrial relation and
Human Resources), New Delhi Publication.
Master of Business Administration 154
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcome:
After completion of course student will be able to:

 Students able to understand Industrial democracy which involves workers making


decisions, sharing responsibility and authority in the workplace, and their relationship
among themselves.
 Understand the multidisciplinary field that studies the employment relationship by
solving industrial disputes.
 Get sufficient awareness of International Industrial relations.
 Able to understand the critical issues that arose industrial relations in the context of
labour laws.
Master of Business Administration 155
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Change Management
Course Code: MBA5107 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours:30
Preamble: Change management is a systematic approach to dealing with change, both from the
perspective of an organization and on the individual level. Successful adaptation to change is as crucial within
an organization as it is in the natural world. A proactive approach to dealing with change is at the core of all
HR activities in the contemporary business environment. This course is designed to help students understand the
common approaches to bring about planned changes into the organization and how best implementation can
be done through cultures, structures, leadership and other systems.

Objectives of the Course:

 To enable students understand variety of approaches to managing organizational


change.
 To make them acquire knowledge, skills and tools that enable a leader/organization to
facilitate change in a pro-active participative style.
 Identifying the roles of change agent in the process of change within the organization,
examining the barriers to successful implementation, and demonstrate ability to
analyze internal and external threats.

UNDERSTANDING CHANGE
Organizational Change: Introduction, Types of change, Forces of
change: Internal and external, theoretical framework of
organizational change: life cycle theory, teleological theory,
UNIT – I dialectical theory, evolutionary theory. (5 Sessions)

Perspectives on organizational change: Contingency and resource


dependence, population-ecology, institutional, evolutionary.
Strategic change, stakeholder and congruence analysis, PESTLE
UNIT –II analysis (3 Sessions)
Organisation Development- overview, managing the OD process,
Action research, OD interventions – types and expected results.
Recent approaches to OD and change

Models of change: Introduction, Classical and systems paradigm.


Process based change models: lewin’s model of change, planning
UNIT – III model, model of change management process, Integrative model (7 Sessions)
for planned change, Schein’s model of change.
Content Based models: the dissipative equilibrium model, Burke
Litwin model. Integration of change models: Leavitt’s model,
Nadler and Tushman’s model and managing change model.
Punctuated equilibrium model
Master of Business Administration 156
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
IMPLEMENTING CHANGE
Resistance to organizational change: Concept, Nature, factors
contributing to resistance, mechanisms underlying resistance, the
UNIT – IV behavioural elements, cognitive and affective processes, (4 Sessions)
suggestions to managing resistance to change.
Role of change agents and leadership: Introduction to change
agents, Role of HRD in managing change, level 5 leadership.
UNIT – V Implementing organizational change: Introduction. Delta (5 Sessions)
technique, Skills for managing change, Strategy for organizing
change.
Organizational culture and change
Culture: Introduction, nature, levels, patterns of work culture.
Formal and informal components of organizational culture,
UNIT – VI functions of organizational culture and change, researches on (6 Sessions)
cultural differences in organizations. Organizational culture
leadership and firm size. Emerging trends in organizational
culture.
END-TERM EXAMINATION
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 Change Management, concepts and applications, Radha R. Sharma,TMH
 Managing organizational change, Palmer, Dunford, Akin, Tata Mc-Graw Hill edition

Reference Books:
 Mirza S.Saiyadan, Organisational Behaviour,TMH, 2003, New Delhi.
 Robert A Paton and James McCalman, Change Management: A Guide to Effective
Implementation 2/e.Response Books, New Delhi, 2000.
 Sethi: Orgnisational Transformation Through Business Process Reengineering
Pearson Education.
 Art Horn: Gifts of Leadership: Team Building through Focus and Empathy,
Macmillan India, 1998.
 C.S.Venkataratnam: Negotiated Change -Collective Bargaining, Liberalisation and
Restructuring in India, Response Books, New Delhi, 2003.

Learning Outcome:
After completion of course student will be able to:
Master of Business Administration 157
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Change is the law of nature where students understood this concept from organization
point of view along with the different approaches to manage change.

 Understand the concept of pro-active participative style that facilitates changes in


dynamic situations.

 Analyze the different roles of changes agent and understand the internal and external
threats.

 Explored the various barriers for successful implementation adapt the external
change.
Master of Business Administration 158
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Managerial Counseling and Stress Management
Course Code: MBA5108 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Stress affects just about every person, everyday of their lives. Many things can
cause stress and there are different ways of dealing with stress. The basic purpose of this
course is to assist individuals by providing an overview of the counseling processes and
techniques and create a forum for practicing the basic counseling skills. The course will also
help them to deal with stress and to make their own decision from among the choices available
to them for the purpose of enhancing their personal and professional effectiveness. This course
aims to understand the stress process and its relation to health issues and behavioural
effectiveness in organization.

Objectives of the course:


 It aims to make the students clear about the role of managerial counseling at work place
in improving employee’s relations and their mental & physical health.
 It aims to recognize the relationship of stress with individual performance and also to
study counseling as a therapy for stress free life.
Counseling Concept: Emergence and historical Development of
the Counseling Profession, Factors contributing to the emergence
of counseling, Types of counseling: goals and expectation,
Counseling process, evaluation of counseling and ethical issues. (5 Sessions)
UNIT – I
Counseling and related fields: Psychotherapy, Clinical
Psychology, Hygiology. Modern trends in counseling.

Managerial Counseling at Work Place: Self-Development of


UNIT –II Managers as Counselors, Assertiveness and Interpersonal Skills (4 Sessions)
for Counselors, Counseling Relationship, counseling outcomes.
Development of Counseling Skill: Introduction to the Important
Schools of Counseling, Psychoanalytic Foundations,
UNIT – III Transactional Analysis, Gestalt Therapy, Rational Emotive (6 Sessions)
Therapy, Person-Centred Approach to Counseling, Nonverbal
Clues.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Selection of Counseling Strategies & Interventions in
Organisations: changing behaviour through Counseling,
empathy, Listening and responding, Effective Feedback,
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
Performance Counseling, Counseling in Problem Situations,
Interpersonal Conflicts, Midlife Blues, Integration and Action
Plan.
UNIT – V Stress: types of stressors, purpose of stressors, long-term effects (5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 159
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

of stressors: physiological and psychological, specific


applications of stress as it relates to the workplace and different
target groups, Potential Sources of Stress at Work Place,
Relationship between Stress and Job Performance, Stress and
Personality.
Stress Management: Stress Management Model, Stress
UNIT – VI Management Strategies: Individual and Organizational Coping (5 Sessions)
Strategies, Golden Principles to a Stress Free Life.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:
 T1- Rao, S., & Narayana. (2006). Counseling and Guidance. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-
Hill Publications.

Reference Books:
 R1- Pareekh, U. (2007). Understanding Organization Behaviour. New Delhi: Oxford
Higher Education Publication.
 R2- Singh, K. (2010). Organization Behaviour Text and Cases. New Delhi: Pearson
Publications.
 R3- Decenzo, D. A., & Robbins, S. P. (2004). Personnel / Human Resource
Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall India.
 R4- Aswathappa, K. (2006). Human Resource Personnel Management. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw Hill.

Journals:
 The IUP Journal of Organization Behaviour
 HRD Review by The Academy of Human Resource Development

Learning Outcome:
After completion of course student will be able to:

 Understand the concept and role of managerial counseling at work place.


Master of Business Administration 160
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Analyze the importance and various methods to manage the stress at the work place
through which improvement occurs in employee’s relations and their mental &
physical health.

 Able to learn the various ways to improve the relationship by minimize the stress and
ability to improve individual’s performance.

 Studied the various Counseling Strategies & Interventions in Organizations.

 Ability to improve behavior and solve problem of employees through Counseling


sessions.
Master of Business Administration 161
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Financial Derivatives
Course Code: MBA5109 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Financial risk management has become one of the most important aspects in
recent times. With the advent of financial derivatives, this has become relatively easy. At the
same time, as financial derivatives work as double edged weapons, a considerable large
number of investors lost their money as they wrongly used them. Hence there is a need to have
a course on financial derivatives to know how best they are used.

Objectives of the Course:

 To make the students aware about various financial derivatives available


 To evaluate how these financial derivatives are used to minimize risk
 To learn how to formulate option trading strategies and execute them
 To learn when to use a particular financial derivative

Derivat ives:
Definition and Origin of Derivatives
Type of Derivative Contracts: Forwards, Futures, Options &
Swap
UNIT – I Participants in Derivative Market (5 Sessions)
Economic Function of Derivative Market – Risk Management,
Market Efficiency, Price Discovery
Role of Derivatives in Hedging, Speculation & Arbitrage
Option Contracts:
Option Terminology, Comparison between Futures and Options,
Options Payoffs, Application of Payoffs
UNIT –II Exotic Opt ions: (5 Sessions)
Asian, Bermudan, Compound, Binary, Barrier, Look back, Shout,
Chooser
Pricing o f Options: Variables affecting Price of Options,
UNIT – III Binomial Model and Black-Scholes Model for Option Pricing (5 Sessions)
Option Greeks: Delta, Gamma, Theta, Vega & Rho
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 162
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Option Trading Strategies:


Long / Short Call, Long / Short Put, Covered Call / Put, Long /
UNIT – IV Short Strangle, Long / Short Straddle, Collar, Spread, Long / (7 Sessions)
Short Call Butterfly, Long / Short Call Condor
Fundamentals o f Futures:
Difference between Forward & Futures, Futures Terminology,
UNIT –V Margins, Daily Mark-to-Market and Final Settlement, Contango (5 Sessions)
and Backwardation
Payoff Matrix from Futures, Hedging with Futures
Swaps: Interest Rate Swaps & Currency Swaps
Credit Derivat ives: Credit Risk & Rating, Collateralized Debt
UNIT – VI Obligations (CDO), Credit Default Swaps (CDS) (5 Sessions)
Regulatory Framework of Derivative Markets
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Hull, J.C. (2001). Options, Futures and Other Derivatives. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of
India Limited.

Reference Books:
 Gupta S. L. (2010). Financial Derivatives. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Limited.
 Arditti, F.D. (1996). Derivatives: A Comprehensive Resource for Options, Futures,
Interest Rate Swaps and Mortgage Securities, Washington, D.C.: Island Press.
 Johnson, P.M. (1999). Derivatives: A Manager's Guide to the World's Most Powerful
Financial Instruments. USA: McGraw-Hill Professional
 Kolb, R.W. & Overdahl, J.A. (2003). Financial Derivatives. New York: Wiley and Sons.
 Miller, M.H. (1997). Merton Miller on Derivatives, New York: Wiley and Sons.
 Somanathan (1998). Derivatives: Markets, Valuation, and Risk Management, New Delhi:
Tata McGraw-Hill
 ISMR 2009, www.nseindia.com
 Fact Book, www.nseindia.com
 Derivatives Market Dealer’s Module, www.nseindia.com
 Capital Market Dealer’s Module, www.nseindia.com

Suggested Journals:
 Review of Finance
 Review of Derivatives Research
 Case Folio: ICFAI
Master of Business Administration 163
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes:
 Awareness of Financial Derivatives and their implications for risk minimization and
trading benefits
 Understanding of mechanism of F&O Segments and it’s implication for retail investors
 Formulation of real time option combinations strategies as a retail trader and assessment
of pay-offs.
 Conditional applications of various financial derivatives in various real-life scenarios.
Master of Business Administration 164
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Microfinance
Course Code: MBA5110 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The subject intends to deliver the comprehensive knowledge of Microfinance in
Indian context with a lot of focus on its practical implication. The course intends to provide a
thorough knowledge of the concept of microfinance and how microfinance institutions work,
including the operational aspects of an SHG/ MFI and to build up the financial literacy of the
students aspiring careers in microfinance and SME sector.

Objectives of the Course:


 To provide a thorough knowledge of the concept of microfinance and how microfinance
institutions work, including the operational aspects of an SHG/ MFI.
 To build up the financial literacy of the students aspiring careers in microfinance and SME sector.

Perspectives of Microfinance:
Microfinance, Need of Microfinance, Evolution and Character of
Microfinance in India, Microfinance Product Portfolio, Key
UNIT – I Principles of Microfinance (6 Sessions)
Dilemmas in Contemporary Microfinance Functioning
Microfinance as a Tool for Development; India, MDGs and
Microfinance

Microfinance Delivery Methodologies:


Self Help Group Model, Federated Self Help Group Model,
Association Model, Community Banking Model, Grameen Bank
UNIT –II (5 Sessions)
Model, Cooperative / Mutually Aided Cooperative Model,
Rotating Savings and Credit Association (ROSCA), Non
Banking Finance Company (NBFC) Model (BASIX)

Emerging Microfinance Issues:


UNIT – III Legal and Regulatory Framework, Emerging Issues (4 Sessions)
Impact Assessments and Social Assessments of MFIs

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

UNIT – IV SHG-Bank Linkage Programme: (3 Sessions)


Master of Business Administration 165
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Overview, Evolution, Need, Models of Linkage between Banks


and Self-Help Groups, Impact, Progress, Promotional Initiatives,
Issues in SHG – Bank Linkage Programme, Challenges

Operational aspects of Micro Finance (I)


Accounting and Financial Reporting, Financial Analysis,
UNIT – V Revenue Model, Operating Costs and Efficiency, Products and (6 Sessions)
Services, Risk Management, Credit Bureaus and Credit Scoring

Operational aspects of Micro Finance (II)


Basics of Banking, Priority Sector Norms of Lending,
UNIT – VI Commercial Banks as Micro lenders, The Technological Base: (6 Sessions)
Payment Systems and Banking Software, Building the Market
for Investing in Microfinance

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Indian Institute of Banking and Finance. (2008). Micro-Finance: Perspectives and


Operations; Macmillan India Limited.

 Panda D. K. (2009). Understanding Microfinance.; Wiley India Publication.

Reference Book:

 Rhyne, E. (2009). Edition I. Microfinance for Bankers and Investors: Understanding the
Opportunities and Challenges of the Market at the Bottom of the Pyramid. Tata McGraw
Hill Publication, New Delhi.

Learning Outcomes
 Students completing this course will be able to:

 Understand the concept of microfinance and operational aspects of an SHG/MFI.

 Develop their awareness regarding careers related opportunities associated with


microfinance and SME sector.
Master of Business Administration 166
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Management of Financial Services and Institutions
Course Code: MBA5111 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Finance is at the heart of corporate strategy. It provided the tools and language
which inform strategic choice, and prioritise which maximum shareholder value. For emerging
economies, financially educated students can help ensure that the financial sector marks an
effective contribution to real economic growth and poverty reduction.
This course will provide an insight of Indian Banking System, Mutual Fund Industry,
Insurance Industry and other financial institutions and services.

Objectives of the Course:

 To give the students an sight into the principles, operational policies and practices of the
prominent Financial Markets and Institutions, their structure and functioning in the
changing economic scenario, and to make critical appraisal of the working of the specific
financial institutions of India.

Management of Commercial Banking Institutions (I):


Banking industry in India and its constituents, RBI – introduction
UNIT – I & major functions, commercial banks in the Emerging (5 Sessions)
Environment of Privatization and Globalization, Internet banking
and mobile banking.
Management of Commercial Banking Institutions (II):
Management of deposits of commercial banks, management of
UNIT –II loans in commercial banks, Asset liability management, (5 Sessions)
Management of NPAs, Interest rate structure
Management of Financial Services:
Mutual Fund – origin and growth of mutual fund, Constituents
UNIT – III and management of Mutual Fund – sponsors, trustees, AMCs and (5 Sessions)
custodian, Type of mutual fund schemes, benefits of mutual fund
as an investment option.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Management of development Financial Institutions:


UNIT – IV Meaning and importance of development financial institutions.
(5 Sessions)
IDBI, ICICI, IFCI, NABARD and SFCs – introduction and
Master of Business Administration 167
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

major objectives.

Microfinance: Need, Evolution, Initiatives, Challenges, SHG –


Bank Linkage Programme, Financial Inclusion
Micro Finance Institutions – concept and services.
Merchant Banking and Venture Capital:
Merchant banking – origin and development of merchant
banking in India. Importance of merchant bankers, guidelines of
UNIT – V SEBI towards merchant banking. (6 Sessions)
Venture Capital – concept and importance of venture capital,
venture capital in India, guidelines for venture capital.
Management of NBFCs :
Non Banking Financial Institutions – Activities and Role of
UNIT – VI NBFC; Regulatory Framework of NBFC; Recent Development. (4 Sessions)
Leasing & Hire Purchase – concept of lease & hire purchase,
lease vs. hire purchase, benefits to lesser and lessee.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Frank J. Fabozzi, F. Modigiliani, Foundation of Financial Markets & Institutions (Third
Edition), Pearson Education.
 Meir Kohn, Financial Institutions & Markets, TATA McGraw Hill.
 M Y Khan. Indian Financial System (Fourth Edition), TATA McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
 Bharti V Pathak. (2010). Indian Financial System. Pearson Publication

Learning Outcomes
 To understand basics of banking and regulatory framework in India

 Understanding concepts and relevance of NPA and its management

 Evaluating the source of finance SFCs, merchant banking and NBFCS

 Conceptual knowledge regarding investment products and their regulatory


framework.
Master of Business Administration 168
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Tax Planning
Course Code: MBA5112 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The subject intends to deliver the comprehensive knowledge of corporate
taxation in Indian context with a lot of focus on its practical implication. The tax system works
as an important mechanism for revenue generation of any economy. On the other hand, for
companies it is essential to explore the various taxation provisions to make the compliance of
norms along with minimizing the tax liability for the company as it forms an integral part of
the cost of deliverables. This course content comprises of corporate taxation system, taxonomy
and procedures in India. A global comparison of the taxation systems across the globe is also
included. Finally, outlook to Central Excise Duty, Customs Duty, Capital Gains Tax, Sales Tax
or Value Added Tax are also included to make it more relevant.

Objectives of the Course:

 To provide students a comprehensive overview of the taxation system, procedures,


structures and their implications in terms of tax planning for individuals as well as
corporate
 To develop analytical skills of students to acquaintance of the practical functioning of
taxation in corporate spectrum by extending the maximum practical exposure to students

Introduction to Taxation Basics


Introduction to Basic Tax Concepts, Evolution of Taxation
UNIT – I System, Tax Planning, Tax Avoidance, and Tax Evasion,
(4 Sessions)
Residential Status of Assessee and its impact on Tax Liability
Taxation for Individual (I)
Income from Salary: Allowances, Perquisites, Retirement
UNIT –II Benefits, Income from House Property: Computation of GAV, (7 Sessions)
NAV, Deductions u/s 24, Income from Business or Profession:
Allowed Deductions, Disallowed Expenditures, Depreciation
Taxation for Individual (II)
Income from Capital Gains: Computation of Short Term & Long
UNIT – III Term Capital Gains, Deductions u/s 54 (4 Sessions)
Income from Other Sources: Scope and Deductions

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Corporate Taxation: Minimum Alternate Tax, Tax on


UNIT – IV Distributed Profits, Tax Rates (4 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 169
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Computation of Tax Liability: Deductions from Gross Total


Income, Computation of Tax Liability, Marginal Relief,
Deduction u/s 87
Taxation Procedure:
Permanent Account Number, Clubbing of Income, Set off and
UNIT – V Carry forward of Losses, Advance Payment of Tax (5 Sessions)
Filing of Return, e-filing of return, Assessment, Appeals,
Revision and Rectification, TDS Rates and Rules
An Overview of Goods and Service Tax:
UNIT – VI Introduction, Brief comparison with previous taxation structure, (6 Sessions)
GST: Scope, Functioning & Procedural Norms
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Singhania, V. K. & Singhania, M. (2017). Corporate Tax Planning and Business Tax
Procedures. Taxmann Publication, New Delhi.

 Mehrotra, H. C. (2017). Corporate Tax Planning. Sahitya Bhawan Publication.

Reference Book:

 Bhatia, H. L. (2017). Public Finance. Vikas Publishing House.

Learning Outcomes:
 Comprehensive understanding of Taxation System and Laws and their implications for
Individuals as well as Corporate
 Proper exposure to assessment of Taxable Income and Tax Liability of real-life practical
examples
 Training of filing e-returns to students acquainting them with practical exposure required
to deal with the process
 A deep understanding of corporate tax structure and implications of proposed changes
Master of Business Administration 170
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Global Strategic Management


Course Code: MBA5113 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course is grounded on the fundamental principles of strategic management


and focuses on strategy making in business corporations. Globalization of business has led to
the emergence of global strategic management. A combination of strategic management and
international business will result in strategies for global cooperation. It examines the firm’s
international strategies, the nature and form of international business arrangements, to
determine if they fit within the firm’s overall global strategic position.

Objectives of the Course:

 To appreciate the major concerns and strategies of international businesses.


 To understand and reorient the process of strategic management in International context.
 To clarify issues which are of paramount importance for competitiveness in International
business operations
Introduction to Global Strategic Management: benefits and
risks of single country strategy, dimensions of global strategy,
motives and reasons for internationalization of firms, basic
UNIT – I components of global strategy, drivers for global strategic (5 Sessions)
perspectives, competing pressures for Cost Reductions & Local
Responsiveness, value creation in business
Strategic Planning for international business: International
strategic management process; Approaches in formulating and
UNIT –II implementing strategy; developing a strategic planning model for (4 Sessions)
MNCs; Global strategy framework, Sources of competitive
advantage of global companies
Competitive Strategies for International Business: Strategic
roles of subsidiaries – types of subsidiary level strategies, and
UNIT – III roles of corporate parent; Entry Decisions for International (6 Sessions)
Business; Timing of Entry, Mode of entry in Foreign Market-
advantages and disadvantages and, risks vs control,
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Strategic Alliances: Motives for strategic global alliances;
strategic value of an alliance; partner analysis; Selection &
UNIT – IV Structure of Strategic Alliance; criteria for successful alliances;, (5 Sessions)
Advantages of Strategic Alliances, Disadvantages of Strategic
Alliances.
UNIT – V International strategies-Implementation: selection of foreign (5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 171
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

market, implementation through structure culture and leadership,


global strategy structure relationship
International strategies-Control : Control Systems and
Incentives-Type of Control Systems, Incentive Systems for
UNIT – VI control; Role of legal structure in controlling; designing an (5 Sessions)
effective monitoring and control system, ethical management in
MNCs
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Deresky, H., (2007), International Management-Managing across borders and cultures,
PHI New Delhi.
 Lasserre, P., (2007), Global Strategic Management, Palgrave MacMillan, Hampshire

Reference Books:
 Cullen J. B., Multinational Management – A Strategic Approach, South-Western, Ohio.
 Sindhwani T. N., The Global Business Game – A Strategic Perspective , MacMillan,
New Delhi
 Daniels J. D., International Business – Environment and Operations, Pearson
Education, New Delhi.
 Sanyali, R.N., International Management- A Strategic Perspective, PHI, New Delhi
 Clegg, S.R. (2006), Global Management Solutions, Sage Publications

Suggested Journals:
 Global Business Review; International Management Institute
 Journal of World Economic Review; Serial Publications, India.
 IUP journal of Intellectual property rights; IUP, India
 Foreign Trade Review, IIFT
 Harvard Business Review.
Master of Business Administration 172
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes

 Students will be able to understand various typologies for strategies to be used in

international business.

 Students will be able to gain insights regarding the strategic management process to be
applied at the international level.
 Students will understand the basis for gaining competitive advantage at international
level for organizations.
Master of Business Administration 173
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Export-Import Procedures and Documentation
Course Code: MBA5114 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: To make the student aware regarding the need, requirement and importance of
the export-import procedure and documentation to make them equip with the need and
requirement of industry.

Objectives of the Course:

 The main objectives of this learning unit are to learn about different types of documents
used in international trade (import and export), which documents are usually required
by customs, the requirements for various documents and how to fill in these documents
correctly.
 Analyzing the various classifications and requirements of export documents.
 Learning what functions export documents perform.
 Learning the different types of documents of origin that evidence the origin of goods.
 Analyzing the various commercial and administrative documents.
Export Management- An Overview:
 Introduction to Export management
 Definition of Export, needs and benefits arising from
Export
 Importance of Exports to India
UNIT – I  Selecting of export market and product for export.
(6 Sessions)
 Direction of Exports from India
 Trend in India’s Export.
 Types of exporters
 Reasons for India’s poor share in world trade
Institutional Infrastructure for Export promotion:
 Institutions for financing exports- EXIM Bank. ECGC.
 Commodity Boards. Export Promotion Councils.
 IIFT, Federation of Indian Export Organisation.
UNIT –II  Indian Council of Arbitration. Export Development (4 Sessions)
Authority.
 Agricultural and Processed Foods Export Development
Authority
 SIDBI
Export Procedures
UNIT – III (5 Sessions)
 Introduction , Stages in Export Procedure
Master of Business Administration 174
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Excise clearance procedure


Role of custom House Agents
Shipping and custom formalities
Marine Insurance
Negotiation of Export Documents
Realization of export proceeds
ISO 9000 certification
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Export Documentation :
 Defining Export Documentation :- Main Commercial
Documents and Additional Commercial Documents (5
UNIT – IV
 Means of export (sea, air, post, courier, ICD, etc) and Sessions)
documentation required.
 Instruments of payment and various Incoterms
Export Finance :
 Pre-shipment Finance and Post-shipment Finance
UNIT – V (3 Sessions)
 Special Financial Facilities
 Export Pricing, Mechanism of Price Fixation
Import Management in a Developing Economy:
 Import procurement, methods, and Import financing
UNIT – V  Purchase contract, Import Canalization, (7 Sessions)
 Import under counter-trade,
 Monitoring and follow up of import contracts.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:-
 Export Management (2010) by Khurana P.K., Galgotia Publications, New Delhi

Reference Books:-
 Export Management (2010) By T.A.S. Balagopal, Himalaya Publications, New Delhi
 International Trade and Export Management (2010) By Dr.Francis Cherunilam,
Himalaya Publication, New Delhi.
 Export Import Procedures & Documentation (2011) By By Jain Khushpat S.
 Import/Export: How to Get Started in International Trade (2010) by Nelson C, Tata Mc
Grawhill, New Delhi.
 EXPORT IMPORT MANAGEMENT(2010) By Paul Justin and Aserkar Rajiv, Oxford
Press, New Delhi.
Master of Business Administration 175
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course Students will:

 Be aware regarding the need, requirement and importance of the export-import procedure
and documentation to make them equip with the need and requirement of industry.

 Have a brief idea about the different types of documents used in international trade
(import and export), which documents are usually required by customs, the requirements
for various documents and how to fill in these documents correctly.
 Get an idea about the institutional infrastructure for export promotion in our country.
 Learn the importance of import management for a developing nation like India.
Master of Business Administration 176
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
International Logistics
Course Code: MBA5115 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The Primary objective of the course is the presentation of international logistics
and its meaning for the transport. Students will learn about international supply chain
management, international logistics centers and the management of material.

Objectives of the Course:


 New approaches for coordinating and working with suppliers and strategic partners in the
company’s global supply chain
 Aligning the incentives of the different players throughout the supply chain to develop
successful collaboration relationships
 The scope of the procurement function: purchasing, supplier selection, evaluation and
management, and supply chain coordination
 The role of logistics operators and 3PLs in the business and supply chain management:
justification of outsourcing projects in logistics, advantages and risks involved, required
steps for a successful transition to a logistics operator
 Financial evaluation and supply chain metrics for management of the overall supply
chain.
Introduction to International Logistics:
 Concepts, objectives and scope of logistics
 Elements and importance of logistics
 Relevance of logistics in international marketing
UNIT – I  Concept of International supply chain and logistics
(4 Sessions)
 Forms of Logistics management
 Importance of Customer service in logistics
 Types of Logistics :- Land, Sea and Air
Shipping Transportation structure and world sea trade
scenario:
 Types of ships, shipping routes and Ship-liner and tramp
 Organization of shipping company
UNIT –II  Terminologies used in shipping industry. (6 Sessions)
 Classification & characteristics of shipping company
 Volume and value of trade
 Flags of convenience
 Conference systems
Freight structure and practices :
 Terminologies used in different freight structure
 Factors involved in ratemaking
UNIT – III (5 Sessions)
 Basis of freight rate structure
 Various cost concepts involved in freight rates
 Contracts of Affreightments
Master of Business Administration 177
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Types of sea freight rates: Linear and Tramp


MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Indian Shipping :
 Shipping agents, freight forwarders and stevedore
 Introduction, ports in India & Development in Indian
UNIT- IV
Shipping. (4 Sessions)
 Port Infrastructure development (PTI)
 Shipping Association
Containerization :
 Introduction to containerization
 Concepts and types of container
UNIT – V (4 Sessions)
 Inland Container Depot (ICD)
 Indian container scenario
 Problems and prospects of containerization
International Air Transport and Information and
Technology role in International Logistics:
 Concept and importance
 Air cargo and tariff structure
UNIT – VI  International Air Transport Association (IATA). (7 Sessions)
 Information and communication
 Principles of Logistics Information
 Logistics Information System Architecture
 Logistics Information System Flow.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 International Supply Chain Management (2010) by David A. Pierre, Cengage Learning,
New Delhi.
Reference Books:
 International Logistics: Global Supply Chain Management (2010) By Long, Douglas,
Springer Publications, USA.
 International Logistics Management (2010) By Misra Anuranjan and Tayal Anusha, AB
Publications, New Delhi.
 A Logistics Approach to Supply Chain Managemen (1st Ed.) 2010, By Coyle J. John,
Langley John C., Gibson J. Brian, Novack A. Robert, Bardi J. Edward, Cengage
Publications, New Delhi
Suggested Journals :
 Taylor And Francis :-International Journal of Logistics Research and Applications
 Emerald :- International Journal of Logistics Management
Master of Business Administration 178
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 Assess the role logistics plays in global business.


 Recognize the importance of culturally appropriate behaviour when dealing with
international customers, projects and transport
 Compare and contrast the economic and service characteristics of international
transportation providers
 Evaluate the impact that key trade agreements, such as NAFTA and the WTO have on
Canada Customs.
 Research regulatory requirements and current legislation that affects the movement of
products or services across international borders.
Master of Business Administration 179
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MBA5116: E-BUSINESS
(MBA)

Prerequisite: This course will provide the students with an analytical and technical framework
to understand the emerging world of e-Business. E-Business poses both a challenge and an
opportunity for managers. As a matter of competitive necessity, savvy managers must gain an
understanding of the rapidly changing technology and business models. They need to develop a
basic understanding of how electronic business differs from “real” business setting. They also
need to acquire a hands-on knowledge of the underlying technological infrastructure in order to
have a clear idea of the business and organizations possibilities inherent in these developments.
This course will attempt to fill this need.

Objectives of the Course:


 Evaluating the opportunities and risk factors involved in conducting e-Business.
 Identify organizations processes and relationship that may have value added through the
application of an e-Business strategy.
 Assisting in the incorporate of an e-business strategy into the organization’s goal and
objectives.
 Understanding the current state of e-business and the possible advantages and
disadvantages of an e-business strategy.
 Aiding in the development of managerial e-business tactics and objectives for the
organization’s supply chain management functions.
 Exploring and explaining the legal and international implications of conducting e-
Business.
 Analyzing and evaluating how the internet, e-business technologies, and e-business
concepts can assist an organize its goal and objectives.


Credits: 04 Trimester V L–T–P: 4–0–0
Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
Introduction, Background and Current Status, E-Business 6
UNIT I.
Architecture Sessions
Enabling Technologies, E-Business Infrastructure, e-Business 4
UNIT II.
Design, Capacity Planning, Performance Modeling Sessions
5
UNIT III. e-Business Models, e-Marketing, e-CRM,
Sessions
5
UNIT IV e-Business Security / Payment Services, e-SCM, e-Procurement.
Sessions
5
UNIT V Knowledge Management, ERP, e-BusinessBackbone
Sessions
e-Business Strategy into action, Challenges, e-Transition and
5
UNIT VI Summary, Business Plan Presentation and Demonstration
Sessions
“Materialising e-Business: From idea to Realisation”.
Master of Business Administration 180
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books
 Dave Chaffey (2007). E-Business and E-Commerce Management Strategy,
Implementation and Practice . 4th Edition, Prentice Hall.
 Daniel A. Menascé, Virgilio A. F. Almeida (2000). "Scaling for E-business:
Technologies, Models, Performance, and Capacity Planning" , Prentice Hall.
 Reference Books:
 Ravi Kalakota (2004) , "E-Business 2.0: Roadmap For Success" , 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education India.
 Jawedkar, S. (2007). Management Information System. 3rd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.

Learning Outcomes:

 Integrate the waterfall model in the development of e-commerce applications.


 Integrate user-centered design guidelines in developing user-friendly websites.
 Evaluate the bullwhip effect in a supply chain, analyze the causes, and recommend
possible solutions.
 Analyze different types of portal technologies and deployment methodologies
commonly used in the industry.
 Analyze real business cases regarding their e-business strategies and transformation
processes and choices.
 Integrate theoretical frameworks with business strategies.
Master of Business Administration 181
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MBA5117: STRATEGIC INFORMATION SYSTEM PLANNING


(MBA)

Prerequisite: Strategic information systems planning (SISP) has been defined as the process of
identifying a portfolio of computer-based applications that will assist an organization in
executing its business plans and realizing its business goals. As a strategic plan, it includes
overarching vision, mission, and values statements for the department. SISP is an important
activity for helping information executives and top management identify strategic applications
and align IT with business needs.

Objectives of the Course:


 To promote new and improved ways to solve technology problems without sacrificing
other guiding principles.
 Helps students to implement new information services that represent value to customers.
 Helps to incorporate metrics to measure performance and verify effectiveness of
information resources..


Credits: 04 L–T–P: 4–0–0
Trimester V

Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
Key Issues in Information Systems Management and the role of
5
UNIT I CIO, Analytical Framework for strategic IT initiatives, Value
Sessions
chain analysis
Sustaining competitive advantage by use of IT, Creativity, 4
UNIT II
Learning organizations, Managing in the Market Space Sessions
National Information Infrastructure and IT Policy at the national
6
UNIT II. level, planning for strategic IT resources, IS governance, assessing
Sessions
ICT investments, development of information systems.
Role of Information Technology in business transformation
5
UNIT IV information partnerships. Managing the IT function, Outsourcing
Sessions
IT function and Off-shoring.
Knowledge Management Strategies, Evaluation and Risk
4
UNIT V Management for Information Systems, Evaluating Business
Sessions
Strategies and the use of Information Systems.
Enhancing decision making, The future of systems development,
6
UNIT VI Security and ethics: Protecting against intrusion and ensuring
Sessions
system availability: Privacy issues; Legal and ethical issues.

Text Books
Master of Business Administration 182
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 McNurlin, Barbara and Sprague, Ralph. (1998). Information Systems Management in Practice.
Upper Saddle River, NJ. Prentice Hall.
 Strategic Information Management - Challenges and Strategies in Managing Information
System.
 Reference Books:
 Strategic Information Systems - Competition through Information Technologies.
 Strategic Planning for Information Systems (Wiley Series in Information Systems).
 Strategic Management and Information Systems: An Integrated Approach by Wendy Robson.

Learning Outcomes:
On completion the participant will understand:

 The concepts of information systems strategy and how to it is aligned with business strategy.
 The processes and key issues involved in the evaluation, planning and implementation of
strategic information systems across an organization’s various functions
 The role of future trends in technology and their impact in defining/redefining strategies in an
organization to attain and maintain competitive advantage.
 How to measure the return on investment in information systems.
Master of Business Administration 183
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MBA5118: SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN


(MBA)

Prerequisite: This course provides an overview of various systems concepts, such as


characteristics and elements, in an organization. It also describes the various phases involved in
developing a new system and the role of the system analyst. Its discusses various steps and tools
used for gathering information that will be required for preliminary investigation. The course
identifies the types of feasibility analysis and the method to analyze the cost and benefit of a
project. Further, the course introduces the concept of system design and the documentation tool
required for the structured design of a system. Finally, the course discusses the need and methods
for system testing, quality assurance, project maintenance, and software maintenance.

Objectives of the Course:


 To promote the conceptual and skill based learning needed to understand the process of
analysing and designing information systems.
 Understand the impact of information systems solutions in an organisation, both in terms
of the business and resources required to create them.


Credits: 04 L–T–P: 4–0–0
Trimester V
Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
Systems Concept; Characteristics of a System; Elements of
UNIT I. System; Types of Systems; Decision Support, System; System 6
Development Life Cycle, Waterfall model, Iterative model, Sessions
Prototype model, Spiral model.
UNIT II. Phases of System development: Investigation, Analysis, Design, 4
Implementation, Post Implementation Review and Maintenance Sessions
Systems Planning and Investigation: Basis for Planning in Systems
UNIT III. Analysis - Dimensions of Planning, Initial Investigation, Needs 5
Identification, Determining the User's Information Requirements, Sessions
Feasibility Study, Feasibility Considerations
Steps in Feasibility Analysis - Feasibility Report, Tools of
5
UNIT IV Structured Analysis : Data Flow Diagram (DFD), Entity
Sessions
Relationship Diagrams, Data Dictionary
Process Modeling : Structured English, Decision Tree & Decision
5
UNIT V Table, Basics of Information Security, Types of Attacks, Viruses,
Sessions
Virus Control, Hackers
Overview of Risks associated with Internet, Risk Management,
5
UNIT VI Disaster Recovery Plan, Managing Risk, Information Security
Sessions
Policy, Creating a secure environment, Internet Security Standards
Text Books
 Elias, M.A. System Analysis and Design. Greater Noida: Galgotia Publication
 Kenneth, E. K. & Kendall, J.K. System Analysis and Design. New Delhi: Prentice hall of
India
Master of Business Administration 184
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Reference Books:
 Grienstein & Feinman. E-commerce –Security, Risk Management and Control. New
Delhi: Tata Mc Graw Hill
 Singh, B. Network Security. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India
Learning Outcomes:

• Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
• Define and describe the five phases of the system development life cycle.
• Explain the way in which information systems support business requirements.
• Develop data flow diagrams and decision tables.
• Perform a feasibility study.
• Evaluate systems development alternatives.
• Solve realistic systems analysis problems.
• Determine methods for evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of a system.
Master of Business Administration 185
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Legal Issues in Retails

Course Code: MBA5119 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The Primary objective of this course is to acquaint the students with the legal
requirements to be fulfilled in retail sector business. This course introduces students to various local
laws.

Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students to:


 To make pupils aware of laws of land in retail sector so as to make them strong while
carrying out any responsibility in retail domain.

Definition of Retail, Importance of Law in Retail, Impact of non


compliance of law in retail on internal and external factors,
UNIT – I Overview of The shops and establishments act, 1953, Standards (5 Sessions)
of Weight and Measures Act, 1976.
The Essential commodity act 1955, Agricultural produce market
UNIT –II committee, Main features of The Payment of wages act 1936 (5 Sessions)
Main features of The provident fund act 1952
UNIT – III Payment of Bonus Act, 1965, Minimum wages act (5 Sessions)
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Overview of Equal Remuneration act 1976, Overview of
UNIT – IV Contract Labor Act, (4 Sessions)
FDI Policy in India: Entry Options For Foreign Players prior to
FDI Policy, Franchise Agreements, Cash And Carry Wholesale
Trading, Strategic Licensing Agreements, Manufacturing and
UNIT – V Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, Foreign Investor’s Concern (6 Sessions)
Regarding FDI Policy in India, Concerns for the Government for
only Partially Allowing FDI in Retail Sector ,
Overview of The Gratuity act 1972, Maternity act 1976,
UNIT – VI Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 (5 Sessions)
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Mamoria C.B., (2009). Dynamics of Industrial Relations. New Delhi Himalaya


Publishing House.
Reference Books:
Master of Business Administration 186
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Venkata Ratnam,C.S., (2010). Industrial Relation. 13th Edition. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
 Srivastava,S,C., (2009). Industrial Relation and Labor Laws. 5th Edition. New Delhi:
Vikas Publication.

Suggested Journals:
 Labor law reporter
Suggested websites:
www.indialawjournal.com

Learning Outcomes
 After taking this course, students are expected to be more aware of laws of land in retail
sector and their features.
 It will enable him/her to know his rights as well as responsibilities prescribed in law. At the
same time, he/she will be more acquainted with the kind of benefits/rewards law provides in
case of some ordinary and emergent situations as well as the penalties one is subjected to, in
case of violation of these laws.
Master of Business Administration 187
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Retail Store Operation
Course Code: MBA5120 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The retail operation is one of the most eminent tools aspiring the customers to
purchase the products offered by the retailers, influencing the perception formed by the
customer regarding the store, the products, services and staff. Consequently, the store itself
becomes an initial asset of the retail business and it plays a vital role in imbibing customer
satisfaction.
The subject aims to train student with practical retail skills and to motivate & foster
entrepreneurial spirit in them. By this subject students will have an understanding of the
mechanics of operating a retail store, sales and customer service and security, store
operations, handling cash, maintaining the store, and establishing policies and its procedures.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop the skill to manage store operations & make the store a profit centre.
 To analyze the importance of customer service & practice it in real world.

Store basics: Store Operations: Nature, scope and significance of


store operations, Importance of store operations; Responsibilities
of store operations, Store maintenance, Grooming ,Cleanliness &
UNIT – I Hygiene,Instore Returns for Online Purchases, Space Selling, (5 Sessions)
Offer Updation,In Store Training, Trolley & Basket Management,
Fun Zone, Customer Entry Measurement, SM DM Briefing, Store
Notice Board
Customer Services and Importance: Types of customer
services -Primary vs. complimentary services, Pre-transaction,
transaction and post-transaction, Services, Assessing customer
service expectations; customer life cycle analysis, Customer
UNIT –II Acquisition and Retention, Add on selling strategies, customer (6 Sessions)
loyalty and profitability of customer, Gift Wrapping, Baggage
Counter, In Store Communication, Free Gifts ,Gift Vouchers,
Customer Care Helpline, Home delivery system and its
management
Store Operations: Deciding about store opening hour and day’s
policy, Parking and rest room services; Crèche and cafeteria
Services, Shopping carts, trolley and elevator facilities, Consumer
UNIT – III counseling and education, Trial facilities, Alteration, repair and (4 Sessions)
return services; Handling customer complaints and returns,
Statutory Record Maintenance, Unclaimed Baggage, Lost &
Found, Returnable Gate Pass.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 188
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Cash management: Cash Management: Billing/invoicing,


Cashiering Process, Cashiering Troubleshooting, Handling I-Doc
UNIT – IV & Barcode Issue, Store Managers Discount payment and (6 Sessions)
checkout services, RFID, Customer credit services, Expense
control; Asset protection - Mechanism and control, Retail Audit
Damages, Theft and Security: SIS concept and its
implementation, retail store Housekeeping & Security, Stock
UNIT – V Take Process, Shoplifting, Tagging Standards, Damage and (5 Sessions)
defective stock handling, Packaging and delivery services,
Mechanism for in store control and control of chain stores
Trash Management: Trash management – Handling of scraps,
rejects, Perishables etc.Shrinkage, How to prevent shrinkage,
UNIT – VI Avoiding Stock Damages, Stock in warding / Out warding,
(4 Sessions)
Signage.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Das, Abhijit.(2006). Mall Management with Case Studies. New Delhi: Taxmann.

Reference Book:

 Berman, Barry & R, Joel. Evans. Retail Management; A Strategic Approach. New Delhi:
Prentice Hall of India.
 Pradhan, Swapan. Retailing Management- Text & Cases. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
 Bajaj, Chetan, Tuli, Rajnish & Srivastava, V. Nidhi. Retail Management. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
 Lusch,F.Robert & Griffith, A.David. Retailing. New Delhi: Thomson Learning.

Learning Outcomes
 After taking this course, one may better know about the fundamentals of stores, their
operations.
 This course will equip with the potential to analyze the customer service, its various
dimensions, current trends and practices in real business world.
Master of Business Administration 189
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Store Design Layout and Visual Merchandising


Course Code: MBA5121 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: SDLVM has been conceptualized to study retail management, particularly store
designing, visual merchandising. This course provide understanding about the basic issues and
challenges of creating effective layouts, visual merchandise, store ambience to attract new set
of consumers and maximize the ROI.

Objectives of the Course:


 To discuss the prevailing VM practices and training the students for more effective VM styles.
 To provide an insight of store layouts, merchandising and display basics
 To understand store planning.

Selection of Site for a Retail store : Store Location - Importance


of Location Decision, Selecting the Store Location, Evaluating
UNIT – I Specific Areas for Locations, evaluating a site for a Retail store,
(4 Sessions)
Site Characteristics Site Evaluation & Site Selection.
Trading Area Analysis: Trading Area Analysis (Catchment
Study), Trade Area Characteristics, Estimating Potential sales for
a store site – Huff’s Gravity model, Regression Analysis &
UNIT –II Analog approach, Negotiating a Lease – Types & Terms of (5 Sessions)
Lease, Category of Merchandise to be sold in stores, Key
considerations in arranging merchandise for better movement &
Display in the store.
Store Layout & Design: Objectives of a Good Store Design,
Types of Design (Circulation Patterns – Grid, Loop, Racetrack,
Spine, Herringbone). Angles & Sightlines, Store Map, Store
UNIT – III Exteriors (Marquee, Entrances, Door types, Walk Ways etc), (6 Sessions)
Store Interiors & Atmospherics (Lighting, Colors, Music &
Fragrance) Feature Areas, Space Planning.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Understanding Visual Merchandising & Display Basics: The
world of VM - History, Definition & Function, Image Mix, 10
Ways a Store can turn off its customers, Elements of Display,
UNIT – IV Model-AIDCS-(All I Do Can Sell)-Is my display good, Display
(5 Sessions)
& Design Basics, Principles of Design, Color Blocking,
Signages.
Store Planning & Fixtures: Store Planning & Fixtures-What is
UNIT – V store planning? Purpose of Planning Fixtures & Types of
(5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 190
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Fixtures, Tips for Selecting & Planning Fixtures, Planograms-


Meaning & Purpose, Benefits, Implementation of a Planogram.
Merchandise Presentation- Meaning, Principles, Placement of
Merchandise & general Guidelines, Categories in Merchandise
presentation (Books, Stationery, Gift items, Shoes, Toys etc.),
Dominance Factor in Merchandise presentation, Cross
Merchandising, Presentation Techniques.

Window Displays, VM-Hands On & Experiential Retail :


Window Display(WD)-Meaning, Scope & Designing process,
WD vis-à-vis Merchandise, WD-Types of Settings, Promotional
Vs Institutional display, WD-Elements of Construction , Styling
& it’s importance, Display Calendar, Handling the Mannequin,
UNIT – VI Props, Lighting the Windows, Organizing an In-store event, VM (5 Sessions)
Tool Kit, Quality & Process in VM, SOPs.
Experiential Retail - Brand Experience(Brand Centric to
Customer Centric), Experience Design – Beyond VM.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Anuraag S. & Bhalla Swati, Visual Merchandising, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill, 2010 .

Reference Book:

 Levy Michael, & Weitz A Barton , Pandit A., Retailing Management, New Delhi: Tata
McGraw Hill, 5th reprint 2010.
 Berman Barry & Evans Joel R., Retail Management; A Strategic Approach, New Delhi:
Prentice Hall of India, 2007
 Martin M. Pegler; Visual Merchandising and Display, Fairchild Publications, 2006.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course students will be able to:

 Understand the concept of VM practices.


 Incorporate the mechanism of setting up a store layout, merchandising and display basics
in real time situation.
 Implement store planning effectively.
Master of Business Administration 191
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Developmental Projects and Impact assessment


Course Code: MBA5122 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Developmental Projects and Impact assessment is an often under-recognized


component of our Environment System, which should consist a project which is developed
which an objective of long term sustainability and hence it impact assessment is a crucial
activity.

Objectives of the Course:


 To know the process of developing a sustainable project.
 To understand various financial issues relevant to development project.
 To know various techniques of impact assessment of project.

The role of project formulation and appraisal in the Planning process- Methodology
for project identification and formulation: Preparation of Preliminary-studies, (5
UNI Feasibility Reports and Detailed Project Reports. Appraisal of Project, Monitoring Sessions
T–I of Projects- Reports: Review of project appraisal techniques adopted by financing )
agencies
Financial cost-benefit analysis: cash flow techniques, Net present value, internal
rate of return. Benefit-cost ratio, etc., Exercises and case studies-• Social cost- (5
UNI
benefit analysis: Tradeoff between efficiency and equity goals in project-appraisal, Sessions
T –II measurement of direct and indirect costs and benefits in different sectors of-urban )
and rural development
UNI Risk and uncertainty in the project environment; sensitivity and profitability (5
analysis in the Indian context-Emerging trends in the decision making process with
T– respect to project appraisal and resource allocation at various levels of government- Sessions
III Logical framework analysis )

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

UNI Role of EIA in the Planning and decision making process- Definition and need, (5
evolution and objectives, tasks and scope- Methods of EIA; advantages and
T– limitations- Assessment of impacts on resources (Including air, water, flora and Sessions
IV fauna) )
Assessment of impacts on Land use- Assessment of social and health impacts- (5
UNI Public Participation in EIA; definition and concepts, objectives, techniques, Sessions
T–V advantages and limitation, PRA techniques.
)
UNI Environmental policies and legislation: Legislative and environmental clearanc (5
T– e procedures in India and other countries, sitting criteria Sessions
public participation, resettlement and rehabilitation.
VI )
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
Master of Business Administration 192
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:

 Environmental Impact Assessment for Developing Countries: Asit K. Biswas.

Reference Book:

 Environmental Impact Analysis Handbook: G.J. Rau and C.D. Wooten


 Environmental Impact Assessment : L. Canter
 Air Pollution: J.H. Seinfield
 Principles of Surface Water Quality Modelling and Control : R.V. Thomann and J. A. M
uller
 Projects-Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGrahill Publication

Learning Outcomes
 Develop sound understanding of sustainable development
 Develop sustainable projects by using theoretical base and practical exposure.
 Plan for financial as well as other relevant issues which come across while developing
sustainable projects.
 Acquire knowledge about various environmental policies and legislation.
Master of Business Administration 193
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Knowledge Management Techniques for Technology Management
Course Code: MBA5125 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course aims to enable students to develop an appreciation and


understanding how such a technology can be put into practice on a significant commercial
scale. From an entrepreneurial perspective, the objective is for students to become effective in
managing all aspects of innovation and problem solving of the actual technology, and the
managing of people to elicit the best from the technology.
.
Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students to:


 Appreciate the role of technology in the modern capitalist market economy
 Understand the key aspects of intellectual property, complementary assets and
Commercialization strategies
 Assess and develop the necessary critical factors in the introduction and management
of new technologies
 Identify and evaluate opportunities for new technologies

Technology management –concepts – main technologies and their


characteristics. Technology and strategy, Distinctive
UNIT – I technological competencies, Technology capability assessment, (5 Sessions)
Technology Management framework, Managerial functions of
TM.
Essentials of Knowledge Management, Learning organization:
components of learning organization, knowledge sources, and
documentation. Critical aspects of KM program, Strategic levers.
UNIT –II Knowledge creation process and practices, knowledge (5 Sessions)
management tools and techniques- Infrastructure, Thinking,
Discovering, Organizing, Storing, Knowledge worker support.
Knowledge mismanagement.
Technology development and acquisition, forecasting, generation
and development.
Technology absorption and diffusion, absorption, assessment,
UNIT – III evaluation, diffusion. Disruptive technologies. (5 Sessions)
System requirement and analysis. Technology Life Cycle,
Capability maturity model, Hype cycle.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Meeting technology needs for meeting competitiveness,


Application of knowledge for Technology strategy, road
UNIT – IV mapping and technology portfolio.
(5 Sessions)
Building the knowledge corporation and implementing
Master of Business Administration 194
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

knowledge management in organization, Knowledge based


techniques for TM- role of artificial intelligence techniques.

Technology and integrated KM, Factors Influencing Knowledge-


Based Technology Management, knowledge maps – locating and
UNIT – V acquiring expert advice, technologies for knowledge sharing. (5 Sessions)
Integrated systems and technologies, combining technology and
social aspects. Technology management in India.
Managing new generation technologies – commercializing new
and innovative technologies – invention – innovation –
intellectual property rights.
UNIT – VI Competitive advantages through new technologies – product (5 Sessions)
development – from scientific breakthrough to marketable
product. Technology leadership and followership, competing in
technology intensive industries- role of KM.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Knowledge Management- Elias M. Awad Hasan M. Ghazri, 2003, Pearson Education.


 Handbook of Technology Management – Gaynor, 1996, Tata Mcgraw Hill.

Reference Books:

 Knowledge Management – a resource book – A Thohothathri Raman, 2004, Excel.


 Knowledge Management – Sudhir Warier, 2003, Vikas publications.
 Leading with Knowledge, Madanmohan Rao, 2003, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
 Management of New Technologies for Global Competitiveness –Christian N Madu,
1995, Jaico Publishing House.

Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 Learn the evolution and role of Knowledge management in contemporary business


environment.
 Articulate key facets of technology enabled knowledge management mechanisms.
 Be exposed to Applications.
 Evaluate the existing opportunities for new technologies
Master of Business Administration 195
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Management of Intellectual Property Rights

Course Code: MBA5126 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30


Preamble: While running a business we usually come across with several inventions, innovations
and different news concept or business ideas. We also develop many models and frameworks which we
want to use for exclusive purpose. Sometimes it is observed that people invent new things and ideas but
due to lack of knowledge of the concept of intellectual property they do not understand its intellectual
value and later some other company acquire the exclusive rights to use it.

The Primary objective of this course is to acquaint the students to various intellectual property rights.
So when they will be in corporate they will be the key person to develop and manage intellectual
property.

.
Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students to:


 To achieve a understanding of the complexities, opportunities in the field of intellectual
property
 To learn how to register and acquire various IPs.
 To develop the scientific temper and the spirit of inquiry and reform in students

Overview of Intellectual property rights: Concepts and Forms,


General Overview of Intellectual Property, Emerging Issues in
UNIT – I Intellectual Property, Role of Intellectual Property in Growth and (4 Sessions)
Development, Intellectual Property Rights – The Indian Scenario
Patents Law: Role of Patents in Promoting Invention, Innovation
and Technology, Paris Convention, Procedure for obtaining a
Patent, Patent Rights and Infringement
UNIT –II Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) and Patent law Treaty (PLT) (6 Sessions)
Overview of Licensing and Assignment of Patents
Software Licensing, General public Licensing , Compulsory
Licensing
Trademark: Introduction to Trademarks, Trademark Assignment
and Licensing, International Treaties Affecting Trademarks, The
Madrid System.
UNIT – III The Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property (5 Sessions)
Rights, Importance of brands and the generation of “goodwill”
Trademark: A marketing tool , Trademark registration procedure,
Infringement of trademarks and Remedies available
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Design Act And Geographical Act: Industrial Designs
UNIT – IV (6 Sessions)
Intellectual Property Rights for Layout Designs of Integrated
Master of Business Administration 196
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Circuits , Concept of Industrial Designs


Registration of Designs
Piracy of registered designs and remedies
Geographical Indications,
IP in Cyber World, Impact of New Technology, Internet and
Domain Names, Domain Name Dispute Resolution, Use of
Marks on the Internet, Technology Advances and IPR, IP and
Biotechnology, Protection of Genetic Resources
UNIT – V Protection of Databases, Protection of Computer Software (5 Sessions)
IP Issues in Developing Countries, Protection of Traditional
Knowledge, Challenges and Opportunities for Developing
Countries, Economic Issues in IPR, Economic Benefits of IP
Protection
IP Management
Concept of IP Management
Valuation of Intellectual Property
UNIT – VI Intellectual Property and Marketing (5 Sessions)
WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT)
WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Satarkar,S.V, (2006) Intellectual Property Rights & Copyright.Delhi: Ess Ess Publications
(ISBN: 8170003504
 Sreedharan, Sunita K. (2008) An Introduction To Intellectual Asset Management.. New Delhi:
Wadhwa book company.

Reference Books:
 Catherine Holland, Vito Canuso III (2010). Intellectual Property: Patents, Trademarks,
Copyrights and Trade Secrets. New Delhi: Mc Graw Hill
 GANGULI, PRABUDDHA (2008) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. New Delhi: Mc
Graw Hill Aswattapa, K. (2003). International Business. 3rd Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill.

Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Intellectual Property Law & Practice; Oxford University Press
Master of Business Administration 197
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 International Journal of Intellectual Property Rights (IJIPR) (ISSN 0976-6529)

Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 Understand the principles, function and basic legal rules of IP Law.


 Recognize the relevant criteria for generating and protecting intellectual works.
 Understand the relevance and impact of IP Law on academic/scientific works/studies.
 Recognize the intellectual property likely to be produced in the academic and
professional environment.
 Understand the different forms of infringement of intellectual property rights.
 Demonstrate appreciation and critical awareness of pertinent IP issues in the academic
and professional lives.
Master of Business Administration 198
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Advanced Inventory Control
Course Code: MBA5128 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course provides an insight to the functional area of inventory management,
as practiced in organizations. It includes various sophisticated tools and techniques for
managing the inventory. Students are required to make a review of fundamentals of inventory
management, supply chain management and business statistics.

Objectives of the Course:

Inventory Management: Inventory concept; need for inventory;


types of inventory, functions, use; Dependent and Independent
Demand
UNIT – I Strategic Inventory Management: Objectives and Importance of (5 Sessions)
the inventory management function in reference to Profitability,
Strategy, customer satisfaction and Competitive Advantage
Two bin inventory system, Production planning and inventory
management, Planning and control in multiechelon inventory
UNIT –II management. Material management, Material planning and (5 Sessions)
handling, Purchasing function, Material Requirement Planning
Assumptions of Basic EOQ model, sensitivity analysis ,Economic
production quantity(EPQ), selection of carrying charges, fixed
UNIT – III cost per replenishment, the exchange curve, Wagner-Whitin (5 Sessions)
method,Heurisitic approach for a variable demand pattern

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Inventory Control Techniques: Inventory classification and its


use in controlling inventory, Setup time and inventory control,
UNIT – IV safety stock determination, Strategies to: Reduce throughput (5 Sessions)
time, Reduce WIP, eliminate waste, and reduce inventory level
in service and manufacturing organizations
Management of special class items: Guidelines for control of A
items, determination of order point , order quantity , Coping with
nonstationarity.Control of C items with steady demand and with
UNIT – V declining demand.Style goods problem:Single item news vendor
(5 Sessions)
problem, multiperiod news vendor problem

Coordinated replenishment : Single stoking location,selection of


replenishment quantities: Family of items ,probabilistic demand
UNIT – VI :with and without quantity discount, Concept of Shipping
(5 Sessions)
Consolidation
Master of Business Administration 199
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Inventory management and production planning and scheduling-Edward A. Silver, David


F. Pyke and Rein Peterson,Third edition John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
 Production Planning And Inventory Control - Seetharama L Narsimhan, Dennis W
McLeavy, Peter J Billington, Prentice Hall Of India Pvt Ltd,
 Introduction To Materials Management, - J. R. Tony Arnold, Stephen N. Chapman -
Prentice Hall
 Principles of Inventory and Materials Management - Richard J. Tersine, Prentice Hall
PTR
 Essentials of Inventory Management - Max Muller, AMACOM/American Management
Association
 Production And Inventory Control - J H Greene,Homewood III: Richard D Irwin
 Materials Management – A.R.Palit
Learning Outcome
After the completion of the course the students will be able to

 Will be able to understand the importance of inventory in strategic decision making and
achieving customer satisfaction.

 Will be able to understand the system of multiechelon inventory management.

 Will be able to understand the categorization and storage policy of stocked materials. Will be
able to learn different models of determining best order size in deterministic as well as
probabilistic situations.
Master of Business Administration 200
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Manufacturing System
Course Code: MBA5129 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The Course of manufacturing system aims to familiarize students with various
methods and models applied by experts in the industry. This Course will develop a skill in the
students with the help of which they can easily make their decisions taking into account the
availability of limited resources in the organization, for effective and efficient manufacturing.

Objectives of the Course:


Upon successful completion of this course, students would be able to:
 Explain the importance of facility layouts.
 Explain the production planning and control.
 Understand computer aided process planning
INTRODUCTION TO MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
Fundamentals of Manufacturing Systems Management , Different
UNIT – I types, Introduction to Cellular Manufacturing , Applications, (5 Sessions)
Unidirectional flow, Production Flow Analysis Capacity Planning,
Layout Management , ,Rank Order Clustering,.
Introduction to Just-in-time manufacturing, Cell control and JIT Basic
UNIT –II elements of JIT, Kanban systems,Critical success factors, Models in JIT (5 Sessions)
CONWIP.
Introduction to synchronous manufacturing, principles of SM
UNIT – III Scheduling in SM ,Drum Buffer Rope system, Product mix problem, (5 Sessions)
Statistical Fluctuations. Flexible Manufacturing System
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Inspection - Cent percent Inspection, Sample Inspection, Operation
Characteristics Curves, Statistical Quality Control – Construction &
UNIT – IV Interpretation of Control Charts – (X-R, n, p, c, np) Introduction to Six (5 Sessions)
Sigma, (Numericals expected for Control Charts). Gap analysis for
service quality assessment
MATERIAL FLOW PATH ANALYSIS IN MANUFACTURING
Material handling function-Types of equipment used-conveyor
UNIT – V systems-Automated guided vehicle systems- Guiding and routing-
Traffic control and safety-Interfacing handling and storage with (5 Sessions)
manufacturing-design factors in material handling systems
COMPUTER AIDED PROCESS PLANNING SYSTEMS
Logical Design of Process Planning – Implementation considerations
UNIT – VI – Manufacturing system components, production volume, No. of (5 Sessions)
production families – CAM-I, CAPP, MIPLAN, APPAS,
AUTOPLAN and PRO, CPPP
Master of Business Administration 201
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Reference Books:
 G.Halevi And R.D.Weill, “Principles of Process Planning”, Chapman and Hall, Madras 1995.
 M.P.Groover, “Automatic Production System and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice
Hall, 1990.
 Bary Hawkes, “CAD/CAM Processes”, 1990.
 Evert E. Adams Jr and Donold J. Ebert, “Production and Operation Management”, Prentice Hall
of India, 1994
 N.Chary, “Production and Operations Management”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi,1991

Learning Outcome
After the successful completion of the course scholars will be able to achieve following learning
outcomes:

 Will be able to understand about internal configuration of production facilities and


different production flows required in manufacturing.

 Will be able to understand the fundamental and applied views of JIT philosophy and
working of Kanban system.

 Will be able to design and develop different quality control charts in order to controlling
the products quality.

 Will be able to learn basic application computers in managing the production process.
Master of Business Administration 202
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Total Quality Management
Course Code: MBA5130 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: "Use of various methods and recent developments of quality control (such as
QA/QC, Deming and TQM) are covered in detail. Quality in design and planning is stressed as
equally important to quality in the constructed project and quality in production of goods and
services" ...source: 2006-2007 Saint Martin’s catalog. This course familiarizes students with
quality control techniques, quality assurance issues and quality management methods.

Objectives of the Course:

 To understand the Total Quality Management concept and principles and the various tools
available to achieve Total Quality Management.
 To understand the statistical approach for quality control.
 To create an awareness about the ISO and QS certification process and its need for the
industries.

INTRODUCTION: Definition of Quality, Types of quality, Relation


b/w quality &cost, Productivity. Quality Leadership and business
UNIT – I strategy, Dimensions of quality, Basic concept of TQM , Principles of (5 Sessions)
TQM, Quality Council ,Quality Costs – Analysis& techniques for Cost
control of Quality, Barriers of TQM Implementation .
TQM PRINCIPLES: Deming Philosophy on quality ,JURAN
Trilogy,PDCA cycle ,Control of quality, control of Quality, quality
planning and sales income , Strategic Quality Management ,Designing
UNIT –II for quality--- Opportunity for improvement in product Design, , (5 Sessions)
Improving effectiveness of Product Development Quality aspect for
manufacturing
ORGANISATION FOR QUALITY: Quality function , Coordination
of quality activities for cross Functional Aspects ,Developing a quality
culture , Standardization of Corporate wide Method for Cutting cost,
UNIT – III Role of Upper, Middle management and workforce & Quality Director (5 Sessions)
,Quality Circles , Employees and operators attitude for Quality
Improvement , Causes of operators errors and corrective methods .
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL (SPC) : The seven tools of
quality, Statistical Fundamentals – Measures of central Tendency and
UNIT – IV Dispersion, Population and Sample, Normal Curve, Control Charts for (5 Sessions)
variables and attributes, Process capability, Concept of six sigma, New
seven Management tools.
TQM TOOLS:, PER Technique, PPA Analysis ,Taguchi Methods,
UNIT – V Quality Function Deployment (QFD) – House of Quality, QFD (5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 203
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive


Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages
of FMEA.
QUALITY SYSTEMS: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality
Systems, ISO 9000:2000 Quality System – Elements, Implementation
UNIT – VI of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, TS 16949, ISO (5 Sessions)
14000 – Concept, Requirements and Benefits.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003.
(Indian reprint 2004). ISBN 81-297-0260-6.

Reference Books:
 James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th
Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5).
 Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1989.
 Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age
International 1996.
 Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991.
 Lt. Gen. H.LaI, "Total Quality management", Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990. .
 Greg Bounds. “Beyond Total Quality Management”. McGraw Hill, 1994. 3. Menon, H.G,
"TQM in New Product manufacturing", McGraw Hill 1992

Learning Outcome
On successful completion of the course students will be able to:

 Understand the fundamental principles of Total Quality Management;


 Choose appropriate statistical techniques for improving processes;
 Write reports to management describing processes and recommending ways to improve
them;
 Develop research skills that will allow them to keep abreast of changes in the field of
Total Quality Management;
 Emphasise the process of learning and discovery rather than the presentation of fact.
Master of Business Administration 204
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Entrepreneurship Management
Course Code: MBA6131 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The objectives of achieving sustained industrial development, regional growth,


and employment generation have always depended on entrepreneurial development. This
course would make students aware about the various aspects of entrepreneurship and instigate
them to become the budding entrepreneurs by analyzing how creative thinking and knowledge
could help them to become the master of their own. This course aims at instilling and
stimulating human urge for excellence by realizing individual potential for generating and
putting to use the inputs relevant to entrepreneurship. It will help to enrich the entrepreneurial
concepts that are linked with real life situations with the help of various practical examples.

Objectives of the Course:

 To provide the basics conceptual framework on entrepreneurship development and


management of business enterprise.
 To understanding the contribution of Small Scale Industries in the growth and
development of individual and the nation.
 To acquaint students with the emerging challenges and concepts in the field of
entrepreneurship.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Definition of entrepreneur,
Schumpeter’s views, characteristics and types, functions,
difference between manager and entrepreneur, functions of an
UNIT – I entrepreneur, entrepreneurial process, Entrepreneurial motivation, (5 Sessions)
Internal and External Factors affecting entrepreneurship, Barriers
to entrepreneurship, Intrapreneurship.
Entrepreneurship Development; EDP, objectives,
entrepreneurship development cycle, entrepreneurial development
UNIT –II model, phases of training. (5 Sessions)
Institutes engaged in EDPs – NIESBUD, SIDO, SSIDCs etc.
Small and Medium enterprises: definitions, types,
UNIT – III characteristics and problems, growth and role of SMEs in India, (5 Sessions)
incentives and subsidies by government for MSME.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Project: definition, types and importance, phases of project,


project identification, sources of idea generation, selection,
UNIT – IV feasibility studies, formulation and project report, appraisal,
(5 Sessions)
implementation, evaluation and control.
Master of Business Administration 205
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Setting up a small business enterprise: identifying the business


opportunity- importance of creativity, opportunities in various
sectors, stages for setting up of a small enterprise
Business plan: meaning, Objectives, preparation.
Project financing: Capital structure, sources of funds, Venture
UNIT – V capital, financial institutions – SIDBI, IFCI (5 Sessions)
Family entrepreneurship, Women entrepreneurship, International
UNIT – VI entrepreneurship, Social entrepreneurship, Agripreneurship (5 Sessions)
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Desai.Vasant (2008), Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management,


Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.

Reference Books:

 Holt. (1998), Entrepreneurship: New Venture Creation, Prentice-Hall, New Delhi.


 Charantimath,P.(2009),Entrepreneurship Development Small Business Enterprises,
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
 Sahai,S.and Lall,M., (2008),Entrepreneurship, Excel Books, New Delhi.
 Drucker,Peter F.(2009), Innovation & Entrepreneurship,Elsevier IndiaPvt Ltd.

Learning Outcomes
 Students will be able to have basics conceptual framework on entrepreneurship
development and management of business enterprise.
 Understanding about the contribution of Small Scale Industries in the growth and
development of individual and the nation will be developed.
 Students will be acquainted with the emerging challenges and concepts in the field of
entrepreneurship
 Able to make blue print for starting business activity.
Master of Business Administration 206
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Innovating for Sustainability


Course Code: MBA6132 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Course Code: MBA 7602 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course is designed to help students develop a rigorous understanding of corporate
sustainability and the role innovation plays in achieving it. Sustainability is a topic of growing interest to
corporations and investors all over the world. Every major company is grappling with the meaning and
application of sustainability in relation to its industry and business model. Similarly, more and more
institutional investors are incorporating sustainability into their resource allocation decision making
process. As a result we are seeing the emergence of a new view of the role of the corporation in society,
one that simultaneously meets shareholders and other stakeholders' objectives. Achieving sustainability-
for corporations, investors, analysts, information intermediaries and other forms of organizations-often
requires innovations, both major and minor, in products, processes, and business models in order to
optimize both financial and nonfinancial (e.g., environmental, social, and governance [ESG]) outcomes.
Because the course is focused on sustainability, there is very little overlap with courses targeted on the
environment or corporate social responsibility specifically.

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To develop an understanding of how sustainability can create value for a corporation by
addressing social challenges and opportunities, both for the corporation itself and its
customers. This can be through a lower cost structure, higher pricing and margins, greater
market share, faster growth, better risk management, and brand enhancement.
 To explore how innovation in products, processes, and business models can improve both
financial and nonfinancial performance.
 To understand the role various information intermediaries play in helping and
challenging companies to become more sustainable through innovation, and how
companies can effectively engage with them.

History
Defining sustainable development – concept and evolution.
Environmental issues – the growing awareness and need for
UNIT – I regulation. The paradigm shift in doing business – the triple
(5 Sessions)
bottom line approach to business sustainability.
Corporate social and environmental responsibility
Sustainability Innovation in Business
Environmental challenges and business management issues.
Limits to conventional growth model. Concept of efficiency and
UNIT –II (5 Sessions)
eco-efficiency. Defining sustainability innovation. Basic corporate
environmental strategies. Sustainable product development.
Managing creativity & innovation for business.
Sustainable Marketing:
UNIT – III Concept and definition, Framework of sustainable marketing.
(5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 207
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Creating and implementing a sustainable marketing strategy.


Consumer behavior and sustainable marketing.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Entrepreneurship and Sustainability Innovation Analysis


Entrepreneurial process
Linear thinking, systems thinking and molecular thinking
Weak ties, Strong Ties and Adaptive collaboration through value
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
added networks.
Social entrepreneurship and Innovation.
Analysis of how corporate leaders/businesses are approaching
sustainability innovation and sustainability strategy.
Energy and Climate
The industrial revolution and the role of human induced global
warming.
The energy scenario and the linkages to environmental
UNIT – V (5 Sessions)
sustainability and climate change.
Global climate negotiations framework- UNFCCC
The issues plaguing the current talks between developed and
developing nations.
Going Green
What is Green and Green Washing.
UNIT – VI The pitfalls to avoid green washing and Sins of Green Washing. (5 Sessions)
Sustainability in the Value Chain; Developing sustainable channel
operations.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Andrea Larson (2010), Sustainability, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship ,Flat World
Knowledge
 Tracey Strange, Anne Bayley (2010), Sustainable Development, Organization for
economic cooperation and development.
Diane Martin, John Schouten (2015), Sustainable Marketing , Pearson
Master of Business Administration 208
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Advertising Management
Course Code:MBA6103 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course designed to give marketing students an overview and understanding
of the important role of advertising in organizational success. In addition this subject will try
to make the student familiar with the promotional tools in detail. The subject will emphasize
the advertising in the promotion mix specially the creation of the advertising message.

Objectives of the Course:

 To provide an appreciation of the range of the tools available for marketing


communication
 To familiarize the student with the practice of promoting market for products through
advertisements and sales promotion
 To develop managerial perspective and an informed decision-making ability for effective
and efficient tackling of advertising situation and creativity.

Steps in Communication process, Factors in deciding Promotion


Mix. Promotion Mix Tools
UNIT – I Sales Promotion: Role and process of Sales Promotion, (4 Sessions)
Techniques of Sales Promotion- Consumer and Trade Oriented.
Direct Marketing: Objectives, Strategies and Media, Public
UNIT –II Relations and Publicity, Internet / Interactive Marketing (4 Sessions)
Personal Selling: Scope, Role and Process
Advertising Management: Meaning, Evaluation of Advertising,
Objectives, Importance, Classification of Advertisement,
UNIT – III Economic and Social Effects of Advertising, Organization of (7 Sessions)
Advertising Department, Department, Advertising Agency
Management, Campaign Planning.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Advertising media management: Print, Radio, TV, Cinema
UNIT – IV outdoor and other forms- Advantages, Limitations, Availability, (5 Sessions)
Media Rates, Media Planning and Scheduling.
Advertising creativity: Advertising Copywriting for print and
UNIT – V Broadcast Media-Principles, Styles, Advertising visualization (4 Sessions)
and Design production of Print, Broad and other advertisements.
Media strategy: setting and allocating media budget, media
scheduling, testing advertising effectiveness – pre-testing and
UNIT – VI post testing (6 Sessions)
Advertising agencies: Organization and functioning, global
advertising, Advertising and society, advertising regulations.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Master of Business Administration 209
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Book:
 Belch, G. E., & Belch, M. A. (2005). Advertising and Promotion. Delhi: Tata McGraw-
Hill Publication.

Reference books:
 Batra, R. & Myers, J. G. (2006). Advertising Management. Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.
 Jethwaney, J., & Jain, S. (2006). Advertising Management. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
 Wells, W., Burnett, J., & Moriarty, S. (2002). Advertising Principles and Practice. Delhi:
Prentice Hall of India.

Learning Outcomes

 Understand the concepts, tools and techniques relevant to advertisement management


 Develop an insight into basic promotion mix issues
 Go through the complexities of advertisement creativity
 Solve the strategic communication mix problems faced by media managers
 Design advertisement strategies
Master of Business Administration 210
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
International Marketing
Course Code: MBA6104 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Analysis of opportunities, distinctive characteristics, and emerging trends in
foreign markets, including exploration of alternative methods and strategies for entering
foreign markets; organizational planning and control; impact of social, cultural, economic,
and political differences; and competitive market development strategy. This is accomplished
through real life planning and implementation of an international marketing plan designed to
market a product or service in a foreign country or countries by the various reputed
international companies established in India.

Objectives of the Course:

 To achieve an understanding of the complexities, opportunities & creative challenges of


marketing across time, space & cultures.
 Recognize those factors which distinguish the marketing mix for overseas markets as
opposed to domestic markets.
 To learn how to track & evaluate changes in world markets that affects the consumer
demand & shape of marketers’ strategies.
 To develop expertise in assessing of marketing opportunities for all sizes & types of
companies.
 To learn how to develop successful marketing strategies targeted at specific global
market segments.
 To identify & analyze ethical issues in international marketing affecting sustainable
development (“green-marketing”) & social justice in business.

Global Marketing: An Overview: Definition of International


Marketing, International Dimensions of Marketing, Scope and
challenges of International marketing:- EPRG Framework,
UNIT – I Domestic v/s International, Marketing, Process of
(4 Sessions)
Internationalization, Benefits of International Marketing, Driving
& restraining forces.

Political, Legal & Cultural Environment: Political


Environment: Political Systems, Political Risks, Indicators of
Political Risk, Analysis and Measures to minimize Political Risk,
UNIT –II Legal Systems, Legal Form of Organization, Multiplicity of Legal (6 Sessions)
Environment, Bribery, Branch v/s Subsidiary, Counterfeiting,
Gray Market
Culture and its Characteristics, Influence of Culture on
Master of Business Administration 211
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Consumption, Thinking, Communication Process; Cultural


Universals.

International Marketing Planning: Marketing Research, Global


Marketing Information Sources, Marketing Information System,
Market Analysis, Marketing Strategies of US, EU & Japanese
UNIT – III MNC’s, Foreign Market Entry Strategies – (Exporting, Licensing, (5 Sessions)
Joint Ventures, Strategic Alliances, Acquisitions Franchising,
Assembly Operations, Management Contracts, Turnkey
Operations, Free Trade Zones.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Product Policy and Planning: Product Design and


Standardization, Developing an International Product Line,
UNIT – IV Foreign Product Diversification, International Branding (4 Sessions)
Decisions, International Packaging, International Warranties and
Services.

International Pricing Strategy: Role of Pricing, Price


Standardization, Pricing Decisions, Price Distortion, Transfer
Pricing, Counter Trade, INCO terms, Terms of Sale, Methods of
UNIT – V Financing and Means of Payment (5 Sessions)
International Channels of Distribution: Channel Members,
Channel Management, Retailing in International Scenario,
International Physical Distribution.
International Promotion Strategies: Promotion Mix,
Promotion and Communication, Personal Selling,
International Sales Negotiations
UNIT – VI (6 Sessions)
International Advertising: Patterns of Global Advertising,
Global Advertising Regulations, Advertising Media,
Standardized International Advertising, Global e-marketing.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Warren, J. K. (2002). 7th Edition. Global Marketing Management. USA: Prentice Hall.
 Cateora, P., & Graham, J. (2003). 11th Edition. International Marketing. USA: McGraw
Hill.
 Varshney & Bhattacharya. (2005). 18th Edition. International Marketing. S Chand Publications.
Master of Business Administration 212
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Reference Books:
 Ronkainen, Czinkota, & Michahel, R. (2002). Best Practices in International Marketing.
Fort Worth. Harcourt College.
 Bradely, F. (2004). 2nd Edition. International Marketing, Strategy. Hemal Hempstead,
Prentice Hall.
 Kotler, P. (2002). 2nd Edition. A Framework for Marketing Management. USA: Prentice
Hall.
 Kotler, P., & Armstrong, G. (2008). 10th Edition. Principles of Marketing. Pearson
education.
 Derskey, H. (2007). 4th Edition. International Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of
India.
 Aswatthapa, K. (2006). 3rd Edition. International Business. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-
Hill.

Suggested Journals:
 Journal of International Marketing- American Marketing Association
 International Marketing Review - Emerald
 Journal of Global Marketing- Haworth Press, Inc.
 Journal of International Marketing:- Institute of International Marketing
 Journal of Global Marketing:- Routledge Imprint

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 Understand and assess the challenges of turbulent business environments


 Evaluate and design sustainable strategies in such environments either in marketing,
international business and/or technology management fields and in their intersection
 Apply relevant business skills
 Acquire and develop relevant additional knowledge and skills to support subject-based
expertise and international readiness and personal development
 Conduct and report on an independent scientific research project
 Utilize strong analytical skills and apply tools required for professional practices
 Show a market‐oriented, global, entrepreneurial and sustainable mindset
Master of Business Administration 213
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Marketing of Service
Course Code: MBA6105 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course provides an understanding of how marketing is practiced in service


organizations. The course examines the marketing in industries that deals basically in services,
along with the perspective of all organizations, recognition of the fact that service is an
integral part of the offerings of any organization, irrespective of the sector in which it
operates.

Objectives of the Course:


 To understand what quality means in service delivery and how perceptions of service
quality are developed by customers
 To appreciate the differences between services and physical goods and to understand how
these differences translate into strategic direction and explore the global perspective of
service marketing.
Introduction: Difference between Product and Services
UNIT – I Marketing, Augmented Marketing Mix, Characteristics of (4 Sessions)
Services, Classification of Services.
Service Marketing System: Service Quality, Understanding
UNIT –II Customer Expectations and Zone of Tolerance, Segmenting, (6 Sessions)
Targeting and Positioning of Services. Managing Perishability.
Services Marketing Mix:, Developing the Service Product/
UNIT – III Intangible Product, Service Product Planning, Service Pricing (5 Sessions)
Strategy, Services Promotions, Services Distributions

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Delivering service: Role of Communication in Service


Marketing, People and Internal Communication, Process of
UNIT – IV Operations and Delivery of Services, Service Recovery, Role of
(5 Sessions)
Technology in Services Marketing.
CRM IN services: Relationship marketing, Customer
profitability segment, Relationship- tools and strategies, Use of
information technology for CRM
UNIT – V Marketing of Financial Services: Marketing Mix Strategies
(5 Sessions)
with Special Reference to Credit Cards, Home Loans, Insurance
and Banking, Insurance Services.
Services in Global Perspective: International Marketing of
UNIT – VI Services Recent Trends, Principal Driving Force in Global (5 Sessions)
Marketing of Services, Key Decisions in Global Marketing,
Master of Business Administration 214
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Services Strategy and Organizing for Global Marketing.


* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Zeithaml, A., Valarie. & Bitner, Mary, Jo.(2008).Services Marketing.New Delhi, India
:Tata Mc Graw Hill.

Reference Books:
 Rao, K. Ramamohan. (2006). Services Marketing. New Delhi India: Pearson Education.
 Bhattacharjee, C. (2008). Services Marketing: Concepts, Planning & Implementation.
New Delhi India: Excel Books.
 Lovelock, Christopher. & Wirtz, Jochen.(2007). Services Marketing: People,
Technology, Strategy. New Delhi India: Pearson Education.
 Nargundkar, Rajendra. (2008). Services Marketing: Text & Cases. New Delhi, India:
TMH.

Journals:
 Indian Journal of Marketing
 Paradigm: Journal of Institute of mgmt.
 International Journal of Internet Marketing
 Journal of interactive marketing

Learning Outcomes

 Understand the concepts, tools and techniques relevant to service marketing


 Develop an insight into basic marketing mix issues in services
 Go through the complexities of buying Behavior in context of service as a product
 Solve the strategic marketing problems faced by marketing managers
 Design service selling strategies
Master of Business Administration 215
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Conflict Management and Negotiation
Course Code: MBA6106 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Conflict is ubiquitous, and it is essential for the manager to know how to manage
and resolve conflict effectively. Effective conflict management involves analyzing a conflict,
understanding the dynamics between the parties, considering the alternatives ways of
approaching it, and determining which approach is likely to be best.
Through the course readings, discussions and simulations, students will develop an
understanding of conflict dynamics and the art and science of negotiation. The course will be
an amalgam of the theoretical and the practical learning’s, and will support student’s
understanding of his/her own relationship to conflict and negotiation and the ways she/he
typically deals with them.

Objectives of the Course:

 To help the students in understanding the conflict dynamics in organizations,


 To enable students to understand themselves and their reaction to conflict and to learn
techniques to manage conflict in their personal and professional lives.
 To develop their negotiation skills to handle conflicting situations in life more
constructively.
Understanding conflict: Introduction and concept of conflict,
features, types, functional and dysfunctional aspects of conflict,
Perception of conflict: traditional, human relations and
interaction’s views of conflict, Sources of conflicts in
UNIT – I organization and industry.
(6 Sessions)
Processes and Dynamics of conflict, levels of conflict, conflict
Continuum, effect of conflicts on individual and group
performance.
Conflict resolution: concept, methods: negotiation, mediation,
community building, advocacy, diplomacy and counseling,
UNIT –II managerial skills and competencies for effective conflict (4 Sessions)
resolution.

Strategy and management of conflict: Strategies for


interpersonal conflict resolutions, management of conflict, styles
UNIT – III of conflict management -competing, accommodating and (5 Sessions)
avoiding, compromising and collaborating, self awareness for
conflict management.
Master of Business Administration 216
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Managing Negotiation: Understanding negotiation, strategies


and Tactics of negotiation, negotiation process, approaches to
UNIT – IV negotiation: the advocate’s approach, the “win-win” negotiators (5 Sessions)
approach & the new creative approach, common negotiation
mistakes, team negotiation, third party intervention.
Planning for negotiation: preparing a game plan, BATNA ,
Role of communication, emotions, perception and creativity in
negotiation ,
Cross-cultural dimension of negotiation: The Hosted model
UNIT – V for understanding cultural differences in business management, (6 Sessions)
Understanding various Stakeholders & constituents involved in
negotiation process, interest map study: interest and position,
types of negotiators interest.
Managing negotiation in following contexts: cross functional
coordination, marketing relations-key strategies to manage
UNIT – VI customer’s mindset, international business, labor-management (4 Sessions)
relations, business-social relations, Ethics and negotiation.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Singh, B.D. (2008). Managing Conflicts and Negotiation. New Delhi: Excel book
Publication.
Reference Books:
 Corvette, B. A. B. (2009). Conflict Management: A Practical Guide to Developing
Negotiation Strategies. Pearson Education.
 Steven, C. (2002). Negotiating Skills for Managers. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Hill trop Jean-M, Udall Sheila. (2002). The Essence of Negotiation. Prentice Hall of India
Publication.
 Stephen, R. P. (2000). Organizational Behavior. Prentice Hall of India Publication.
 Luthans, F. (2005). Organizational Behavior. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
 Stephen, R. P., & Sanghi S. (2007). Organizational Behavior. Pearson Prentice Hall of India
Publication.
Journals:
 International Journal of Conflict Management, Published/Hosted by Emerald Insight. ISSN:
1044-4068.( www.journalseek.net, www.emeraldinsight.com) Friedman Raymond, Tidd
Simon, Vanderbilt University
 The International Journal of Conflict Management 2000, Vol.11, No.1, pp. 32-55 1/23
Master of Business Administration 217
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 The journal of conflict resolution, journal of the peace science society (international),
volume-54,number-2,april-2010 (http://jcr.sagepub.com)
 The journal of conflict and security law, volume-15, issue-2, summer2010
(jcsl.oxfordjournals.org)

Learning Outcomes
 After the completion of the course the student will be able to:

 Understand the conflict dynamics in organizations.


 Understand themselves and their reaction to conflict and will learn techniques to manage
conflict in their personal and professional lives.
 Develop negotiation skills to handle conflicting situations in life more constructively.
 Understand the cultural differences in business management which would help them in
better negotiation.
Master of Business Administration 218
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Organizational Development
Course Code: MBA6107 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course is designed to provide in depth understanding of behavioral
interventions and enable the students to apply these interventions for building individual, team,
system, systems and process related competencies and helping organization to achieve peak
performance and become self sustaining.

Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students to:


 Gain expertise, knowledge and skills in a growing field.
 Learn how to apply processes and tools in your organization or practice.
 Improve your career opportunities and competitive advantage.
 Support an organization's success as a business partner and leader.

An introduction to organization Development:

UNIT – I Overview of organizational development: definitions, Field of (4 Sessions)


organizational development, Characteristics, change agent,
Assumptions And Values Underlying OD, Relevance of OD.
Foundations of OD:

Models and theories of planned change - Lewin’s change model,


Burke Litwin model, General model of planned change, Systems
UNIT –II theory, Participation and Empowerment, Teams and Team work,
(6 Sessions)
Parallel learning structures, Applied behavioral Science - Action
Research as a process and an approach.

Managing the OD Process:

Diagnosis - The six-box model – The action component , OD


UNIT – III interventions and their nature, Classification of OD interventions , (5 Sessions)
Planning choosing and implementing of an intervention strategy,
Evaluating and institutionalizing OD interventions

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Human Process approaches: T-Groups, Process-consultation,


UNIT – IV Third party intervention, Team interventions, Techniques used in (5 Sessions)
team interventions: Role Analysis Technique, Role Negotiation
Master of Business Administration 219
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Technique, Responsibility Charting.

Organizational process approaches: Organization


confrontation, Inter-group Relations interventions, Grid OD.

Techno-structural interventions: Socio-technical System,


Quality Circles, Total Quality Management, Work Redesign.

UNIT – V Strategic Interventions: Organizational Transformation (5 Sessions)


through Business Process Reengineering, The Self-Design
Strategy, Organizational learning, Knowledge Management.

The future and OD:

Changing environment and fundamental strengths of OD,


UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
implications of OD for the client, issues in consultant- client
relationship, ethical standards in OD.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Kavita Singh, 2005, Organization Change & Development:, Excel Books


Reference Books:

 Wendell French, Cicil, H.Bell,Jr, Veena Vohra, 2006, Organization Development,


Pearson Education.
 Wendell French, Cicil, H.Bell,Jr.(6e)2005, Organization Development – Prentice Hall
of India.
 Thomas G.Cummings, Christopher G Worley, 2007, Organization Development and
Change, 8th edition, Thomson.

Learning Outcomes:

After the completion of the course the student will be able to:

 Have expert knowledge and skills in a growing field.


 Learn the application of various processes and tools of Organizational Development
which they can successfully use in their organization.
 Improve their career opportunities and gain competitive advantage.
 Develop themselves as a business partner and leader to Support an organization's success.
Master of Business Administration 220
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

International and Strategic Dimensions of Human Resource

Course Code: MBA6108 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30


Preamble: The objectives of this course are to explore the challenges posed by rapid
globalization of business, understand and analyze human resource issues for making effective
decisions in the contemporary business environment. The course will review the theories,
models and concepts developed in the areas of international management, Strategic HRM,
international & strategic organizational behavior, cross-cultural management, and study their
implications on international HRM practices.
.
Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students to:

 Understand and apply the core aspects of human resource management in an


international context.
 Enhance the ability to think strategically and understand the essentials of business and
organizations in order to manage change more effectively in the global business
environment.
 Frame solutions to complex business problems
 Improve skills of self-discipline, reflection, analysis, communication, and leadership.

Strategic HRM: An Introduction


Defining SHRM, development of concept, strategy and strategic
management, linking HR strategy with business strategy, need
UNIT – I and importance of SHRM, foundations and theories of SHRM, (5 Sessions)
the concept of competitive advantage & human resources as a
source of sustainable competitive advantage, various dimensions
of Strategic HRM,
Strategic HRM implications
Strategizing the HR Process: Recruitment and retention strategies:
outsourcing recruitment, headhunting, assessment centers and
work life balances.
Reward and compensation strategies: skill based pay, broad
UNIT –II banding, variable pay profit sharing and stock option plan, (5 Sessions)
executive compensation.
Training and developing strategies: cross-cultural training, multi
skilling, succession planning, Creating a learning organization,
performance management strategies.
Human aspects of strategic implementation
UNIT – III Organization culture, human side of mergers and acquisitions, (5 Sessions)
organization power and politics, Managing ageing work force,
Master of Business Administration 221
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

developing HR strategies for older workers , the changing role of


HR, future challenges of HR,
Strategic HRM in India: Emerging Dimensions
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
International HRM

Introduction & Overview; Approaches to IHRM; Differences


UNIT – IV between Domestic & IHRM ,The emergence of International (5 Sessions)
Human Resource Management (IHRM),cultural differences and
HRM, Need for cultural training, Managing Human Resources in
an International Business.
International staffing policies

International Recruitment policy, international selection criteria,


UNIT – V factors influencing international recruitment and selection,
(5 Sessions)
international training and development, , international
compensation and performance appraisal, Repatriation
International labor relations and challenges

UNIT – VI International labor characteristics, labor relations, international (5 Sessions)


labor organization, challenges of international organizational
behavior, ethics in International HRM.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Dhar, R.L.(2008),Strategic Human resource management, excel book publication, new


Delhi.
 Peter J. Dowling, Denice E. Welch & Randall S. Schuler: International Human Resource
Management. Managing People in a Multinational Context, South-Western College
Publications, 3.ed, 1999
Reference Books:

 Sharma, A. & Khandekar, A.(2010), Strategic human resource management, Response


books, New Delhi.
 Rao, V.S.P. (2010), Human resource management,Excel books, New Delhi.
 Mark Mendenhall & Gary Oddou: Readings and Cases in International Human Resource
Management, South-Western College Publications, 3.ed, 1999.
Master of Business Administration 222
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course Students will:

 Understand and analyze human resource issues for making effective decisions in
the contemporary business environment.
 Be able to think strategically and understand the essentials of business and
organizations in order to manage change more effectively in the global business
environment.
 Develop an ability to frame solutions to complex business problems.
 Be able to apply the core aspects of human resource management in an
international context.
Master of Business Administration 223
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Labour and Social Security Legislations
Course Code: MBA6109 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: “For running any enterprise there is a need of efficient handling of workforce.
While making policies, procedure one must keep in mind that what is the legal environment
accompanied with societal factors. This course will definitely help the budding managers in
their professional life.

Objectives of the Course:

 To make aspirants understand the ground rules relating to labor laws


 To equip the students with the working knowledge of various labor laws

Labour Welfare: Philosophy of Labour Welfare; Historical


Development of Labour welfare legislation; Health, Safety and
welfare measures under Factories Act, 1948;
UNIT – I (5 Sessions)
Industrial Disputes Act 1947: Objectives, Authorities for
investigation and settlement of industrial dispute, illegal strike
and lock-out.
Law relating to wages and Bonus: Concepts of wages:
minimum wage, fair wage, living wage.
Payment of Wages Act, 1936: Regulation of payment of
UNIT –II wages; Authorized Deductions, (5 Sessions)
Minimum Wages Act, 1948: Objectives and constitutional
validity of the Act; procedure for fixation and revision of
minimum rates of wages – exemptions and exceptions;
Payment of Bonus Act, 1965; Bonus - Its historical
background, present position and exemptions.
UNIT –III Legislation related to Social security: Protective provisions
(5 Sessions)
under Equal Remuneration Act 1976 & Maternity Benefit Act
1961.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Social security against employment injury and other


contingencies : Concept and development of social security
measures; Employers liability to pay compensation for
UNIT – IV employment injury; Legal protection: (4 Sessions)

Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 - Concept of ‘accident


arising out of’ and ‘in the course of the employment’; Doctrine
Master of Business Administration 224
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

of notional extension and doctrine of added peril; Total and


partial disablement; Quantum and method of distribution of
compensation.
Employees State Insurance Act, 1948: Benefits provided
under the Act; Employees State Insurance Fund and
UNIT – V Contributions; Machinery for the implementation of the Act;
(6 Sessions)
ESI court and appeal to High Court.
Law relating to retirement benefits:

Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions


Act, 1952; Family Pension Scheme 1971 and Employees
UNIT – VI Pension Scheme 1995; (5 Sessions)

Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 – Concept of gratuity;


Eligibility for payment of gratuity; Determination of gratuity;
Forfeiture of gratuity.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Kapoor, N. D. (2009). 30th Edition. Elements of Merchantile Law. New Delhi: Sultan
Chand & Sons.
 Mamoria, C. B., Gankar, S.V., & Mamoria, S. (2010). 13 th Edition. Dynamics of
Industrial Relations. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House..

Reference books:
 Sinha, N. (2004). 1st Edition. Industrial Relations, Trade Unions and Labour Legislation.
New Delhi: Pearson Education.
 Singh, B.D. (2010). Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. New Delhi: Excel Books.
rd
 Kumar, H. L. (2006). 3 Edition. Labour Laws. New Delhi: Universal. Pvt. Ltd.
 Srivastava, S.C.(2003). 4th Edition. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. New Delhi:
Vikas Publishing House Pvt .Ltd
 Singh,P.N.,& Kumar,N.(2010).Employee Relations Management. New Delhi: Pearson
Publication
Journals :
 Labor Law reporter.
Master of Business Administration 225
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes
 By the end of the course, students will be able:
 To distinguish an employment relationship from other work relationships used by
companies.
 To decide on what kind of services best fit the company's needs: external services or
internal (employment) work?
 To be aware of the importance of legal institutions and collective bargaining.
 To identify the collective agreement applicable in the workplace.
 To master the types of employment contracts (open-ended, fixed-term, part-time, etc.).
Master of Business Administration 226
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
International Financial Management
Course Code: MBA6110 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course is designed to develop an understanding of the foreign exchange


market and it’s working. It will help in understand the meaning and importance of hedging,
speculations, options, futures, financial swaps and forward transactions. Besides this it would
also facilitate short term and long term borrowing decisions.

Objectives of the Course:


 To make the students understand financial management in global context.
 To explain the foreign exchange market-major players, basic concepts, international
monetary system and contemporary practices.
 To develop an insight into the meaning and increasing role of derivatives in the
international financial market and help students to make the short term and long term
financial decisions in the global market.

International Enterprise & Mult inat ional Financial Management:


The rise of Multinational Corporation, The Internationalization
of Business and Finance, The Scope of International Finance,
Distinguishing Features of International Finance
UNIT – I (4 Sessions)
International Monetary System:
The Gold Standard, The Inter-war Years, The Bretton Woods
System, The Smithsonian Agreement, The Flexible Exchange
Rate Regime, Alternate Exchange Rate Systems
The Foreign Exchange Market:
Foreign Exchange Market and its Functions, Foreign Exchange
Rates, Arbitrage, The Spot Market, Cross Rates of Exchange,
UNIT –II Bid - Ask Spreads, The Forward Market, Interest Arbitrage (4 Sessions)
Theories of Foreign Exchange Rate Movement:
Purchasing Power Parity, International Fisher Effect, Interest
Rate Parity
Management of Foreign Exchange Risk:
Foreign Exchange Risk, Management of Translation,
Transaction, and Economic Exposures
UNIT – III Country Risk Analysis: (7 Sessions)
Measuring Political Risk, Economic and Political Factors
underlying Country Risk, Country Risk Analysis in International
Banking
Master of Business Administration 227
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Financial Management of the Mult inat ional Firm:
Cost of Capital and Capital Structure of the Multinational Firm,
UNIT – IV Multinational Capital Budgeting – Application and (6 Sessions)
Interpretation, Multinational Cash Management, International
Taxation
Foreign Invest ment Analysis
International Portfolio Investment, Optimal International Asset
UNIT –V Allocation, Measuring Total Return from Portfolio Investing, (4 Sessions)
The International Capital Asset Pricing Model
Corporate Strategy and Foreign Direct Investment
Balance of Payments:
The International Flow of Goods, Services and Capital; Balance
of Payments Accounting, Balance of Payment Statements,
Coping with the Current Account Deficit
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
Eurocurrency Market:
Domestic Issues vs. Euro Issues, International Bonds Market,
External Commercial Borrowings, Euro Debt, Foreign Currency
Convertible Bonds
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Apte, P.G. (2006). International Financial Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
Company Limited.

Reference Books:
 Eun C.S. & Resnick, B.G. (2007). International Financial Management, USA: McGraw-
Hill.
 Stonehill, A.I., Michael, H. & Moffet (1993). International Financial Management,
United Nations: United Nations Library on Transnational Corporations.
 Madura, J. (2008). International Financial Management. USA: Cengage Learning,
 Sharan, V. (2008). International Financial Management. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd.
 Siddaiah, T. (2009). International Financial Management. Noida: Pearson Education
India.
 Kevin (2009). Fundamentals of International Financial Management. New Delhi: PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Srinivasan, S.P. (2005). International Financial Management. Delhi: Dreamtech Press,
Master of Business Administration 228
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Eun, C. S. & Resnick, B.G. (2008). International Financial Management. New Delhi:
Tata McGraw-Hill.

Suggested Journals:
 International Review of Finance
 Case Folio: ICFAI
 Portfolio Organizer, ICFAI
 The Chartered Financial Analyst, ICFAI

Learning Outcomes
 Students will be able to understanding finance in global context.

 Able to evaluate special decision variables underlying the discharge of finance function
in a multinational corporation

 Understanding the international financial environment and its implications in a globalised


world will be developed.

 Able to understand & analyze the recent developments and trends in global financial
markets and global foreign exchange Marking

 Able to grasp and evaluate the international momentary system especially the IMF

 Able to know the foreign exchange rate mechanism.


Master of Business Administration 229
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Risk and Insurance Management
Course Code: MBA6111 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The course is intended to develop familiarity with the theory and empirical
evidence related to risk management and insurance. Major topics include risk identification,
risk assessment, risk measurement and risk management and various dimensions of insurance
contracts. Emphasis will be put on practical cases of corporate risk management and
exploration of the relevance of insurance in risk management. The paper will also enable
learner to acquaint with working knowledge of insurance.

Objectives of the Course:


 To develop an understanding of risk management framework of a company.
 To enable the students to explore the various techniques and methods for risk mitigation
 To instill in them the ability to explore various dimensions of insurance as a risk management
tool.

An Overview of Risk and Risk Assessment


 Risk and Uncertainty, Risk Management, Rationale for Risk
Management in Organizations, Risk Identification and
Measurement, Pooling Arrangements and Diversification of
UNIT – I (4 Sessions)
Risk
 Risk Assessment & Management; Risk analysis: Exposure of
physical assets, financial assets, and Human assets, Exposure
to legal liability
Risk Measurement Methods
 Risk Control, Risk Management Decision Methods: Data
Organization and Analysis, Analysis Tools used in Corporate
Risk Management, Corporate Risk Management and
UNIT –II (4 Sessions)
Shareholder Wealth, Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure, Historical
Simulation, Model Building Approach, Linear Approach,
Quadratic Model, Monte Carlo Simulation, Stress Testing and
Back Testing
Risk Management Framework:
 Enterprise Risk Management: A Case Study, Risk
Retention/Reduction Decisions, Alternative Risk Transfer,
UNIT – III  Tax, Regulatory, and Accounting Factors Affecting Corporate (7 Sessions)
Risk Management
 Hedging Risk with Derivative Contracts: Options, Futures,
Forwards, Swaps
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 230
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Insurance Contracts
 An Introduction to the Insurance Industry, Pricing of
Insurance, Insurance Regulation and Financial Assessment,
Legal Aspects of Insurance Contracts, Insurability of Risk,
UNIT – IV (5 Sessions)
Contractual Provisions, and Legal Doctrines, Insurance
Contract Analysis, Risk Pooling and Insurance including
Review of Probability Concepts, Corporate Risk Management
and Insurance
Life Insurance
 Life Insurance: Principles of Life Insurance, Financial
Planning and Insurance, Life Insurance Products, Pensions and
UNIT – V (6 Sessions)
Annuities, Risk Assessment & Underwriting, Premium
Setting, Product Development, Design and Evaluation,
Reinsurance, Claims Management, Legal Framework
General Insurance
 General Insurance: Principles of General Insurance, General
UNIT – VI Insurance Products (Fire, Motor & Health), Commercial (4 Sessions)
Insurance: Transport, Marine, Catastrophe, Liability, Product
Design, Development and evaluation
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

TEXT BOOKS:
 Scott Harrington, Gregory Niehaus. 2004. Risk Management & Insurance. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publications.
 Rejda. 2003. Principles of Risk Mgmt. & Insurance. Pearson Education/PHI. 8/e.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

 C. Arthur Williams, Jr., Peter Young, Michael Smith. 1998. Risk Management & Insurance. Tata
McGraw-Hill Publications.
 Manish Bansal,Navneet Bansal. 2006. Derivatives & Financial Innovations. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publications.
 John C. Hull. 2011. Options Futures & Other Derivatives. Pearson Education, 8/e.
 Vohra, N.D. and Bagri, B.R. 2003. Options & Futures. Tata McGraw-Hill Publications. 2/e.
 Dubofsky & Miller. 2005. Derivatives- Valuation & Risk Management. Oxford University Press.
 Shulz – Thomson. 2006. Risk Management & Derivative. Cengage Learning.
 Chance. 2004. Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management. Thomson Learning, 6/e.
 Dorfman. 2004. Introduction to Risk Management & Insurance. Pearson/PHI.
 Franklin Edwards. 1998. Options & Futures. Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, 1/e.
 Robert W Kolb. 2007. Futures, Options and Swaps. Blackwell Publishing, 5/e.
 Treishumann. 2007. Risk Management and Insurance. Thomson, 12 Ed.
Master of Business Administration 231
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes
 An insight to the core services sector and how it works.
 Developing understanding for life insurance and general insurance products.
 To examine the issues related to risk management in view of insurance
 Understanding the risk management process and framework used in companies.
Master of Business Administration 232
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Wealth Management and Personal Financial Planning
Course Code: MBA6112 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: With the advent of so many financial products in the market, wealth
management has become a separate profession. To meet various investable financial
objectives, one has to have his personal financial planning ready. The main objective of this
course is to enable the students to formulate various strategies in managing wealth.
Objectives of the Course:
 To enable in understanding the role and relevance of wealth management.
 To enable them to use these techniques optimizing the profitability and attaining the
financial objectives of Individuals.
Personal Financial Planning: Introduction to PFP, Objectives of PFP,
UNIT I Steps in Formulating PFP, PFP Strategies, Emergence of PFP in India. (4 Sessions)
Wealth Management: Evolution of Wealth Management, Wealth
Management and Personal, Financial Planning, Wealth Management
UNIT II Service Providers, Ethics in Wealth, Management, RBI Regulations on
(5Sessions)
Wealth Management, Recent Developments in Wealth, Management
Investment planning: Ascertaining Investment objectives, Quantifying
Investment Objectives, Exploring Investment Options, Designing Investing
UNIT III plans, Online Investment, Tracking and Reviewing Investment, Investment
(6 Sessions)
on Tradable and Non-Tradable Securities.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Insurance Planning: Estimations and Quantification of Insurance
requirements, Products and Functioning of Life Insurance and Non-Life
UNIT IV Insurance Business, Choosing perfect Life Insurance Product, Non-Life
(5 Sessions)
Insurance in Personal Financial Planning.
Retirement, Estate Planning: Rules and Regulations of New Pension
Scheme, Pension, Fund Regulatory Development Authority, Provident
UNIT V Fund Organisation and its rules regulation on Management of Private
(6 Sessions)
Provident Funds, Estate Planning, Estate Financing, Estate management
Tax Planning: Personal Tax Planning, Tax Computation , Products meant
UNIT VI for Tax Exemptions, Filing of Income Tax Returns
(4 Sessions)
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
1. Gitman et al., Personal Financial Planning, 11th e, South-Western College Pub, 2007
2. Keown, Arthur J., Personal Finance, Pearson Education

Reference Books:
 The Citibank Guide to Building Personal Wealth, John Wiley and Sons

Suggested Journals:
 Journal of Financial Planning and Wealth Management.
Master of Business Administration 233
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes:
 Exploration of personal financial planning and wealth management tenets in context of
Investment Planning of individuals with exposure to real life problems
 Acquaintance of Insurance Planning and selecting the suitable insurance plans for
individuals
 Assessment of requisite retirement corpus and corresponding plan to achieve the targets
 A better understanding of Tax Planning to minimize tax liabilities following all legitimate
and practical methods.
Master of Business Administration 234
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Cross Cultural issues in International Management
Course Code: MBA6113 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Cross Cultural issues have become subject matter of serious issues in managing
Organizations when they are going global. This is evident in the case of many failed Joint
Ventures of International giants from different cultures. The main objective of this subject is to
make the scholars to acquire the knowledge on issues related to Sources and troubleshooting
strategies in dealing with Cross Culture Management.

Objectives of the Course:


 Provide the fundamentals associated with the comparative international management
 Provides an understanding of the various strategies of comparative international
management.
Introduction to Cross-cultural Management: Meaning of Cross
UNIT I Culture Management, Importance of Cross Cultural Management, Cross (4 Sessions)
Cultural issues in International Management, The Dimensions of Culture
Communication across Cultures: Importance of Communication in
Culture, Cultural Communication Mediums, Effective Communication
UNIT II (6 Sessions)
styles in Cultures, Culture and Marketing: Role of Culture in
Marketing, Strategies in dealing with Culture in Marketing
National Cultures and Management: Introduction, Methodological
UNIT III Dilemmas, The Ethic Approach, Cultural Clusters, The Emic Approach, (5 Sessions)
National Cultures and Cross-cultural Negotiations.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Motivation across Cultures: Equity in motivation, Influence of Culture
in Motivation, Strategies in Motivating Employees from Different Cultures
UNIT IV (6 Sessions)
Leadership and Culture: Dealing with Culture Shock, Role of Leader in
Leading Groups from Different Cultures.
Cultural Dimensions of HRM: Recruitment process and Culture, Group
UNIT V Dynamics and Culture, Cross Culture Building, Managing Resistance to (5 Sessions)
New Culture, Importance of Cultural Diversity in HRM.
Managing Global Teams: Cultural Problems in Global Teams,
UNIT VI Strategies in Leading Global Teams, International Assignments and (4 Sessions)
Expatriate Management, The Global Manager.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Book:
 Shobhana.M, (2011). Cross Cultural Management, Oxford University Press
 Carla I. Koen. (2007). Comparative International Management. 8th Edition; Tata
McGraw-Hill Publication.
Master of Business Administration 235
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Reference Books:
1. Ralph Johann, (2011). Cross Cultural Management, Grin Verlag Publication

Learning Outcomes

- Students will be able to understand the basics of cross cultures in international


management.
- Students will be able to identify, describe and explain key models used for comparing
Master of Business Administration 236
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MBA6114: DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORKS


(MBA)

Prerequisite: This course will allow students to develop background knowledge as well as core
expertise in data communication and networking (DCN) technologies, which one of the fastest
growing industries in today’s world. It forms an integral part of the modern Information and
Communications Technology (ICT) in any organizations. Starting from intranet/extranet in small
offices to the World Wide Web, principles of DCN plays an important role in designing any
modern telecom infrastructure.

Objectives of the Course:


 To provide hands on experience to students in using computers networks for data
organization and addressing business needs with the help of communication.
 To make students aware about networking devices used in organizations.
 To familiarize students with data communication principles such as the OSI and TCP/IP
reference models and associated protocols, analogue and digital data transmission,
transmission media, signal encoding and digital data communications techniques, data
link flow and error control, multiplexing, circuit and packet switching.


Credits: 04 Trimester VI L–T–P: 4–0–0


Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
Introduction to Data Communications, Components of Data
4
UNIT I Communications, Digital Data Rates; Asynchronous and
Sessions
Synchronous Data, Computer Network, Network Applications
Types of signals: Amplitude Modulation; Frequency Modulation;
Phase Modulation; Pulse Code Modulation; PDM; Time Division 6
UNIT II
Multiple Access; Frequency Division Multiple Access; Code Sessions
Division Multiple Access
Networking: Network Layer Local Area Network (LAN): LAN
5
UNIT III Components, Ethernet (IEEE 802.3), Token Ring (IEEE 802.5),
Sessions
Selecting a LAN, Improving LAN Performance
Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) & Wide Area Network
5
UNIT IV (WAN): Circuit-switched and Packet-switched Services,
Sessions
Improving MAN & WAN Performance
OSI Model; Broadcasting; Multicasting; Point-to-point
4
UNIT V communication; IP Addressing, Concepts of Port; Socket; ATM;
Sessions
Tunneling; Virtual Private Network
Mobile Communication: Applications of Mobile
Communication; Wireless Communication: Bandwidth, 6
UNIT VI
Transmission Impairment, Interference, Terrestrial Microwave, Sessions
Broadcast Radio, Infrared & Light Waves.
Text Books
Master of Business Administration 237
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Widjaja, L. G. (2000). Communication Networks. Tata McGraw Hill.


Reference Books:
 Stallings, W. (2003). Data Computer Communication (7th ed.). Delhi: Pearson
Education.
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand and be able to explain the principles of layered protocol architecture;
 Understand, explain and calculate digital transmission over different types of communication
media.
 Understand, explain and solve mathematical problems for data-link and network protocols.
 Describe the principles of access control to shared media and perform performance calculations.
 Understand and explain reliable transmission and calculate the performance of TCP connections.

\
Master of Business Administration 238
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MBA6115: SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT


(MBA)

Prerequisite: A software development process is concerned primarily with the production aspect
of software development, as opposed to the technical aspect, such as software tools. These
processes exist primarily for supporting the management of software development, and are
generally skewed toward addressing business concerns. Many software development processes
can be run in a similar way to general project management processes..

Objectives of the Course:


 Define and highlight importance of software project management.
 Describe the software project management activities
 Train software project managers and other individuals involved in software project
 Planning and tracking and oversight in the implementation of the software project
management process.


Credits: 04 L–T–P: 4–0–0
Trimester VI
Module Teaching
Content
No. Hours
Fundamentals of Software Project Management (SPM), Need
Identification, Vision and Scope document, Project Management
5
UNIT I Cycle, SPM Objectives, Management Spectrum, SPM Framework,
Sessions
Software Project Planning, Planning Objectives, Project Plan,
Types of project plan
Structure of a Software Project Management Plan, Software
project estimation, Estimation methods, Estimation models, 4
UNIT II
Decision process, Project Elements, Work Breakdown Structure Sessions
(WBS), Types of WBS, Functions, Activities and Tasks
Project Life Cycle and Product Life Cycle, Ways to Organize
6
UNIT III Personnel, Project schedule, Scheduling Objectives, Building the
Sessions
project schedule, Network Diagrams: PERT, CPM, Bar Charts
Dimensions of Project Monitoring & Control, Budgeted Cost for
Work Scheduled (BCWS), Cost Performance Index (CPI), 5
UNIT IV
Schedule Performance Index (SPI), Types of Review: Inspections, Sessions
Walkthroughs, Code Reviews
Testing Objectives, Testing Principles, Test Plans, Test Cases,
Types of Testing, Test Strategies, Testing Automation & Testing 5
UNIT V
Tools, Concept of Software Quality, Software Quality Attributes, Sessions
Software Quality Metrics and Indicators
Software Configuration Management: Software Configuration
Items and tasks, Plan for Change, Change Control, Change 5
UNIT VI
Requests Management, Version Control, Risk Management, Risk Sessions
Breakdown Structure (RBS)
Master of Business Administration 239
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books
 Kelkar, S. A. Software Project Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall India
Publications.
 Cotterell, M. Software Project Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publication
Reference Books:
 Royce. Software Project Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education
 Conway, K. Software Project Management. New Dehi: Dreamtech Press

Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this module, the student will be able to:
 understand and practice the process of project management and its application in delivering
successful IT projects.
 evaluate a project to develop the scope of work, provide accurate cost estimates and to plan
the various activities.
 understand and use risk management analysis techniques that identify the factors that put a
project at risk and to quantify the likely effect of risk on project timescales.
 identify the resources required for a project and to produce a work plan and resource
schedule.
Master of Business Administration 240
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Retail Information Systems

Course Code: MBA6119 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: These are the exciting days for the retail industry in India. Over the past decade,
organized retail has dramatically increased its share in total retail business. Large store
formats have altered the shopping experience for consumers and ushered in a new era in
retailing. While business houses rush in to capitalize on this burgeoning opportunity, young
professional too can gain from the new career opportunities in this sector. There are some
considerable differences between organized and unorganized retail like superior supply chain,
inventory management, people management, money management etc. However, at the heart of
all these differences lies Information Technology. Today, Information Technology has become
so pervasive that all professionals need to acquaint themselves with its advances. There was a
time one would immediately think of engineers when one mentioned technology. That is no
longer the case. Every retail professional needs to understand the role played by technology in
the work place.

Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students to:

 To develop an understanding of technology being used in various functions of retail


industry.
 To develop an understanding of Managerial Implications of that technology.
 To understanding how technology can increase the efficiency & effectiveness of different
functions of retail.
Management Information Systems: Introduction, From data to
information, Functions of MIS, Old and New MIS,
(3 Sessions)
UNIT – I Characteristics of a good MIS, Marketing Support System, Retail
Information System, Benefits of MIS to an Organization
IT at POS:
Hardware – Cash Register, Computer based POS system, System
UNIT –II requirement to perform operations. (6 Sessions)
Software – Introduction, Understanding EPoS Software,
Choosing between Bob & FIS, Functions of EPoS Software
Credit Cards: Introduction & History. Benefits and Shortcomings
UNIT – III with credit cards, Payment Mechanism, Other new age payment (6 Sessions)
mechanisms.
Master of Business Administration 241
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Automatic Identification & Data Capture: Introduction,


Objectives of Auto ID & Data Capture, Bar Codes(UPC), RFID –
Working & Usage

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

ERP: Introduction, Purpose, Benefits and Disadvantages to a


retailer, True Cost of Retail ERP, The ERP Paradox,
Customization of ERP to a specific retailer, system requirement
UNIT – IV for a successful ERP implementation. (6 Sessions)
CRM: Introduction, Purpose & Reasons for CRM, IT as a
facilitator in adopting CRM, CRM as a tool to gain competitive
advantage.
Data Mining: What is data mining? Reasons for its significance,
Working mechanism, Applications of data mining in Retail
management, Errors & Limitations and Privacy Concerns in data
mining, Technology needed for Data Mining.
UNIT – V (6 Sessions)
SCM: Introduction, Managing all components of Supply Chain,
Components of a Supply chain, Span of SCM and Control,
Objectives of IT in SCM, Reverse Logistics: A special case of
SCM.
E-Tailing: Introduction, The World of Electronic Retail,
Advantages & Shortcomings of e-tailing, Parties involved in e-
UNIT – VI (3 Sessions)
tailing, Attributes of an e-tail website, Issues influencing growth
of e-tailing in India,The Current Trends e-Retailing Statistics
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Ajeet Khurana (2010). Information Technology for Retailing (Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, 1st Edition)

Reference Books:
 O’Brien (2007). Management Information Systems (Tata Mc Graw Hill Education
Private Limited, 7th Edition).
 Laudon & Laudon (2004). Management Information Systems (Pearson Education Private
Limited, 8th Edition).
Learning Outcomes
 Students completing this course will be able to:

 Recognize the importance of technology in various functions of retail industry


Master of Business Administration 242
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Develop managerial implications of technology as and when required

 Create efficient and effective use of technology in different functions of retail.


Master of Business Administration 243
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Retail Merchandising
Course Code: MBA6120 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Merchandising has evolved to become so much more than the buying & selling of
products. Today, no product should be purchased without a good idea to whom it will be sold,
when it will be sold, at which price it will be sold and at what location? Therefore, the role of
merchandisers in particular retail scenario is of prime importance as the merchandise has to
be made available as per the requirements of the customers. The course focuses to broaden
students’ practical & theoretical understanding in relation to retail buying, management &
merchandising.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop the appropriate retail competencies to handle Buying & Merchandising


function.
 To impart insights of category management & merchandise knowledge.

Fundamentals of Merchandising : Concept of Merchandising,


Principles of Merchandising, Five “Rights” of Merchandising, Retail
store organization, Relationship of Merchandising to other functions,
UNIT – I Importance of Mathematics to buying & merchandising, Factors
(5 Sessions)
Affecting Function of Buying, Merchandising Philosophy, Methods of
Buying
Merchandise Planning: Merchandising Policies, Internal sources of
Buyer’s information, Merchandising Strategy, Process of Merchandise
Planning, Key concepts in Merchandising
UNIT –II (5 Sessions)
Merchandise planning process – top down & bottom up, its steps, The
Range Plan, Six-month merchandise plan, Model stock plan, and the
buying plan
Developing Assortment plan &Sourcing: The Merchandise
Assortment, Assortment Planning, Increasing & Figuring Open-to-buy,
Determining Sales Curves for categories, Micro Merchandising,
Technology Tools and Merchandise Planning
UNIT – III (5 Sessions)
The Concept of Sourcing, Selecting the Best Merchandising Resources,
Sources of Supply, The Resident buying office, The Phases in Sourcing,
Global Sourcing, Establishing vendor Relationships, Classification of
Resources.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Pricing of Merchandise: The Concept of Price, Retail Objectives &
pricing, Components of Retail Price, factors affecting price, Price
UNIT – IV Consciousness, Price Lines & price Zones, Concept of MAP, Retail
(5 Sessions)
Pricing Policies/Strategies, Adjustments to retail price, Comparison of
Master of Business Administration 244
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Markups & Markdowns, Evaluating Merchandise Performance,


Concept of GMROI
Private Labels & Category Management: The Private Label,
The Market for private labels, Process of Private Label creation, The
UNIT – V buyer’s role in private label development. (5 Sessions)
Concept of Category Management, Key Components of Category
management Framework, the Category Captain
Industry Insights in Merchandising: The Indian retail spectrum,
UNIT – VI Merchandising of categories like Consumer Durables, Food & Grocery (5 Sessions)
Products, Books and Apparels etc.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Pradhan, Swapana. Retailing Merchandising; New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

Reference Book:
 Diamond Jay & Pintel Gerald. Retail Buying; New Delhi: Pearson Education, 2008
 Esaterling, Flottman, Jernigan & Wuest. Merchandising Mathematics for retailing; New Delhi:
Pearson Education, 2008
 Levy Michael, & Weitz A Barton , Pandit A., Retailing Management, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill,
5th reprint 2010.
 Berman Barry & Evans Joel R., Retail Management; A Strategic Approach, New Delhi: Prentice Hall
of India, 2007

Learning Outcomes
After completing this course students will be able to:

 Learn appropriate retail competencies to handle buying & merchandising function


 Understand the concept of category management & merchandise knowledge
Master of Business Administration 245
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Retail Supply Chain Management and Vendor Development
Course Code: MBA6121 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Supply chain is an integral part of any organization. The role of Supply chain is
not only restricted within the distribution of goods but it is also playing a significant role in
service delivery. Therefore in today’s highly competitive environment SC works as skeleton to
deliver the value to the ultimate users. This course puts emphasis on the fact that how SC can
be a key to success for a retail business and therefore the concepts of SC are analyzed from the
perspective of retail business.

Objectives of the Course:

 To bring understanding among students regarding nature of Supply Chain in Retail


Business
 To make aware regarding the various modes of transportation which can be used by a
retailer
 To impart the understanding of the new development in retailing.

Introduction to retail Supply Chain Management : Introduction


to Retail Supply Chains, Participants in Retail Supply Chains,
UNIT – I Aligning the Supply Chain with Business Strategy, Strategic and
(5 Sessions)
functional view of Retail supply chain. Supply chain metrics.
Role of Pricing and Distribution in retail supply chain: Retail
Distribution and Replenishment mechanism, retail pricing and
UNIT –II impact of SC in pricing decisions. Green retailing and its impact
(4 Sessions)
on retail supply chain management.
Retail Transportation: Retail Transportation System:
Multimodal transportation, Modal Interfaces –Inter-modal
UNIT – III Systems – Road/Rail/Sea ; Sea/Air; Road/Air ; Road/Rail ; (6 Sessions)
Sea/Road –Inland Container Depot (ICD) & Container Freight
Station (CFS) Terminals, Reverse logistics.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Issues with Current retail Supply chain formats:


Structure of supply chain-Perishable items retailing,
UNIT – IV Structure of supply chain- consumer durables retailing, (5 Sessions)
Structure of supply chain- apparel retailing,
Introduction of Contemporary issue in SCM RFID, ERP.
Vendor Development and Strategic Sourcing: Concept of
UNIT – V Vendor Management, Procurement, and strategic sourcing, The (5 Sessions)
process of procurement, Negotiation and Principal of
Master of Business Administration 246
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Negotiation, Retail sourcing trends and managing the


relationship with suppliers, Issues involved in global sourcing,
Role of IT in sourcing (3PL and 4PL)
Vendor Selection: Factors associated with Vendor’s selection,
Process of Vendors Selection. Models for vendor selection:
UNIT – VI Categorical Plan method, cost ration method, weighted point (5 Sessions)
method. Advantages and disadvantages of single and multiple
vendor System.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Ray, Rajesh.(2010).Supply Chain Management for Retailing. New Delhi.TMH.

Reference Book:

 Chunawalla S.A.(2009).Production and Operations management. Himalya Publishing house.


 Levy Michael , Weitz Barton A. ()Retailing Management. McGrawHill Publicaton
 Bajaj, Chetan,.() Retail Managemen: Oxford University Press.
 Christopher.(2006). Logistics Management.PHI.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this course students will be able to:

 Develop understanding regarding nature of supply chain in retail.


 Understand the various modes of transportation available for the retailer.
 Know the recent development in retailing.
Master of Business Administration 247
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Livelihood System and Promotion
Course Code: MBA6122 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The course aims to provide a theoretical, empirical and methodological
understanding of livelihood system and promotion development processes in India, with
emphasis on development of appropriate strategies for integrating livelihood concerns with
sustainable management of natural resources such as forest and water resources.

Objectives of the Course:


 Concept of livelihoods and livelihood frameworks, livelihood assets, vulnerability context and
poverty
 Livelihood interventions through policies, institutions and processes;
 Applying the livelihood framework in natural resource management; and comparison and critique
of the frameworks.
An Introduction to Livelihood:
Livelihood, Need of Livelihood Promotion, Sustainable
Livelihood, The Challenge of Understanding Livelihood
Systems-A Historical Reference.
UNIT – I Traditional & Modern, Rural & Urban Livelihood Systems, (5 Sessions)
Study of livelihood systems, The basis of the livelihood systems,
Livelihood orientation in response to changing poverty
paradigms.
Understanding Livelihoods in Rural India: Diversity,
Change and Exclusion.
Causes of Livelihood Change: Shocks, Trends and Cycles,
Short term Fluctuations in Livelihoods: Preparing for Shocks
UNIT –II and Opportunities, Coping with Shocks (6 Sessions)
Long-term Trajectories: Accumulation or Impoverishment.
Household Trajectories: Virtuous and Vicious Circles.
Explaining Different Patterns of Household Change
An Introduction to Livelihood Interventions:
Livelihood Intervention, Evolution of Livelihood Intervention of
India Introduction
UNIT – III Various Types of Livelihood Intervention: Spatial Interventions, (4 Sessions)
Segmental Interventions, Sectoral Interventions, and Holistic
Approaches to Livelihood Promotion

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Understanding Income Of The Household:


UNIT – IV Enhancing Income from the Main Livelihood Activity, (4 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 248
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Increasing Income in Diversified Portfolio of Subsistence


Livelihoods, Reducing Avoidable Expenditure
Framework for Analyzing Livelihood Intervention Choices:
Introduction, Elements of Design of Livelihood Intervention
Understanding the Internal Context of Intervention: Factor
UNIT – V Conditions, Demand conditions, Industry Conditions, (6 Sessions)
Institutional conditions, Making Livelihood Intervention Design
Choices, Framing for Objectives, Nature of Intervention, Design
of Livelihood Activity.
Designing a Livelihood Intervention:
Looking for livelihood opportunities, Observing and
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
understanding the local economy, Selecting livelihood activities
suitable for the poor in the area, Deciding on Intervention
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Mahajan, V., Datta S., & Thakur, G. (2001). A Resource Book for Livelihood Promotion.
BASIX
 Phansalkar. (2003). Livelihood: Promoting Livelihood Enhancement. Sir Dorabji Tata
Trust, Mumbai

Reference Books:

 ICRA Learning Resources. (1999). Livelihood – Key Concepts.


 DFID. (2001). Livelihood Framework – Sustainable Livelihood guidance Sheets

Learning Outcomes

After completing this course, students will be able to:

 Differentiate among livelihoods and livelihood frameworks, livelihood assets,


vulnerability context and poverty.
 Know the Livelihood interventions through policies, institutions and processes;
 Implement Livelihood framework in natural resource management; and comparison
and critique of the frameworks.
Master of Business Administration 249
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Participatory Research Methods
Course Code: MBA6123 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: The Participatory research works as an important mechanism for understanding


and identifying social phenomena of any community. This course content comprises of various
aspects of social research like introduction to social research methods, triangulation,
developing social imagination and various social research designs. A comparison of the
various systems across the globe evolved is also included.

Objectives of the Course:


 To provide a guided tour of Social Research and To inculcate and improve skills in exploring
social dynamics related to various contemporary researchable issues
 To explore the various participatory research designs, methodologies and various operational
tools.
Introduction to Participatory Research Basics:
Social Research: Introduction, Evolution, Need and Prospects
Foundations for Social Research Methods: Sociological
Positivism, Rules for Social Research, Triangulation;
UNIT – I Developing a Sociological Imagination, Challenges to (5 Sessions)
Traditional Ways of Doing Social Science; Locating the Self in
Social Research
Ethical Concerns in Qualitative Research
Participatory / Social Research Designs (I)
UNIT –II Quantitative Design: Survey Research, Statistical Surveys, (4 Sessions)
Reliability and Validity Analysis, Cluster Analysis
Participatory / Social Research Designs (II)
Qualitative Designs: Analytic Induction, Archival Research,
Content Analysis, Textual Analysis, Focus Group, Ethnography,
UNIT – III Historical Method, Life History, Longitudinal Study, (6 Sessions)
Morphological Analysis, Semi-Structured Interview, Structured
Interview, Unstructured Interview
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Participatory Research Methodologies (I)
Participant Observation and Individual Interviews;
Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA): Principles, Techniques, Quick-
UNIT – IV and-dirty methods (5 Sessions)
Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA): Concept of Empowerment,
Respect, Localization, Enjoyment, Inclusiveness
Participatory Research Methodologies (II)
UNIT – V Participatory Assessment, Participatory Baseline, Participatory (5 Sessions)
Monitoring, Participatory Evaluation (PAME)
Master of Business Administration 250
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Appreciative Inquiry: Approach, Process, Principles


Process Documentation: Purpose, Process, Techniques and Best
Practices
An Insight of Operational Tools of Participatory / Social
Research
Group Meetings; Murals and Posters; Flannel Boards, Open-
ended Stories; Unserialized Posters; Community Case Studies;
UNIT – VI Historical Mapping, Community Environmental Assessment; (5 Sessions)
Survival Surveys; Participatory Action Research; Maps and
Mapping, Community Financial Accounts; SWOT Analysis;
Popular & Puppet Theatre; Community Directed Visual Images /
Tape Recordings / Videos
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 McIntyre, L. (2005). 10th Edition. Need to Know: Social Science Research Methods.
Tata McGraw Hill Publication.

 Kristin, G. E. (2010). 2nd Edition. Qualitative Methods in Social Research. Tata McGraw
Hill Publication

 Corby, B. (2010). Applying Research in Social Work Practices. Tata McGraw Hill
Publication

Reference Books:

 Denscombe, M. (2004). Ground Rules for Social Research. Tata McGraw Hill
Publication

 Newman, W. Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative. Pearson Education


India.

Learning outcomes:

 Development of awareness of Social Research and inculcate and improve skills in


exploring social dynamics related to various contemporary researchable issues
 Understanding of various participatory research designs, methodologies and various
operational tools.
Master of Business Administration 251
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Public Policy and Health
Course Code: MBA6124 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Public health is an often under-recognized component of our health system, yet
most improvements in life expectancy and other key markers of healthy populations which are
the result of effective public health programs. It is concerned with threats to the overall health
of a community based on population health analysis. This course will provide a framework for
developing and analyzing a range of health policy issues.

Objectives of the Course:


 To develop an understanding of the public health policy.
 To enable the students to interpret and apply health concept in day to day functioning.
 To build awareness of certain important and critical issues in public health policy

Understanding the Concepts of Health


Community Health, Community Health Centre, Community
Mental Health Services, Urban Health Resource Centre, Online
UNIT – I Health Communities (5 Sessions)
Public Health: Objectives, Public Health Programs, Public
Health System in India: Rural Health Care System in India,
Health Education, Role of Public Policy in Health
Health Care in India:
A Brief Overview, Health Care Infrastructure, Primary Services,
Central Government's Role, Issues: Disease-national centre of
Disease control, Global malaria Action Plan, The Global Fund to
UNIT –II Fight AIDS. (6 Sessions)
Gender Ratio: Concept, Gender Imbalance, Fisher's Principle,
Types of Gender Ratio, Examples in Non human Species,
Factors affecting Gender Ratios
Major Determinants of Health:
The Changing Nature of Infectious Disease, Food, Trade and
UNIT – III Health, Drains, Dustbins and Disease. Other Issues- Pollution- (4 Sessions)
Malnutrition, Water and Sanitation
Tobacco: A Public Health Emergency

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Population Health: The Role of Economic Inequality, The


Importance of Family Planning Programs, Population Health
UNIT – IV Management, IT Challenges in enabling Population health (4 Sessions)
management.
Master of Business Administration 252
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Principles of the Ethical Practice of Public health.


Correspondence of the ethical principles with the essential public
health services.
Health Planning in India:
National Cancer Control Program, National Aids Control
Program, Universal Immunization Program (UIP), National
UNIT – V Health Policy, State Health Policy, Ministry of Health and (6 Sessions)
Family Welfare; National Urban Health Mission , National Rural
Health Mission
Role of International Agencies in Public Health
WHO (World Health Organization), UNICEF (United Nations
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
International Children's Emergency Fund), CRY (Child Rights
and You), CARE, RED Cross Society
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Book:

 Pomerleau, J., & McKee, M. (2006). Issues in Public Health. New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill.

Reference Book:

 Michael, B. (2008). International Public Health Policy and Ethics. Series: International
Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine, Vol. 42
 Goodwin, N., Gruen, R., & Iles, V. (2006). Managing Health Services. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw Hill.
 Buse, K., Mays, N., & Walt, G. (2006). Making Health Policy. New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill.
 Macdowall, W., Bonell, C., & Davies, M. (2006). Health Promotion Practice. New
Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.

Learning outcomes
 Development of an understanding of the public health policy.
 To enable the students to interpret and apply health concept in day to day functioning.
 To build awareness of certain important and critical issues in public health policy
Master of Business Administration 253
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Strategy Implementation and Control


Course Code: MBA6125 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Strategic management is the core element of any business course as it acts like
glue that holds other business subjects together. It is the field of management designed to help
general managers improve the long-term competitive position of their organization.
Apart from planning, which in itself is a challenging and comprehensive task, implementation
creates greater challenges, as a number of unfavorable forces may have to be managed. This
course aims to familiarize students with the enormous uncertainties and challenges of
executing strategies at various levels in the organization.

Objectives of the Course:

 To understand the nature of strategy execution and its competitive and institutional
context
 To know the challenges and risks associated with successful implementation of strategies.
 To acquaint students with a range of methods of strategy execution, evalution and
controls.
The nature of strategy implementation
Concept Of Strategy Implementation, Strategy Implementation
And The Strategic Management Process, Mintzberg's Model, The
UNIT – I Relation Between Strategy Formulation And Strategy (5 Sessions)
Implemenation, A General Framework For Strategy
Implementation
Implementation approaches
The Concept Fit, The 7-s's Framework, Relationship Of
UNIT –II Implementation To Life Cycle, Selecting An Implementation (5 Sessions)
Approach, Strategy Implementation And Stakeholders, general
problems in implementation
Implementation in action
Developing programmes, budgets, and procedures, achieving
UNIT – III synergy, designing jobs, resource allocation, managing conflict, (5 Sessions)
managing resistance to change, creating a strategy-supportive
structure, culture and leadership.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Implementation at Corporate and Business level
The Concept Of The Center Of Gravity, Strategies Changes -
Integration, Diversification, Mergers, acquisitions and joint
UNIT – IV ventures. (5 Sessions)
Implementing Porter's Generic Strategies, Differentiation Versus
Low-cost Strategies
Master of Business Administration 254
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Strategy Implementation
Implementing Strategies: Production/Operations Concerns, HR
concerns, Marketing, Finance/Accounting, R&D, and MIS
Issues
UNIT – V Restructuring and Reengineering, execution in turbulent (5 Sessions)
environment – concept of strategy incoherence, dissonance,
agility and resilience
Execution in international context
Strategy Evaluation and Control
Strategy Evaluation, Framework, Characteristics of an Effective
Evaluation System, Contingency Planning, Auditing, enterprise
UNIT – VI risk management, Activity based costing. (5 Sessions)
Measuring Performance at corporate and functional level,
Strategic Incentive Management
Control –importance and types
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Thompson, Strickland, Gamble & Jain. (2005). Crafting and Executing Strategy. 14th
Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
 Azhar, K. (2008). Business Policy and Strategic Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill Publication.
 Galbraith, J.R. (2006). Strategy Implementation: The Role of Structure and Process. West
Publishing Company.

Reference Books:

 Hamel, G. & Prahalad, C. K. (2003). Competing for the Future. Harvard Business
School.
 Johnson, & Scholes. (2006). Exploring Corporate Strategy. Prentice Hall India.
 Hunger and Wheelen, (2004). Strategic Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
 Macmillan, H. & Tampoe, M. (2005). Strategic Management. Oxford University Press.
 Pearce II, Robinson Jr., & Mittal. (1999). Strategic Management: Formulation, Implementation
and Control. Tata McGraw Hill

Learning Outcomes
 Explain the importance of evaluation and control to the strategic management process
Master of Business Administration 255
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Compare and contrast different control techniques in terms of their advantages and
disadvantages
 Decide which control technique (or combination of techniques) would be most suitable for
a given context
 Describe a practical framework for evaluating strategies
 Identify and explain the characteristics of an effective control system;
 Explain the reasons for strategic failure
Master of Business Administration 256
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Technology Forecasting
Course Code: MBA6126 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: In order to effectively prepare business strategies in the technologically fast-paced worlds
of e-commerce, information technology, and the global economy, it has become important for
companies and policy makers to look into the future with sophisticated models and techniques to
determine the course of technological change. The field of technological forecasting, more commonly
referred to as foresight studies, has emerged as an energetic and vibrant area of study and practice.
This course will provide an insight of technological forecasting with the implementation of some
sophisticated statistical tools. For bringing an adequate understanding of the subject students are
required to make review of regression and time series analysis

Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to enable students:


 To understand the key concepts and options in technology forecasting.
 To understand models of technology forecasting.
 To understand the assessment of technological forecasting.

Purpose and meaning of technology forecasting, characteristics of


a good forecast, methodological foundations, Method Selection ,
UNIT – I common errors, Developing technological competencies and (5 Sessions)
creation of sustainable comparative advantages through
technology forecasting, benefits for technology transfer
Planning the Technology Forecast, forecasting project needs,
Organizing and Managing the Technology Forecast, Project
UNIT –II Scheduling through PERT, PAC. (5 Sessions)
Technology Delivery System, stakeholder, societal and
institutional context, monitoring process and strategy
Sources of quantitative/qualitative data on technologies: Forecasts
based on human judgments and estimates, Historical
UNIT – III analogies,Technology database: Patent searching, Bibliometric (5 Sessions)
analysis,

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Forecasting the Market - Qualitative Techniques for Appraising


Market
Potential, A Quantitative Approach—Adoption and
UNIT – IV Substitution., Macroeconomic Forecasting, General Equilibrium
(5 Sessions)
Models, Institutional Arrangements and the Market, Linear
regression, Fitting time series data to general trend models,
Master of Business Administration 257
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

growth and substitution curve models, Systems models


Critical success factors in technology forecasting, Impact
Assessment in Technology Forecasting – concept and
UNIT – V techniques, analysis of technological. Polical, social, economic (5 Sessions)
impact, Impact Evaluation,Cost-Benefit Analysis within and
outside the Organization – methods, forecasting accuracy
Combining forecasts, Accounting for Risk and Uncertainty –
within organization and outside,Technology Roadmapping,
UNIT – VI Strategic Planning for Technology Implementation, uses in (5 Sessions)
manufacturing, Learning from Past Forecasts and Assessments
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Reference Books:

 Strategic Technology Management - Betz. F. - McGraw-Hill.


 Management of Technology - Tarek Khalli -, McGraw-Hill.
 Strategic Management of Technological Innovation - Schilling - McGraw-Hill, 2nd ed.
 Handbook of Technology Management – Gaynor, 1996, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Forecasting and Management of technology - Alan Thomas
 Management of New Technologies for Global Competitiveness –Christian N Madu,
1995, Jaico Publishing House.

Learning Outcomes
The learning objectives of the course are to:

 Stimulate and inform a strategic perspective on the role of innovation, and in particular to
increase understanding of:
o The characteristics of innovation processes and the factors that shape and drive
innovation;
o The potential roles of incremental and disruptive innovation in creating and
sustaining firm competitiveness
 Understand the sources of innovation competence in firms and how these competences
are developed, and in particular to increase understanding of:
o Why some firms are more successfully innovative than others;
o The many different sources of knowledge and capability used for innovation and
the strategies for accessing them.
Master of Business Administration 258
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline

Management of Technology Transfer and Adoption


Course Code: MBA6127 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course examines the processes involved in transferring technologies from one
organization or culture to another. First, the broad concept of technology will be examined from
several viewpoints. These include the philosophy of technology, its conceptual organization, and the
technological method. Special emphasis will be placed on the change process and its relationship to the
diffusion of technology. Models that describe technology transfer and the vehicles that facilitate
technology transfer will then be considered. Special emphasis will be placed on the means used to
transfer technologies and the social, cultural, and technological problems that often result. The course
will conclude with the identification of strategies that can be used to facilitate successful technology
transfer and adoption.

Objectives of the Course:


.
This course is designed to enable students:
1. To understand the key concepts and options in technology commercialization.
2. To understand how to assess technologies for their commercialization potential.
3. To understand the steps that a technology goes through in the journey from the laboratory
to the marketplace.
4. To explore the roles that intellectual property protection and licensing play in the
commercialization process.

Purpose and meaning of technology transfer, Ways of technology


transfer, technology transfer process, technology transfer agents,
UNIT – I constituents of technology transfer, factors affecting technology , (5 Sessions)
technology transfer checklist, benefits for technology transfer
Technology transfer team and their responsibility, Seven “C”s for
the Successful Transfer - Context , Challenges : Shortfalls in
Technology Creation, Choice: Technology Needs Assessment,
UNIT –II Existence of Viable Technology Alternatives, Functions of (5 Sessions)
Technology Assessment, Certainty - Ensuring Effective Use of
Analytical, Assessment and Other Decision Support Tools
Communication, Capacity : Fostering Innovation, Applied
Research and Development, Developing and Enhancing Human
UNIT – III Capabilities, Commitment - Sustainable Markets for (5 Sessions)
Environmentally Sound Technologies

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 259
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Ensuring Macroeconomic Policy Frameworks Minimize


uncertainties, Policy dimension and regulatory frameworks,
UNIT – IV From technology transfer to technological learning capabilities, (5 Sessions)
Networking for Technology Acquisition and Transfer, Financial
aspects, structuring agreements
Impact of adoption of new technologies, Alternate models for
technology transfer, Techonology transfer : problems and
UNIT – V prospects, Knowledge and technology transfer grid (5 Sessions)
Technology transfer as collaborative learning, Technology
diffusion and organizational learning
Patterns and Criticisms of TT, India and Technology Transfer:
Positions, Barriers and Options, Technology transfer
UNIT – VI Agreements in India, international technology transfer process, (5 Sessions)
Legal issues in technology transfer, Cross cultural issues

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Technology Transfer: Strategic Management in Developing Countries-Goel Cohen, 2004,


Sage Publications Ltd.
 Handbook of Technology Management – Gaynor, 1996, Tata Mcgraw Hill.

Reference Books:

 A Macro Perspective on Technology Transfer -Allan C. Reddy, 1996, Greenwood


Publishing Group
 Global Perspectives on Technology Transfer and Commercialization- John Sibley Butler,
2011, Edward Elgar Publishing
 Theory of Science and Technology Transfer and Applications- Siegeng Liu, 2009, Taylor
& Francis

Learning Outcomes
 Apply appropriate mechanisms of technology transfer and commercialization

 Understand and assess customer-needs driven technology specifications,


technology alignment, and technology transfer process

 Assess technology licensing agreement and to evaluate start-up and spin-off


companies
Master of Business Administration 260
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Recognize the importance and role of intellectual property rights, government,


research institutes and commercial institutions in technology transfer and
commercialization
Master of Business Administration 261
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Service Operations Management
Course Code: MBA6128 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours:
Preamble: In today’s highly competitive era firms are using service as tool for differetntiation.It has
become very important to understand the nature of services and the ways to manage them effectively
and efficiently. In the same regard this course has been designed, which will cover various aspects of
service operations management. The students are required to review the fundamentals of Service
marketing as well as fundamentals of Operations management, so that they can easily assimilate the
subject matter.

Objectives of the Course:

After, completion of the course the students will be able to:

 Understand the key concepts of service operation.


 Analyze the process of service designing.
 Understand various models of service quality
Introduction of service operations management, types of services
UNIT – I and processes, service matrix , retail service layout:-service-scape (5 Sessions)
and ambient conditions , spatial layout and functionality.
New Service Development - Designing of Service delivery
UNIT –II Mechanism: Service Blue-printing – Management of Service (5 Sessions)
Experience - Front-office Back-office Interface .
Service Quality: Concept, Models-GAP, SERVQUAL,
UNIT – III SERVPERF - Gronroos model, Complaint management, Service (5 Sessions)
Encounter, Service Recovery Service Guarantee.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Service designs:-Product line approach , Self service Approach ,
Personal Attention approach, Waiting line management-Queuing
UNIT – IV system ,Waiting line models , Introduction to computer (7 Sessions)
simulation of waiting line.
Service supply chain models, service outsourcing , Inventory
UNIT – V Management in Services, Productivity and Performance measurement, (5 Sessions)
IT enabled Customer Service: Call Centre Operations,
UNIT – VI Web‐enabled Services, ERP enabled Services, Tele marketing. (3 Sessions)
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Reference Books:

 Operations management – Richard B. Chase TMH.


Master of Business Administration 262
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Production and operations management – Kanishka Bedi -, Oxford


 Production and operations management – SN Chary TMH.
 Service Operations Management: Improving Service Delivery – Robert Johnston, Pearson

Learning Outcomes
The objectives of this subject are to provide students with:

 An overview of Service and Operations Management as management function in general.


 An understanding of the impact Operational Capability has on decision making and
options in Business Strategy and the linkage to Operations Strategy.
 An understanding of the different types of operations process types on which operational
capability can be based and the strategic implications of the process choice decision.
 An understanding of the relationship between Business Strategy, Operations Strategy,
Process Type, Organization and Control structures the impacts these have on managerial
decision making and choices.
Master of Business Administration 263
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Total Productivity Management
Course Code: MBA6129 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: In today’s highly competitive era fitness of firm is very significant as far as
manufacturing is concern. In this regard maintenance plays an important role.This course
provides a framework to understand the fundamentals of TPM. The course will also examine
today's critical strategic issues such as role of IT and HR in TPM.

Objectives of the Course:

 To understand the Total Productive Management concept and principles and the various
tools available to achieve Total Productive Management.
 To understand the role of IT in TPM .

Introduction of TPM: Definition and features ,Stages of TPM:


UNIT – I Preparation, Initial implementation stage, Full implementation (3 Sessions)
stage, Interlink-age of TPM with other functional departments.
Equipment effectiveness and types of losses ,suspension loss-
plant maintenance loss, productionadjustment loss , Downtime
loss ,equipment failure loss- process failure loss,Speed
loss,regularproduction loss-irregular production loss- Defect
UNIT –II (7 Sessions)
Loss- Process defect loss,loss which caused byrework,overall
Equipment Effectiveness (OEE),TPM Principles and Zero
failures.

Introduction to jishu hozen (autonomous maintenance) ,steps-


intial cleanup
preventive measures Preparing autonomous standards for TPM
autonomous inspection standardization - autonomous
UNIT – III management,Institutionalize Jishu Hozen - Cause and (5 Sessions)
effectdiagram,ten kinds of human errors different kinds of
defects.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Introduction to Kaizen activities, Mode of failure, collection and
analysis of data, Sporadic and regular failures, causes for machine
UNIT – IV deterioration, design inadequacies, Periodical and predictive (5 Sessions)
maintenance.

UNIT – V Introduction to “Kbestu kaizen”, defining the contributory (5 Sessions)


Master of Business Administration 264
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

problem and collection of data, categorise loss plan , “Hinhitsu


Hozen “zero defect quality maintenance ,eight pillars of TPM five
principles of TPM

Human factors in maintenance ,maintenance manuals


,maintenance staffing methods, queuing applications, simulation,
spare parts management, maintenance planning and scheduling
UNIT – VI Condition Monitoring Techniques– Vibration Monitoring, (5 Sessions)
Signature Analysis Wear Debris Monitoring – Maintenance
Management Information System - Expert systems –
Corrosion Monitoring and Control.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003.
(Indian reprint 2004). ISBN 81-297-0260-6.

Reference Books:
 James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th
Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5).
 Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1989.
 Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age
International 1996.
 Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991.
 Lt. Gen. H.LaI, "Total Quality management", Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990. .
 Greg Bounds. “Beyond Total Quality Management”. McGraw Hill, 1994. 3. Menon, H.G,
"TQM in New Product manufacturing", McGraw Hill 1992.

Learning Outcome
 Understand the core features of the operations and production management function at the
operational and strategic levels, specifically the relationships between people, process,
technology, productivity and quality and how it contributes to the competitiveness of firms.
Master of Business Administration 265
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Explain the various parts of the operations and production management processes and their
interaction with other business functions (strategy, engineering, finance, marketing, HRM,
project management and innovation
Master of Business Administration 266
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Course Outline
Purchase Management
Course Code: MBA6130 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Purchasing is an integral part of any organization. The role of purchasing is not
only limited to the procurement of materials but now a days it is also considered as a medium
for gaining competitive advantage. This course puts emphasis on the fact that how purchasing
can be a key to success for any organization.

Objectives of the Course:

 To explain the social fundamentals of purchasing management.


 To understand policies and procedures of purchasing
 To understand the role of purchasing in strategic decision making
The role of purchasing in business, relationship with other
departments, procedures, forms and records, basic
UNIT – I policies/planning, organization, purchasing control, budgeting,
(5 Sessions)
purchasing ethics/ public relations
Sourcing, quality, quality control, quantity determination, right
UNIT –II time, price, surplus materials
(5 Sessions)
Purchasing capital equipment, contract buying, retail buying,
engineering and construction contracting, state and institutional
UNIT – III purchasing, international buying, make or buy, negotiations, (5 Sessions)
purchasing research/value analysis, measuring purchasing
performance.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Purchasing Function Objectives, Scope and Importance,
Organisation for Purchasing, Centralisation vs. Decentralisation,
Delegation of Powers, Purchasing Cycle Elements and their
UNIT – IV Importance, Purchase Policies and Procedures, 5Rs of
(5 Sessions)
Purchasing and Related issues, Technical, Commercial and
Legal Aspects of Purchasing
Import Policy and Procedures Capital Goods and Project
Imports, Spares, Consumables and Components, Specific
UNIT – V Licensing Provisions, Project Buying and Related Aspects, (5 Sessions)
Vendor Rating and Source Location, Negotiations in
Purchasing, Outsourcing Management
strategic purchasing management, the future of purchasing:
developing lean supply, partnership sourcing, network souring,
UNIT – VI benchmarking, buying decision models, purchasing market
(5 Sessions)
research, the role of information technology in purchasing and
Master of Business Administration 267
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

the portfolio of purchasing skills..

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Reference Books:
 Monczka, Robert, Trent, Robert and Handfield, Robert, Purchasing and Supply Chain
Management, 3rd. Edition, Cincinnati, Ohio: Thomson South-Western College
Publishing, 2005.

Learning Outcomes
 General knowledge about purchasing and supplier management
 General knowledge about logistics management
 Specific knowledge about models and theoretical concepts related to the following
themes: logistics costs and value, logistics strategies, global supply chains, risk in supply
chains, supply chain management, development of the purchasing function, make-or-buy,
purchasing strategies, electronic purchasing, purchasing specifications, supplier
development, supplier relationships, supply networks, strategic alignment of purchasing
and logistics, organization of purchasing and logistics, performance measurement,
supplier selection, cost-benefit analysis, involving suppliers in product development,
sustainable purchasing and logistics, public procurement.
 Analyzing a company’s strategic situation, with a particular emphasis on its purchasing
function, logistics function and supplier network
 Developing suggestions for change and development of a company’s strategies for the
purchasing function, including management of supplier relationships and networks and
the logistics function
Master of Business Administration 268
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Management of Commercial Banks and Retail Banking


Course Code: MBA4132 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: This course is designed to provide deep understanding of fundamentals of
banking operations and importance of banking system in an economy. While the course
focuses on operational aspects of banks, it also includes the operations of retail banking in
detail as there remains more focus to increase the retail business. The regulatory aspects and
performance evaluation parameters have also been covered. A broad view on corporate
banking operations, prudential norms for banks, ancillary services including Payment services
have also been incorporated in the course. The overall objective is to familiarize the students
with basic concepts of banking services.

Objectives of the Course:


 To have comprehensive understanding fundamental aspects of banking operations
 To get familiarize with the operations of retail banking including the project appraisal
 To understand the corporate banking operations
 To understand the parameters effecting banking performance
 To know the regulatory mechanism in the banking sector

Fundamentals of commercial banking : The evolution of


commercial banks in India, phases of growth and their
contribution in the economic growth. Types of banks, functions of
UNIT – I banks, types of services provided by the banks (5 Sessions)
Regulatory Mechanism: Role of the Reserve Bank of India,
Banking Regulations Act , Mandatory Reserves Requirements
(CRR & SLR) and their calculation
The Asset & Liabilities in Banks: Types of deposits and their
features, types of loans & advance s, the concept of asset-liability
management and their management.
UNIT –II Retail Banking: Concept of retail banking, retail assets and retail (4 Sessions)
liabilities, trends in retail banking business, types of services in
retail banking.

Credit appraisal of Retail Loans:


Assessment of technical viability and economic feasibility of
retail loans, risk assessment in retail loans, process of assessment
UNIT – III of retail loans. (6 Sessions)
Pricing o f retail loans:
Factors affect ing pricing o f retail loans, Credit scoring model o f
retail loans, CIBIL Score
Master of Business Administration 269
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Marketing of retail loans: Marketing strategies, types of
customers, personal Banking services, CRM Practices
UNIT – IV Payment services management: (5 Sessions)
Payment system, payment infrastructure, Clearing & settlement
mechanism, innovative payment products.
An overview of corporate banking:
UNIT – V Assessment of working capital finance, appraisal of term loans, (5 Sessions)
loan pricing, loan syndication, Innovative financing instruments
Performance Analysis of Banks:
The parameters of banks’ performance appraisal, Prudential
UNIT – VI norms, Capital structure-Basel norms, Management of non- (5 Sessions)
performing assets

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Singh & Dutta (2013), Management of Commercial Banks- Tata McGraw-Hill Company
Limited.
Reference Books:
- Padmalatha Suresh & Justin Paul, (2010) , Mangement of Banking and Financial
Services, Pearson, Delhi
- Arora (2014), Principles of Banking, S chand & sons, Delhi
- Annual Reports of RBI
- “The Banker”, A Journal of Indian Banks Association
Learning Outcomes:
 Basic understanding of banking operations
 Practical aspects of retail banking
 An overview of corporate banking
 Bank performance evaluation
Master of Business Administration 270
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Security Analysis and Portfolio Management


Course Code: MBA4133 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The course is intended to develop familiarity with the theory and empirical
evidence related to investment analysis and portfolio management. An emphasis is placed on
understanding how an investment decision is taken and portfolio management helps in
optimization of risk and return. It also offers an in depth understanding of various fundamental
and technical analysis tools to make an optimum management decision. Emphasis will be put
on development of techniques that should be part of the tool kit of those interested in
becoming professional investors and/or researchers in finance.

Objectives of the Course:


 To have comprehensive understanding of investment alternatives, mechanism and process
 To ensure acquaintance of in-depth understanding of fundamental and technical analysis tools to
make optimum investment decision
 To inculcate the ability to construct and analyze a portfolio of investments.

Investment Environment: Investment Alternatives, , Investment


Approaches, Structure of Investment Market
Equity Trading Procedure: Orders, Matching, Clearing and
Settlement
UNIT – I Regulatory Mechanism: SEBI and its Guidelines; Investor (5 Sessions)
Protection
Market Efficiency: Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH) & its
implications for investment decision
Concept of Return: Historical and Expected Return, Measures of
Return
Concept of Risk: Historical and Expected Risk, Systematic and
UNIT –II Unsystematic Risk (4 Sessions)
Measures of Risk: Standard Deviation, Variance, Coefficient of
Variance, Beta, Value at Risk
Technical Analysis:
Technical Charts: Line, Bar, Candle, Point and Figure Charts;
Sent iment Indicators & Breadth Indicators
UNIT – III Oscillators: Relative Strength Index, MACD, William % R, ROC, (6 Sessions)
TRIX, Momentum, Stochastic
Fundamental Analysis: Economy, Industry and Company
Analysis, An Illustration of Banking Industry
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 271
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Valuation of Equity: Nature of equity instruments, Equity


Valuation Models.
UNIT – IV Valuation of Fixed Income Securities: (5 Sessions)
Nature of Bonds, Bond Prices and Yields, Term Structure of
Interest Rates, Bond Theorem
Portfolio Theory & Equilibrium in Capital Markets:
Portfolio Return & Risk, Efficient Frontier, Optimal Portfolio,
UNIT – V Risk-less Lending & Borrowing, Optimal Risky Portfolio, (5 Sessions)
Capital Asset Pricing Model, Single-Index and Multifactor
Models, Arbitrage Pricing Theory,
Portfolio Management: Portfolio Management Process, Banks
as PMS provider
UNIT – VI Portfolio Management and Performance Evaluation: (5 Sessions)
Performance Evaluation of Existing Portfolio: Sharpe, Treynor,
Jenson, Fama Measures
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Chandra, P. (2008). Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw-Hill Company Limited.
Reference Books:
 Bodie, Zvi, K., Alex, Marcus, Alan, J. & Pitabas, M. (2008). Investments. Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
 Jones, C. P. (2008). Investment Analysis & Management. New York: John Wiley &
Sons.
 Sharpe, W. (2008). Investments. New Delhi: Prentice Hall India.
 Fischer & Jordan (2008). Security Analysis & Portfolio Management. New Delhi:
Pearson Education.
 Ranganatham & Madhumati (2008). Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management. New Delhi:
Pearson Education.
 Kester, Ruback & Tufano (2007). Case problems in Finance. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-
Hill.
 Indian Securities Market Review (2009), www.nseindia.com.
 The Fact Book (2009). www.nseindia.com.
Master of Business Administration 272
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Learning Outcomes:
 Acquaintance of learners with contemporary investment alternatives and determining
their risk-return propositions
 Assessment of Risks involved in capital market investments and optimizing returns for
the same
 Understanding of fundamental and technical analysis to identify correct ‘entry’ and ‘exit’
time.
 Exposure to real life buzzes of portfolio formation, evaluation and revision.
Master of Business Administration 273
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Investment Banking
Course Code: MBA4134 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The course on Investment banking is designed to provide a broad view and
practical understanding about the functioning of capital markets in India. The capital markets
are primarily responsible for raising resources for the corporate sector on one side while on
the other they facilitate value addition to the existing securities through stock exchanges. The
investment banks are involved in public issue management, underwriting, private placements
etc. Therefore, Investment banker has to be equipped with fundamentals of pricing of new
issues, process and procedure of capital issue management. This course is basically framed
keeping all these aspects into consideration.

Objectives of the Course:


 To understand in depth the functioning of capital markets in India
 To assess and evaluate the capital issues in terms of pricing, risk factors etc
 To manage the public issues and their monitoring including listing
 To understand the process of private placement
 To analyze the significance of new and innovative capital market instruments

Functions of Investment Banks: History and growth of


Investment banks in India, difference between commercial banks
and Investment banks, functions and role of investment banks
UNIT – I Capital Markets: Types of capital markets, types of securities, (5 Sessions)
various participants in capital markets, regulatory mechanism-role
of Securities & Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
Public Issue Management: IPO and FPO -Process and
procedure of capital Issue Management, Book Building process,
Management of Public Issues-Pre and Post activities. Offer
UNIT –II document, (6 Sessions)
Pricing of the Issue: Basic Pricing Models of public Issues,
equity Valuation, Price band, final pricing, issue size and
allocation for different kinds of Investors
Underwriting:
Concept of underwriting and its significance, Role of
underwriters, Costs in a public issue, ASBA and registration to
UNIT – III the Issue (4 Sessions)
List ing of the Issue
Listing as mandatory requirement, process of listing, SEBI
guidelines for the Listed companies.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Master of Business Administration 274
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Private Placement: The concept of private equity, preferential


Issues, Rights shares, Bonus shares, Qualified Institutional
Placements
UNIT – IV (6 Sessions)
Debt Market: Growth of debt markets in India, private
placement of debt, Non convertible Debentures and their listing

Capital Issue of SMEs :


Guidelines for capital Issue management by SMEs, Listing and
Issue without IPO, IPO grading, credit rating of IPOs, IPP and
UNIT – V OFS-SEAS, Fast track issues (5 Sessions)
Other Services of Investment Banks
Advisory services, Portfolio Management, Broking services etc.

An overview of International Capital markets::


International capital market instruments- ADR/GDR, IDRs,
UNIT – VI Integration between Indian capital market and global markets.
(4 Sessions)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Tapan Jindal (2013). Investment Banking, Bharat Law House
Reference Books/Journals:
 H R Machiraju (2013), Merchant Banking- Principles & Practices WILEY, India
 P.G.Subramanyam (2008), Investment Banking, Tata Mac Graw Hills
 Joseph Wechsberg, (2014), The Merchant Banker, Dover Publivations,INC, MINEOLA,
New York
 SEBI Website & NSE Website
 IBA Journal, Mumbai
Learning Outcomes:
 Students will have detailed knowledge of functions of capital markets
 A practical orientation to public issue management
 Understanding the role and responsibilities of Investment bankers
 An overview of International capital market instruments
 An understanding about contemporary issues in public issue management
Master of Business Administration 275
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Financial Markets and Institutions


Course Code: MBA5140 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Finance is at the heart of corporate strategy. It provided the tools and language
which inform strategic choice, and prioritise which maximum shareholder value. For emerging
economies, financially educated students can help ensure that the financial sector marks an
effective contribution to real economic growth and poverty reduction.
This course will provide an insight of Indian Banking System, Mutual Fund Industry,
Insurance Industry and other financial institutions and services.

Objectives of the Course:

 To give the students an sight into the principles, operational policies and practices of the
prominent Financial Markets and Institutions, their structure and functioning in the
changing economic scenario, and to make critical appraisal of the working of the specific
financial institutions of India.

Management of Financial Services:


Mutual Fund – origin and growth of mutual fund, Constituents
and management of Mutual Fund – sponsors, trustees, AMCs and
UNIT – I custodian, Type of mutual fund schemes, benefits of mutual fund (5 Sessions)
as an investment option, Recent developments in mutual fund
industry
Leasing & Hire Purchase – concept of lease & hire purchase,
UNIT –II lease vs. hire purchase, benefits to lesser and lessee. (5 Sessions)
Management of Financial Services:
Factoring Services: concept of factoring, Evaluation of factoring
and In house management of receivables, Forefaiting, Difference
UNIT – III between factoring & Forefaiting (5 Sessions)
Securitization: Concept of Securitization, process of
Securitization, structuring a securitization deal, Securitization and
SARFAISI Act.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Management of development Financial Institutions:

Meaning and importance of development financial institutions.


UNIT – IV IDBI, ICICI, IFCI, NABARD and SFCs, EXIM Bank.National
(5 Sessions)
Housing Bank – introduction, functions and major objectives.
Master of Business Administration 276
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Venture Capital:
Merchant banking – origin and development of merchant
banking in India. Importance of merchant bankers, guidelines of
UNIT – V SEBI towards merchant banking. Credit rating agencies
(6 Sessions)
Venture Capital – concept and importance of venture capital,
venture capital in India, guidelines for venture capital.
Management of NBFCs :
Non Banking Financial Institutions – Activities and Role of
UNIT – VI NBFC; Regulatory Framework of NBFC; Concept of Shadow (4 Sessions)
Banking.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Frank J. Fabozzi, F. Modigiliani, Foundation of Financial Markets & Institutions (Third
Edition), Pearson Education.
 Meir Kohn, Financial Institutions & Markets, TATA McGraw Hill.
 M Y Khan. Indian Financial System (Fourth Edition), TATA McGraw Hill.
 Madura, Financial Markets & Institutions, Cengage, New Delhi

Reference Books:
 Bharti V Pathak. (2010). Indian Financial System. Pearson Publication

Learning Outcomes
 To understand basics of banking and regulatory framework in India

 Understanding concepts and relevance of NPA and its management

 Evaluating the source of finance SFCs, merchant banking and NBFCS

 Conceptual knowledge regarding investment products and their regulatory


framework.
Master of Business Administration 277
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Risk Management in Banks and Derivatives


Course Code: MBA5141 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Risk management has become one of the most important aspects in
recent times in banks. This course offers wide understanding of risk management
in banks and various mechanisms to manage risks. With the advent of financial
derivatives, this has become relatively easy. At the same time, as financial
derivatives work as double edged weapons, a considerable large number of
investors lost their money as they wrongly used them. This course aims to build
awareness of applicability of derivatives for risk management.

Objectives of the Course:

 To explore various risk management issues and mechanism to deal with risk
management in banks
 To make the students aware about various financial derivatives available and
evaluate how these financial derivatives are used to minimize risk
 To learn when and how to use a particular financial derivative

Risk Management in Banks: Basel Framework, Customer Risk


UNIT – I Categorization (CRC), NPA Provisioning Norms, SARFAESI (4 Sessions)
Act
Derivatives: Overview, Type of Derivative Contracts: Forwards,
UNIT –II Futures, Options & Swap, Role of Derivatives in Hedging, (4 Sessions)
Speculation & Arbitrage
Option Contracts: Option Terminology, Options Payoffs,
Application of Payoffs
Exotic Options: Asian, Bermudan, Compound, Binary, Barrier,
UNIT – III Look back, Shout, Chooser (7 Sessions)
Pricing of Options: Variables affecting Price of Options,
Binomial Model and Black-Scholes Model for Option Pricing
Option Greeks: Delta, Gamma, Theta, Vega & Rho
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Fundamentals of Futures: Difference between Forward &
UNIT – IV Futures, Comparison between Futures and Options, Futures
(6 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 278
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Terminology, Margins, Daily Mark-to-Market and Final


Settlement, Contango and Backwardation, Payoff Matrix from
Futures, Hedging with Futures
Swaps: Interest Rate Swaps, Currency Swaps, Utility and
UNIT –V Functioning of Swaps, Bank’s Role in facilitating Swaps (4 Sessions)
Credit Derivat ives: Credit Risk & Rating, Collateralized Debt
UNIT – VI Obligations (CDO), Credit Default Swaps (CDS), Valuation of (5 Sessions)
CDS
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Hull, J. C. (2006). Options, futures, and other derivatives. Pearson Education India

Reference Books:
 Gupta S. L. (2010). Financial Derivatives. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Limited.
 Hirsa, A., & Neftci, S. N. (2013). An introduction to the mathematics of financial
derivatives. Academic Press.
 Gupta, S. L. (2005). Financial Derivatives: Theory, concepts and problems. PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd..
 Hunt, P., & Kennedy, J. (2004). Financial derivatives in theory and practice. John Wiley
& Sons.

Learning Outcomes:
 Awareness of Financial Derivatives and their implications for risk minimization and
trading benefits
 Understanding of mechanism of F&O Segments and it’s implication for retail investors
 Formulation of real time option combinations strategies as a retail trader and assessment
of pay-offs.
 Conditional applications of various financial derivatives in various real-life scenarios.
Master of Business Administration 279
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Rural Banking and Microfinance


Course Code: MBA5142 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: The subject intends to deliver the comprehensive knowledge of Rural Banking
Microfinance in Indian context with a lot of focus on its practical implication. The course
intends to provide a thorough knowledge of the concept of Rural Banking and microfinance and
how rural banking and microfinance institutions work, including the operational aspects of an
SHG/ MFI and to build up the financial literacy of the students aspiring careers in rural
banking and microfinance sector.

Objectives of the Course:


 To provide a thorough knowledge of the concept of Rural Banking and microfinance and how
rural banking and microfinance institutions work, including the operational aspects of an SHG/
MFI.
 To build up the financial literacy of the students aspiring careers in rural banking and
microfinance sector.

Organization of Rural Credit in India


Sources of credit for Indian Farmers, Credit delivery mechanism
in Rural finance: Multi agency approach. Rural cooperative
UNIT – I credit societies. Long-term rural credit: cooperative agriculture (5Sessions)
and rural development banks(CARDBS), Evolution of Micro
Finance Institutions in India.

Banks and Rural credit


Commercial banks and rural development, RBI guidelines for
the financing of agriculture by commercial banks, Lead bank
UNIT –II scheme, Regional Rural Banks (RRBs): introduction , progress (5 Sessions)
and evaluation of RRBs, NABARD: its functions and role in
rural credit
Perspectives of Microfinance:
Microfinance, Need of Microfinance, Evolution and Character of
Microfinance in India, Microfinance Product Portfolio, Key
UNIT – III Principles of Microfinance, Dilemmas in Contemporary (5 Sessions)
Microfinance Functioning, Microfinance as a Tool for
Development and inclusive growth of India
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Microfinance Delivery Methodologies:
Self Help Group Model, Federated Self Help Group Model,
Association Model, Community Banking Model, Grameen Bank
UNIT – IV Model, Cooperative / Mutually Aided Cooperative Model, (5 Sessions)
Rotating Savings and Credit Association (ROSCA), Non
Banking Finance Company (NBFC) Model
Master of Business Administration 280
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

SHG-Bank Linkage Programme:


Overview, Evolution, Need, Models of Linkage between Banks
UNIT – V and Self-Help Groups, Impact, Progress, Promotional Initiatives, (6 Sessions)
Issues in SHG – Bank Linkage Programme, Challenges

Operational aspects of Micro Finance


Accounting and Financial Reporting, Financial Analysis,
UNIT – VI Revenue Model, Operating Costs and Efficiency, Products and (4 Sessions)
Services, Risk Management, Credit Bureaus and Credit Scoring

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Indian Institute of Banking and Finance. (2008). Micro-Finance: Perspectives and


Operations; Macmillan India Limited.

 Panda D. K. (2009). Understanding Microfinance; Wiley India Publication.

Reference Book:

 Rhyne, E. (2009). Edition I. Microfinance for Bankers and Investors: Understanding the
Opportunities and Challenges of the Market at the Bottom of the Pyramid. Tata McGraw
Hill Publication, New Delhi.

 Kanhaiya Singh (2015), Micro Finance, Vikas Publishing House

Learning Outcomes
 Students completing this course will be able to:

 Understand the concept of rural banking and microfinance and operational aspects of an
SHG/MFI.

 Develop their awareness regarding careers related opportunities associated with rural
banking and microfinance sector.
Master of Business Administration 281
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Principles and Practices of Life Insurance


Course Code: MBA6133 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours:
30Preamble: The subject intends to deliver the comprehensive knowledge of Rural Banking
Microfinance in Indian context with a lot of focus on its practical implication. The course
intends to provide a thorough knowledge of the concept of Rural Banking and microfinance and
how rural banking and microfinance institutions work, including the operational aspects of an
SHG/ MFI and to build up the financial literacy of the students aspiring careers in rural
banking and microfinance sector.

Objectives of the Course:

 To provide a knowledge and understanding related with basic concepts of Life Insurance.
 To develop application skills of life insurance aspect.
 To enhance capability for appropriate administration and the legal and regulatory
influences on the conduct of life insurance business.

Life Insurance System: Organizational structure Important


Activities, Fundamentals of Insurance Business, The Distribution,
System, Appointment of Agent, Functions of Agents, Remuneration
UNIT I of Agents, Trends in Distribution Channels; Plans of Life Insurance (5 Sessions)
: Need Levels, Basic Elements, Some Popular Plans, Limited
Payment Plans, Participating Policies, Convertible Plans, Riders, For
the Handicapped; Annuities : Nature of Annuities, Types.
Group Insurance : Nature of Group Insurance, Types, Group
Gratuity Schemes, Ways of Meeting Gratuity Liability, Group
Superannuation Schemes, Other Group Schemes, Social Security
UNIT II (4 Sessions)
Schemes; Other Special Need Plans : Industrial Life Insurance,
Salary Saving Schemes, Additional Benefits, Married Women’s
Property Act.
Principles of Life Insurance: Principal of Utmost Good Faith,
Insurable Interest, Application and Acceptance : Prospectus,
Proposal Form & Other Related Documents, Medical Examination,
UNIT III Age Proof, Special Report, Specimen of Proposal Form; Policy (6 Sessions)
Document : Need and Format, Policy Preamble, Schedule,
Attestation, Conditions and Privileges, Alteration, Duplicate Policy,
Specimen of Policy Document.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Premium Payment, Lapse and Renewal: Premium, Surrender
Values, Non- Forfeiture Options, Revival; Assignment Nomination
UNIT IV (5 Sessions)
Loans – Surrenders – Foreclosure: Assignment, Nomination, Loan
and Surrenders, Foreclosure.
Master of Business Administration 282
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

The Conceptual Framework of Insurance, The Insurance Device, The


UNIT V Professional Approach, The Classification of Insurance Business, (4 Sessions)
The Financial Aspects of Insurance Business.
Policy Claims : Maturity Claims Survival Benefits, Death Claims,
Claim Concession Presumption of Death, Accident Benefit Options,
Settlement Options, Valuation and Surplus, Reinsurance,
UNIT VI Regulatory Mechanism (6 Sessions)
Exchange Control Regulations, Consumer Protection Act.
Ombudsman, Information Technology, IRDA Regulations,
Investment norms for life insurance companies..
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Book:
 Kutty S. & Mishra P. (2009). Life Insurance. Insurance Institute of India
Reference Books:
 Module II, Principles and Practice of Life Insurance, The Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India: New Delhi.
 Black, Jr. Kenneth and Harold Skipper Jr., Life and Health Insurance, Prentice Hall, Inc.,
England.
 K.C. Mishra and C.S. Kumar, Life Insurance: Principles and Practice, Cengage Learning:
New Delhi.
 H. Sadhak, Life Insurance in India, Respose Books: New Delhi.
Suggested Journals & Magazines:
 Journal of the Insurance Institute of India
 Insurance Chronicle
 Life Insurance Today
 Journal of Insurance Regulations
Learning outcomes:

At the end of the course, student should be able to:


 Compare and contrast the types of life assurance available in the market.
 Applying the life assurance knowledge and skills in different scenarios.
 Demonstrate their effective administrative capability in coordination with legal and
regulatory influences on the conduct of life insurance business.
Master of Business Administration 283
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Fundamentals of General Insurance

Course Code:MBA6134 Year: I Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Principles and Practices of Genral Insurance is concerned with providing


information to professionals related to legislation, insurance market, Insurance forms,
different general insurance coverages and claim settlement procedures so that they can utilize
this knowledge as per the situation in hand.
This course introduces student to the fundamentals of General Insurance. For better
managerial decision making it’s important for the student to understand these General
Insurance concept and their practical implications which can bring significant difference in
their managerial decision.

Objectives of the Course:


 To help students understand general Insurance Market in India.
 To examine the issues related to risk management in view of insurance.
 To acquaint the student with different policies of general insurance.
Insurance Legislation: General Insurance Business
(Nationalisation) Act 1972, The Insurance Act, 1938, Insurance
Regulatory Authority, Consumer Protection Act 1986.
The Insurance Market: Structure of General Insurance
Unit -I (4 Sessions)
Corporation of India, The Subsidiary Companies, Insurance
business by private sector. Insurance Agents, Insurance
Intermediaries in Overseas Markets, Tariff Advisory Committee,
Loss Prevention Associations of India Ltd.
Insurance Forms: Proposal Forms – Cover Notes, Certificate of
Unit- II Insurance, Policy Forms, Endorsements, Interpretation of Policies, (5 Sessions)
Co-insurance, Renewal Notice.
Fire and Marine Coverage: Standard Policies, Specified Perils
vs All Risks, Fire Insurance Coverage, Reinstatement Value
Policies, Declaration Policy, Floating Policies, Building in Course
UNIT- III (6 Sessions)
of Erection, Consequential Loss (Fire Insurance), Marine
Insurance Coverages, Hull Insurance, Marine (Cargo) Insurance,
Types of Marine Policies.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Miscellaneous Coverage: Motor Insurance, Third Party Insurance


on Inland Vessels, Personal Accident Insurance, Medical Policies,
Burglary Insurance, Legal Liability Insurance, Fidelity Guarantee
Unit- IV (5 Sessions)
Insurance, Other Classes of Miscellaneous Insurance, Aviation
Insurance, Engineering Insurance, Non Traditional Classes, Rural
Insurance, New Covers.
Unit- V Specialised Insurance: Industrial All Risk Insurance, Project and (6 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 284
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Advance Loss of Profits Insurance, Oil and Gas Insurance,


Satellite Insurance; Rating – Premium : Tariff rating, Market
Agreement, Physical and Moral Hazard, Premium, Short Period
Scales, Advance Payment of Premium, Relaxation; Underwriting
Practice : Acceptance of New Business, New Business Procedure,
Renewal Procedure, Reinsurance Practice, Risk Inspection, Risk
Management, .
Claims: Preliminary Procedure : Investigation and Assessment,
Surveyors & Loss Assessors, Claims Documents, Arbitration,
Unit -VI (4 Sessions)
Limitation, Settlement, Loss Minimisation and Salvage, In House
Settlement, Practice in U.K., Practice in USA.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:
 Insurance Institute of India – IC 32- Practice of General Insurance
 Insurance Institute of India – IC 45- General Insurance Underwriting

Reference Books:
 Module I, Principles and Practice of General Insurance, The Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India: New Delhi.
 H Narayanan, Indian Insurance: A Profile, Jaico Publishing House: Mumbai.
 K.C. Mishra and G.E. Thomas, General Insurance - Principles and Practice, Cengage
Learning: New Delhi
Suggested Journals & Magazines:
 Journal of the Insurance Institute of India
 Journal of Insurance Regulations
Learning outcomes:

 Students will be able to understand various concepts related to general insurance.


 Students will be familiar with issues related to risk management in relation to insurance.
 Students will be able to distinguish between different policies of general insurance.
Master of Business Administration 285
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

International Banking
Course Code: MBA6135 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30
Preamble: Indian banks are expanding their geographical horizons like never before. Indian
Industry is booming and banks will have to offer international finance on a major scale. This
course helps the candidate in acquiring a conceptual grasp over the entire gamut of
international and wholesale banking operations including ALM, Risk and Profitability
Management. It will help the candidates to understand legal and regulatory framework conflict
of laws and jurisdiction, sovereign risk, etc.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop the concept of the international banking operating within the parameters of the
internal and external environment.
 To understand the place of international banking within the economic system
 To impart knowledge about, and encourage awareness of, current issues, facts and events
in international banking.
International Banking Operations (I):
International banking overview- meaning, evolution, international
financial centers off-shore banking units, profitability of
UNIT – I international banking operations. (5 Sessions)
Wholesale banking, retail banking, private banking, inter-bank
business, Investment Banking, Correspondent Banking

International Banking Operations (II):


International financial institutions-IMF, IBRD, BIS, IFC, ADB,
UNIT –II WTO (6 Sessions)
Asset Liability Management, Treasury Risk management.
International Banking Operations (III):
Treasury and Risk Mitigation, FOREX Market FEMA and
Regulatory Framework in India, Letter of Credit mechanism and
UNIT – III UCPDC / URC / URR Buyer’s / Sellers credit, Bilateral trade, (4 Sessions)
counter trade, high seas sales

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

International corporate finance-


fundamental principle of lending MNC, International credit
UNIT – IV rating agencies and global capital markets, Raising resources and (5 Sessions)
its deployment, ECBs / FCNRs, Syndicated Loans, Project and
Infrastructure Finance, Role of FIIs, FDIs, ADR/GDR
Master of Business Administration 286
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Legal & regulatory framework -


Basel norms, International law, Exchange management and
controls, International loan agreements, Country risk and bank
UNIT – V risk management ,International debt management, Anti money (5 Sessions)
laundering laws

Special Issues-
Technology and international banking, globalization trends ,
UNIT – VI financial innovations in international banking, Global financial
(5 Sessions)
crisis

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 International banking legal & regulatory aspects by IBF Mac Millan publisher
International Banking and Finance, Lees, Francis A. Edition Number1, Palgrave Macmillan UK

Reference Books

 Management of Banking and Financial services, 2nd Edition- Padmalathe Suresh &
Justin Paul, Pearson
 Asian Development Bank Report
 International Monetary Fund Report

Learning Outcomes
The students will be able to:

 Understand the concept of international banking the parameters of the internal and
external environment.
 The awareness about current practices latest emerging opportunities and issues.
 Understanding about FOREX market functioning.
Master of Business Administration 287
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Business Modeling With Spreadsheets


Course Code: MBA4135 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Business Modeling is a new approach for integrating data from multiple tables &
effectively building a relational data source in an Excel workbook . Within Excel, using Data
Models transparently, providing tabular data to be used in PivotTables, Pivot Charts, and
Power View reports.

Objectives of the Course:

 The objective of this course is not only to make the students to get a basic understanding
of statistical techniques but also to develop the skill to apply the techniques in practical
cases which can be used in their projects and also when the students enter the industry
after finishing their courses.
 To make students aware with the use of analytical techniques to solve real-time business
problems. The solutions to problems contain step-by-step instructions and Excel screen
shots to reinforce the understanding of the topics.
Introduction to Business Modelling, Stages of decision making-
analysis, Choice & implementation, Role of models in decision
making, Using spreadsheets in modeling, Business modelling
UNIT – I process: Defining fundamental business question, Identifying (5 Sessions)
outputs requirements of model decision making, Identifying key
input variables that determine the outputs, Documenting and
presenting findings, implementing decision, and feedback
Defining the outputs: Defining outputs required to answer
UNIT –II questions, Identifying critical factors that determine outputs, (6 Sessions)
Creating an output template
Range names, Lookup functions, Index function, Match function,
UNIT – III Text functions, Time and time functions, The Paste Special (4 Sessions)
command

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Uncertainty, scenario planning and model building: Defining the


inputs, Understanding the nature of uncertainty, Developing the
UNIT – IV scenarios, Managing the model development process, Best (5 Sessions)
practices in model development, Modeler’s spreadsheet toolkit,
Documenting the model, simulation
The COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, COUNT, COUNTA and
UNIT – V COUNTBLANK functions, The SUMIF, AVERAGEIF, (5 Sessions)
SUMIFS and AVERAGEIFS functions, Conditional formatting,
Master of Business Administration 288
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Sorting in Excel, Spinner buttons, scroll bars, option buttons,


check boxes, combo boxes and group list boxes, The analytics
revolution, Using Solver to determine the optimal product mix,
Using Solver to schedule your workforce
Summarizing data by using histograms, Summarizing data by
using descriptive statistics, Using PivotTables and slicers to
UNIT – VI describe data, The Data Model, PowerPivot, Summarizing data (5 Sessions)
with database statistical functions, Creating subtotals,
Forecasting methods

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Manohar Hansa Lysander (2016). Data Analysis and Business Modelling Using
Microsoft Excel. PHI Delhi
 David Whigham (2007). Business Data Analysis Using Excel. Oxford
 Wayne L. Winston (2013) Microsoft Excel 2013: Data Analysis and Business Modeling.
PHI

Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the module, students will be able to:


 appreciate the nature of modelling and how real-world systems may be represented in
mathematical form and realised on a computer;
 determine when a realistic problem is in non-standard form and represent it
 use the quantitative and statistical facilities of industry-standard spreadsheet software;
 build spreadsheet models for the analysis of real-world problems using the approaches
Master of Business Administration 289
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Data Environment and Management


Course Code: MBA 4136 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: A wealth of invaluable information exists in unstructured textual form, but


organizations have found it very difficult to access and utilize it. This complexity is changing
rapidly: new approaches have finally made it possible to glean useful knowledge from virtually
any collection of unstructured data. Data environment & management is an important subject
in such cases.

Objectives of the Course:

 To know how to organize data for easy accessibility,


 To make students aware with different type of data sets in different environment
 Follow best practices for storage and backup to protect files from loss
 Document data so that anyone can follow what you did
 Properly cite and follow license conditions when using another researcher’s data

Understanding about Data and its formats What is data? What


unstructured data is, and how it differs from structured data, First
UNIT – I generation technology for handling unstructured data, from search (5 Sessions)
engines to ECM--and its limitations
What is variable?, What is ASCII data?, Example of *.csv data,
Example of tab separated data, Example of space separated data,
Example of text data, Example of plain data, Example of excel
UNIT –II data, (6 Sessions)
What is categorical data?: Nominal data, Ordinal data, What is
quantitative data?, Discrete data, Continuous data,
Understanding different Data Environments, Different Operating
System driven File Systems, Language driven file system,
UNIT – III Application driven file systems, Storage device driven file (4 Sessions)
systems

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Introduction to XML, Introduction to XML and its data store


UNIT – IV principles, Managing XML data for data analysis (5 Sessions)

Data Preparation for Analysis, Identifying Business Problem,


UNIT – V developing cognitive maps, Data preparation using SPSS: (5 Sessions)
Metadata preparation, Data validation, Model preparation
Master of Business Administration 290
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

UNIT – VI Cases discussion (5 Sessions)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 William H. Inmon (Author), Anthony Nesavich (2007). Tapping into Unstructured Data:
Integrating Unstructured Data and Textual Analytics into Business Intelligence. Prentice
Hall; 1 edition
 Radha Shankarmani (Author), M. Vijayalakshmi (2016). Big Data Analytics. Wiley;
Second edition

Learning Outcomes

By the end of this course student will be able to:

 Recognise different type of data , data management in different type of environment,


management plan and its constituent parts
 Explain the purpose of a data management plan and how you can apply it to your
research and business decision making
 Started to construct your own data management plan
Master of Business Administration 291
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Business Intelligence
Course Code: MBA 4137 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This is a course about using data about customers and markets in busine ss
decision-making. This requires gathering, analyzing, and interpreting data about markets and
customers. The course has been designed for managers who will be using market
research, and so is intended for students wanting to go into marketing management,
consulting, and entrepreneurship, real estate, or any job where one must understand,
influence or predict demand .

Objectives of the Course:

 To define the decision problem and determine what information is needed


 To acquire trustworthy and relevant data and judge its quality
 To analyze data to make certain classic types of marketing decisions
 Students will learn about the sorts of marketing decision problems in which
research information is most useful, problems of target market selection, new
product or service introduction, customer retention, pricing, etc.
 The focus is on business decisions and the use of data and data analysis to make
better decisions rather than about the details of analysis .

Business Intelligence Introduction, Introduction, Definition,


History and Evolution, Business Intelligence Segments,
Difference between Information and Intelligence, Defining
UNIT – I Business Intelligence Value Chain, Business Intelligence (6 Sessions)
Systems, Factors of Business Intelligence System, Real time
Business Intelligence, Business Intelligence Applications in
Industry
Business Intelligence Essentials, Creating Business Intelligence
Environment, Business Intelligence Landscape, Types of
UNIT –II Business Intelligence, Business Intelligence Platform, Dynamic (5 Sessions)
roles in Business Intelligence, Roles of Business Intelligence in
Modern Business, Challenges of BI
Architecting the Data, Introduction, Types of Data, Enterprise
Data Model. Enterprise Subject Area Model, Enterprise
UNIT – III Conceptual Model, Enterprise Conceptual Entity Model, (4 Sessions)
Granularity of the Data, Data Reporting and Query Tools, Data
Partitioning. Metadata, Total Data Quality Management (TDQM).
Master of Business Administration 292
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Data Warehousing, Introduction to Data Warehousing,


Advantages and Disadvantages of Data warehousing, Data
Warehouse and Data Mart, Aspects of Data Mart, Online
UNIT – IV Analytical Processing, Characteristics of OLAP, OLAP Tools, (6 Sessions)
OLAP Data Modeling, OLAP Tools and the Internet, Difference
between OLAP and OLTP, Multidimensional Data Model, Data
Modeling using Star Schema and Snowflake Schema
Data Mining, Introduction, Definition of Data Mining, Data
mining parameters, How Data Mining works?, Types of
relationships. Architecture of Data Mining, Kinds of Data which
UNIT – V can be mined, Functionalities of Data Mining, Classification on (5 Sessions)
Data Mining system, Various risks in Data Mining, Advantages
and disadvantages of Data Mining, Ethical issues in Data
Mining, Analysis of Ethical issues, Global issues
Data Mining Techniques, Classification and Clustering Analysis,
Decision Tree, Neural Networks, Data Mining for Financial Data
Analysis, Data Mining for the Retail Industry, Data Mining for
UNIT – VI the Telecommunication Industry, Data Mining for Biological (4 Sessions)
Data Analysis, Data Mining in Other Scientific Applications,
Data Mining for Intrusion Detection
Cognos BI

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Turban, Efraim, et al. Business intelligence: A managerial approach. Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.
 Shmueli, Galit, Nitin R. Patel, and Peter C. Bruce. Data mining for business
intelligence: concepts, techniques, and applications in Microsoft Office Excel with
XLMiner. John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
 Vercellis, Carlo. Business intelligence: data mining and optimization for decision
making. John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

Learning Outcomes

Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to


 examine the concepts of data management ;
 apply the concepts of BI techniques for clustering, association, and classification;
 understand the operation procedures of BI projects in an organization;
Master of Business Administration 293
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 select appropriate BI tools and methods to manipulate and achieve data;


 apply BI concepts for formulating business strategies and programs to enhance business
intelligence.
Master of Business Administration 294
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Data Mining
Course Code: MBA 5143 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course will explore Data Mining theory and examine related applications.
Applications include mining of financial data, web data, multimedia and biological data. The
course will provide students with the tools for discovering information in large data sets. Data
mining refers to knowledge discovery from huge amount of data, and finding non-trivial
conclusions.

Objectives of the Course:

 Preparing students for data mining, statistics, data visualization, business intelligence,
knowledge mining, and databases, with a focus on analysis of large data sets.

 The course will target at least one new data mining problem involving real data, for
which the students will have to find a solution.

Basics of Data Mining, Need for Data Mining, Data Mining


UNIT – I Overview, Data Mining Tools
(5 Sessions)
Data preparation in Data Mining, Data preparation and
UNIT –II integration, Graphic representation (5 Sessions)

UNIT – III Attribute selection, Attribute transformation (5 Sessions)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Data mining techniques, Decision trees, Association rules


UNIT – IV (4 Sessions)
Bayesian networks, Clustering
UNIT – V (6 Sessions)
Model Evaluation, Classifiers evaluation, Regression evaluation,
Clustering evaluation, Association Rules evaluation,
UNIT – VI (5 Sessions)
Combination & comparing several of models

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Master of Business Administration 295
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books:
 Dunham, Margaret H. Data mining: Introductory and advanced topics. Pearson
Education India, 2006.
 Han, Jiawei, Jian Pei, and Micheline Kamber. Data mining: concepts and techniques.
Elsevier, 2011.
 Tan, Pang-Ning. Introduction to data mining. Pearson Education India, 2006.
 Linoff, Gordon S., and Michael JA Berry. Data mining techniques: for marketing,
sales, and customer relationship management. John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
Learning Outcomes

Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to


 examine the concepts of data mining
 apply the concepts of DM techniques for clustering, association, and classification;
 understand the operation procedures of DM projects in an organization;
 select appropriate DM tools and methods to manipulate and achieve data;
 apply DM concepts for formulating business strategies and programs to enhance business
intelligence.
Master of Business Administration 296
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Data Visualization
Course Code: MBA 5135 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Data visualization is the presentation of data in a pictorial or graphical format. It enables
decision makers to see analytics presented visually, so they can grasp difficult concepts or identify new
patterns. With interactive visualization, you can take the concept a step further by using technology to
drill down into charts and graphs for more detail, interactively changing what data you see and how it’s
processed.

Objectives of the Course:

 To recognize the importance of data, their managerial issues, and their life cycle.
 To describe the sources of data, their collection, and quality issues.

Introduction to Data Visualization with Tableau, Introduction to


Data Visualization, What is Data Visualization and why does it
matter?, Brief History of Data , Visualization, How to Design
Charts and Graphs (Do’s and Don’ts), Effectively
Communicating Numbers, Connecting to Data and introduction to
UNIT – I data source concepts, Working with data files versus database (5 Sessions)
servers, Understanding the Tableau workspace, Dimensions and
Measures, Using Show Me!, Tour of Shelves (How shelves and
marks work), Building Basic Views, Help Menu and Samples,
Saving and Sharing your work
The Visualization Design AND Working with Data, Exporting
Data, Connecting Sheets, Making Basic Charts like Line, Bar etc.,
Overview of other connection options, Joining multiple tables,
Data Blending, Copy and Paste, Data Extracts, Custom SQL,
UNIT –II Publishing and Re-using Data Connections, Understand how to (5 Sessions)
deal with data changes in your data source such as field addition,
deletion or name change, Re-using and sharing data connections –
the concept of meta data, Working with multiple connections in
the same workbook
Advance Charts and Graphs, Creating Views: Marks, Size and
Transparency, Highlighting, Working with Dates: Date
aggregations and date parts, Discrete versus Continuous, Dual
Axis / Multiple Measures, Combo Charts with different mark
UNIT – III types, Geographic Map, Page Trails, Heat Map, Density Chart, (5 Sessions)
Scatter Plots, Pie Charts and Bar Charts, Small Multiples,
Working with aggregate versus disaggregate data, Sorting &
Grouping, Aliases, Filtering and Quick Filters, Cross-Tabs (Pivot
Master of Business Administration 297
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Tables), Totals and Subtotals, Drilling and Drill Through,


Aggregation and Disaggregation, Percent of Total, Working with
Statistics and Trend lines

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Data Organization and Scripting , Calculated Metrics, Sorting,


Filtering, Totals and Sub Totals, Various Aggregated Measures,
Percentages, Data Spotlighting, and Summary Card, Date and
time functions, String Functions and logical functions, Working
UNIT – IV with String Functions, Basic Arithmetic Calculations, Date
(6 Sessions)
Math, Working with Totals, Custom Aggregations, Logic
Statements, Data behind your views, Hierarchies, Sets, Groups,
Bins
Dashboards, Building a Dashboard, Layout and Formatting,
Interactivity with Actions: Combining multiple visualizations
UNIT – V into a dashboard, Making your worksheet interactive by using (5 Sessions)
actions and filters, An Introduction to Best Practices in
Visualization
Geocoding and Mapping in Tableau, Latitude and Longitude,
UNIT – VI Filled Maps, Symbol Maps, Geo Coding, Online Maps, Sorting (4 Sessions)
in Maps

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Keller, Peter R., and Mary M. Keller. Visual cues: practical data visualization. Vol.
2. Los Alamitos, CA: IEEE Computer Society Press, 1993.
 Steele, Julie, and Noah Iliinsky. Beautiful visualization: looking at data through the
eyes of experts. " O'Reilly Media, Inc.", 2010.
 Ward, Matthew O., Georges Grinstein, and Daniel Keim. Interactive data
visualization: foundations, techniques, and applications. CRC Press, 2010.
 Gorban, Alexander N., et al., eds. Principal manifolds for data visualization and
dimension reduction. Vol. 58. Berlin-Heidelberg: Springer, 2008.

Learning Outcomes

Student will be able to

 relate data management to multimedia and document management.


 explain the operation of data warehousing and its role in decision support.
Master of Business Administration 298
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Big Data Analytics


Course Code: MBA 5136 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Big data analytics is the process of examining large and varied data sets -- i.e., big data -
- to uncover hidden patterns, unknown correlations, market trends, customer preferences and other
useful information that can help organizations make more-informed business decisions.

Objectives of the Course:


The objective is to help students to:
 Understand what Big Data Analytics is
 introduce students the concept and challenge of big data
 Understand the components necessary to build a Big Data Analytics System;

Introduction to Big Data, Introduction to Data Visualization,


Business Drivers that have led to Big Data Innovations,
Characteristics of Big Data, Challenges and Limitations of Big
UNIT – I Data, Benefits of adopting Big Data, Common Adoption Issues,
(5 Sessions)
Basic Big Data Analytics, Big Data Visualization

Big Data” in the Enterprise, Big Data and Traditional Business


Intelligence and Data Warehouses, Planning for Big Data
UNIT –II (4 Sessions)
Initiatives, New Roles Introduced by Big Data Projects, Emerging
Trends
Big Data in the Enterprise, The New Information Management
Paradigm, Big Data Implications for Industry, Emerging Database
Landscape, Application Architectures for Big Data and Analytics,
Enterprise Data warehouse (EDW), BDW, MDM, Overview of
UNIT – III Parallel and Distributed Data Processing and High Performance (6 Sessions)
Computing (HPC), Overview of Hadoop 1.0 ecosystem,
Overview of Hadoop 2.0/YARN

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Overview of HDFS, Data Modeling Approaches: Understanding


Data Integration Patterns, Overview of MapReduce Algorithm,
UNIT – IV Overview of In-Memory concepts and Solutions: Apache’s
(6 Sessions)
SPARK, SAP HANA, Big Data & Cloud Computing
Master of Business Administration 299
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

noSQL concepts and MongoDB database Lab, Introduction to


noSQL, Types of NoSQL databases, Overview of CAP and
UNIT – V BASE, RDBMS vs. noSQL concepts, Overview of Sharding, (5 Sessions)
Replication concepts

MongoDB installation, MongoDB Basic Commands, MongoDB


CRUD operations – I, MongoDB CRUD operations – II,
UNIT – VI MongoDB query operations, MongoDB join operations,
(4 Sessions)
Importing Data into MongoDB, Accessing data using R

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Zikopoulos, Paul, and Chris Eaton. Understanding big data: Analytics for enterprise
class hadoop and streaming data. McGraw-Hill Osborne Media, 2011.
 Ohlhorst, Frank J. Big data analytics: turning big data into big money. John Wiley &
Sons, 2012.
 Minelli, Michael, Michele Chambers, and Ambiga Dhiraj. Big data, big analytics:
emerging business intelligence and analytic trends for today's businesses. John Wiley
& Sons, 2012.
 Marr, Bernard. Big Data: Using SMART big data, analytics and metrics to make
better decisions and improve performance. John Wiley & Sons, 2015.

Learning outcomes

 Analyze the requirements for a Big Data Analytics System for a departmental/
organisational requirements,
 Formulate an effective strategy to implement a successful Data analytics project
Master of Business Administration 300
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Predictive Modeling
Course Code: MBA 6141 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Predictive modeling is a process that uses data mining and probability to forecast
outcomes. Each model is made up of a number of predictors, which are variables that are likely to
influence future results. Once data has been collected for relevant predictors, a statistical model is
formulated.

Objectives of the Course:

 To enable students identify appropriate database technologies to meet a set of


requirements and to recommend possible solutions.

 To evaluate appropriate data analytics techniques to be used depending on the specific


information needs of the project.

 To clearly communicate and present complex analytics results to business clients,


using practical and simple business terms that can be understood by a general non-
technical audience.
 To Create predictive models using statistical, data mining and machine learning
techniques, and evaluate and interpret such models to support fact-based decision
making. Work both independently and in a team to solve large data analysis projects.

Basics of Predictive Modeling, Learning from data, Types of


UNIT – I models, Process of predictive modeling, Performance metrics
(5 Sessions)
Linear & Logistic Regression, Simple & multiple linear
UNIT –II regression, Assessing linear regression models (6 Sessions)

Introduction to logistic regression, Assessing logistic regression


UNIT – III models (4 Sessions)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Neural Networks, Biological & artificial neurons, Stochastic


UNIT – IV gradient descent, Multilayer perceptron networks (5 Sessions)

Tree-based Methods, Algorithms for training decision trees,


UNIT – V Predicting class membership, Predicting complex skill learning
(5 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 301
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Time Series Analysis, Fundamental concepts of time series,


UNIT – VI Stationary time series models, Non-stationary time series models
(5 Sessions)

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Larose, Daniel T., and Chantal D. Larose. Data mining and predictive analytics. John
Wiley & Sons, 2015.
 McCue, Colleen. Data mining and predictive analysis: Intelligence gathering and
crime analysis. Butterworth-Heinemann, 2014.
 Bari, Anasse, Mohamed Chaouchi, and Tommy Jung. Predictive analytics for
dummies. John Wiley & Sons, 2016.

Learning Outcomes

Students will be able to:

 Describe the business processes involved in marketing and customer relationship


management and explain the role of analytical and predictive tools in these processes.
 Implement data mining and machine learning techniques using a high-level
programming.
 Understand revenue management strategies and principles and develop analytics in
different area to support revenue optimization and decision making
Master of Business Administration 302
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Marketing Analytics
Course Code: MBA 6142 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Marketing analytics is the practice of measuring, managing and analyzing marketing
performance to maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI). Understanding
marketing analytics allows marketers to be more efficient at their jobs and minimize wasted web
marketing money.

Objectives of the Course:

 To learn the power and methodology behind marketing analytics


 To Identify market trends and metrics to measure marketing success

Introduction to Marketing Analytics, Marketing analytics as an


UNIT – I enabler of marketing strategy, Slicing & dicing of marketing data
(5 Sessions)
Product-Market Fit: Gap Analysis, Determining significantly
important attributes to understand the states of “where are we”
UNIT –II and “where we want to be”, Comparing customer needs and (6 Sessions)
extent of need satisfaction, Carrying out/steps in gap analysis
Purchasing Behavior: Factor Analysis, Studying factors or
characteristics influencing purchasing decisions, Carrying out
UNIT – III Principal Component Analysis, Understanding Communalities (4 Sessions)
and Rotation of Factors, Checking appropriateness for factor
analysis-KMO Index &Barlett’s Test of sphericity

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Market Segmentation: Cluster Analysis, Identification of


UNIT – IV homogeneous groups for segmenting prospective customers, (5 Sessions)
Carrying out Cluster analysis
UNIT – V Understanding similarity measures, Profiling the clusters (4 Sessions)
Customer Loyalty: Linear Discriminant Analysis, Understanding
key client characteristics, Developing a Linear Discriminant
UNIT – VI Analysis Model, Checking for model fit - Wilk’s Lambda, group (6 Sessions)
centroids, eigenvalues and developing classification table and
hit-ratio, Developing structure matrix - canonical loadings

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Master of Business Administration 303
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books:
 Winston, Wayne L. Marketing analytics: Data-driven techniques with Microsoft
Excel. John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
 Sorger, Stephan. Marketing Analytics: Strategic Models and Metrics. Admiral Press,
2013.
 Grigsby, Mike. Marketing analytics: A practical guide to real marketing science.
Kogan Page Publishers, 2015.

Learning Outcomes

 To Understand price and promotion analytics to maximize their overall impact for
your business
 To Products, distribution and sales to identify channels to best engage with your
chosen markets
Master of Business Administration 304
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Financial Analytics
Course Code: MBA 6143 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Financial analytics is the creation of ad hoc analysis to answer specific business
questions and forecast possible future financial scenarios.

Objectives of the Course:

 Students will acquire knowledge of current theory and techniques of the major
business discipline using ARCH/GARCH
 Students will exhibit the leadership capacity and teamwork skills for finanacial
decision making.
 Students will understand the ethical implication of financial anlysis .

Introduction to Financial Analytics, Relevance and scope


financial Analytics, Recent trends in financial analytics, Financial
UNIT – I Time Series and Their Characteristics, Asset Returns, (6 Sessions)
Distributional Properties of Returns, Review of Statistical
Distributions and properties of financial time series
Capital Asset Pricing Model, Basics of portfolio construction,
UNIT –II Diversification and Portfolio Optimization (5 Sessions)
Modelling Volatility and Risk, Volatility the financial time series,
UNIT – III Modelling volatility using ARCH/GARCH models, Measuring (4 Sessions)
and modelling risk, Application of Value at Risk (VaR)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

High-Frequency Data Analysis and Market Microstructure, Bid–


UNIT – IV Ask Spread, Empirical Characteristics of Transactions Data, (4 Sessions)
Models for Price Changes, Duration Models
Modelling Credit Risk, Corporate Liabilities as contingent
claims, Endogenous default boundaries and optional Capital
UNIT – V (6 Sessions)
Structure, Intensity Modelling, Rating based term-structure
models, Credit risk and interest-rate Swaps
Derivative Pricing, Issues regarding derivative markets,
UNIT – VI Brownian motion, Black -Sholes model, Modelling derivative (5 Sessions)
prices

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Master of Business Administration 305
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books:
 Baesens, Bart, Daniel Roesch, and Harald Scheule. Credit Risk Analytics:
Measurement Techniques, Applications, and Examples in SAS. John Wiley & Sons,
2016.
 Bennett, Mark J., and Dirk L. Hugen. Financial Analytics with R: Building a Laptop
Laboratory for Data Science. Cambridge University Press, 2016.
 Mitra, Gautam, and Leela Mitra, eds. The handbook of news analytics in finance. Vol.
596. John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

Learning Outcomes

 Students will demonstrate the ability to communicate effectively.


 Students will demonstrate critical thinking skills. Capital Asset Pricing Model
 Students will have an understanding of global perspectives.
Master of Business Administration 306
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Human Resource Analytics


Course Code: MBA 6136 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: Human resource analytics is an area in the field of analytics that refers to
applying analytic processes to the human resource department of an organization in the hope of
improving employee performance and therefore getting a better return on investment.

Objectives of the Course:

 To analyze appropriate internal and external human resource metrics, benchmarks, and
indicators.
 To Operate relational databases and make recommendations regarding the appropriate HRIS
to meet organization’s human resource needs.

The Role of Analytics in HR, History of the Evolution of


UNIT – I Analytics, Importance of Analytics in HR, HR Analytics Value (5 Sessions)
Proposition
HR Metrics, Concepts, Objectives, Designing effective Metrics,
UNIT –II Choice of important metrics (6 Sessions)
HR Metrics Design, Design approaches to HR metrics, Inside-Out
UNIT – III Approach, Outside-In Approach (4 Sessions)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Metrics alignment with business strategy, goals and objectives,


UNIT – IV Creating levels of metrics measures, HR efficiency measures, (5 Sessions)
HR Effectiveness measures
HR Analytics Tools and Techniques, HR Data recording,
UNIT – V Software Tools, Quantitative Techniques, Visualization, (5 Sessions)
Analytic Techniques
Analytics Process Model, Analytics Process Model and Its
UNIT – VI Phases, Applying the Analytics Process Model, Effectively (5 Sessions)
Presenting HR Data

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Jac, FITZ-ENZ. The new HR analytics: predicting the economic value of your
company's human capital investments. AMACOM Div American Mgmt Assn, 2010.
Master of Business Administration 307
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Soundararajan, Ramesh, and Kuldeep Singh. Winning on HR Analytics: Leveraging


Data for Competitive Advantage. SAGE Publications India, 2016.
 Edwards, Martin R., and Kirsten Edwards. Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the
HR Metric. Kogan Page Publishers, 2016.
 Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya (2017). HR Analytics: Understanding Theories and
Applications. Sage Publications

Learning Outcomes

 To Employ appropriate software to record, maintain, retrieve and analyse human


resources information (e.g., staffing, skills, performance ratings and compensation
information).
 To Apply quantitative and qualitative analysis to understand trends and indicators in
human resource data; understand and apply various statistical analysis methods.
Master of Business Administration 308
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Programming for Analytics


Course Code: MBA 6144 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: R Programming for Analytics, is a tour through the most important parts of R, the
statistical programming language, from the very basics to complex modeling. It covers reading data,
programming basics, visualization, data munging, regression, classification, clustering, modern
machine learning, network analysis, web graphics, and techniques for dealing with large data, both in
memory and in databases.

Objectives of the Course:

 To introduce the participants to the field of data analytics, background and key concepts
 Introduce the participants to problem types in the area of data analytics – possible
problem formulation framework
 Introduce the participants to R – an easy to use tool for high level data analytics
 Introduce the part icipants to a comprehensive overview of linear algebra and statistics
concepts – critical concepts for the understanding of data analytic algorithms

Basics of Programming, Problem Solving: process, Problem


Analysis: Algorithm discovery, Algorithm design strategies,
UNIT – I Stepwise refinement, Control requirements, Implementing
(5 Sessions)
algorithm
R Programming, Overview and History of R, Getting Help, R
UNIT –II (6 Sessions)
Packages: Loading, Installing and Managing
R data types and objects, Reading and writing data
UNIT – III (4 Sessions)

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Data Definition & Control Structures, Data definition types,


constants, variables, Expressions: Arithmetic, Logical,
Precedence rules Control Structures: Sequencing, Input and
UNIT – IV output statements, Assignment statement, Control Structures:
(6 Sessions)
Selection, Repetition, Combination, Functions, scoping rules and
loop functions, Flow Control
Exploring Data with R, Import, export and manipulate data and
UNIT – V data frames, Statistical summaries of continuous and categorical (4 Sessions)
data
Hypothesis tests, and simple regression models, Linear models
UNIT – VI like ANOVA, linear regression and mixed models, generalized (5 Sessions)
linear models, Basic graphics & reports of statistical analyses

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


Master of Business Administration 309
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Gardener, Mark. Beginning R: the statistical programming language. John Wiley &
Sons, 2012.
 Zumel, Nina, John Mount, and Jim Porzak. Practical data science with R. Manning,
2014.
 Wickham, Hadley, and Garrett Grolemund. R for Data Science: Import, Tidy,
Transform, Visualize, and Model Data. " O'Reilly Media, Inc.", 2016.
 Matloff, Norman. The art of R programming: A tour of statistical software design. No
Starch Press, 2011.

Learning Outcomes

After completion of this course student will be to


 participate in logical explanation of the most used data analytic algorithms –
supported by hands - on work in R from an application viewpoint
 handle a real life application of data analytics – case study approach. The case study
can be chosen by the participants based on their field of interest
Master of Business Administration 310
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Logistics Management

Course Code: MBA4138 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course provides an overview of how firms use distribution intermediaries to
gain a competitive advantage in local and global markets through the integration of logistics
management. The management of the physical flow of products and information throughout the
entire supply chain is examined, including physical distribution, transportation, warehousing,
customer service, materials management, and third-party and global logistics, systems
planning, and operations and management of the supply chain.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop an understanding of the role of logistics in a market-oriented society.


 To examine the major functions of logistics.
 To provide an opportunity for comprehensive analysis and discussion of key
contemporary issues and problems in logistics management.
 Examine the details of planning and control processes in logistics management.

The Logistics of Business – The Logistical Value Proposition –


UNIT – I The Work of Logistics – Logistical Operating Arrangements – (4 Sessions)
Flexible Structure – Supply Chain Synchronization.
Transport Functionality: Principles and Participants –
UNIT –II Transportation Service – Transportation Economics and Pricing – (5 Sessions)
Transport Administration – Documentation.
International Logistics and Supply Chain Management:
Meaning and objectives, importance in global economy,
Characteristics of global supply chains - Global Supply Chain
UNIT – III Integration – Supply Chain Security – International Sourcing – (6 Sessions)
Role of Government in controlling international trade and its
impact on Logistics and Supply Chain.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

International Insurance: Cargo movements – water damage –


Theft – Privacy– pilferage – Other risk – perils with air
shipments – Risk Retention – Risk Transfer – Marine Cargo
UNIT – IV Insurance – Coverage A,B,C classes – Elements of air freight (6 Sessions)
Policy – Commercial Credit Insurance – Size of Vessels,
Tonnage, Types of vessels- Container, Combination ships – Non
vessel operating carriers.
UNIT – V Modelling logistics systems: Simulation of logistic systems - (4 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 311
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Dimensions of Logistics & SCM – The Macro perspective and


the macro dimension – Logistic system analysis strategy,
Logistical Operations Integration, Customer service – Supply
Chain Relationships.
Framework and Role of Supply Chain in e-business and b2b
practices. Value of information in logistics & SCM - E-logistics,
UNIT – VI E-Supply Chains - International and global issues in logistics - (5 Sessions)
Role of government in international logistics and Principal
characteristics of logistics in various countries and regions.

* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions


** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management – John Gattorna
 Logistics Management – P. Fawcett, R. McLeish and I Ogden

Reference Books:
 Strategic Logistics Management – D.M. Lambert & J R Stock, Richard D Irwin Inc.

Learning Outcomes
The students will be able to:

 Understand the principles of logistics management.


 Understand the logistics role in the economy and the organization.
 Be aware of the distinction between the concepts of logistics.
 Combine their theoretical knowledge with practical knowledge.
 Understand the general concepts of customer service applications of logistics information
systems.
Master of Business Administration 312
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Enterprise Resource Planning

Course Code: MBA6139 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course is designed to provide the student with a thorough understanding of
both the role that Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERPs) play in an organization and
the challenging task of managing the Information Systems (IS) function. The hands-on
exercises, coupled with the in-class discussions of ERPs, will prepare the student with the
knowledge sought by businesses looking to use technology to maintain their competitive edge
in the market place.

Objectives of the Course:

By the end of this course, the student should be able to:


 Describe the role of an ERP in carrying out business processes in a company.
 Explain how ‘best business practices’ are incorporated in an ERP.
 Strategize pricing, production and sales in a competitive commodity market.
 Analyze sales data in an ERP to dynamically respond to changing market conditions to
maximize profits.
 Expedite production planning and control using tools provided in an ERP (e.g. MRP)
Report on the reasons for the success (or failure) of their production and sales strategy.

Enterprise: An Overview: Business Functions and Business


Processes, importance of Information: Characteristics of
information; Types of information.
UNIT – I Information System: Components of an information system; (4 Sessions)
Different types of information systems; Management information
system, Enterprise Resource Planning: Business modelling;
Integrated data model.
Introduction to ERP: Defining ERP, Origin and Need for an
ERP System, Benefits of an ERP System, Reasons for the Growth
UNIT –II of ERP Market, Reasons for the Failure of ERP Implementation: (5 Sessions)
Roadmap for successful ERP implementation.
ERP and Related Technologies: Business Process Re-
engineering, Management Information systems, Decision Support
Systems, Executive Information Systems- Advantages of EIS;
UNIT – III (6 Sessions)
Disadvantages of EIS, Data Warehousing, Data Mining, On-Line
Analytical Processing, Product Life Cycle Management, Supply
Chain Management, ERP Security.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

UNIT – IV ERP Implementation Life Cycle: ERP Tools and Software, (6 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 313
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

ERP Selection Methods and Criteria, ERP Selection


Process, ERP Vendor Selection, ERP Implementation Lifecycle,
Pros and cons of ERP implementation, Factors for the Success of
an ERP Implementation.
ERP Vendors, Consultants, and Employees: Vendors- Role of
the Vendor; Consultants: Types of consultants; Role of
UNIT – V a Consultant, Employees; Role of employees; Resistance by (4 Sessions)
employees; Dealing with employee resistance, Role of Top
Management, Role of Implementation Partner.
Future Directions in ERP: New Trends in ERP, ERP to ERP
II-Implementation of Organisation-Wide ERP, Development of
UNIT – VI New Markets and Channels, Latest ERP Implementation (5 Sessions)
Methodologies, ERP and E-business, Market Snapshot, The
SOA Factor.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
 Essentials of Business Processes and Information Systems, by Simha R. Magal and
Jeffrey Word, ©2010, ISBN: 978-0-470-23059-6.
 Integrated Business Processes with ERP Systems, Preliminary Edition, by Simha R.
Magal and Jeffrey Word, ISBN: 978-0-470-88424-9.

Reference Books:
 Enterprise Resource Planning, 3rd Edition, by Bret Wagner and Ellen Monk, ISBN:
9781423901792, ©2009.

Learning outcomes

 To develop an understanding regarding role of an ERP in carrying out business processes


in a company.
 To analyze how ‘best business practices’ are incorporated in an ERP.
 To develop strategy for pricing, production and sales in a competitive commodity market.
 To analyze sales data in an ERP to dynamically respond to changing market conditions to
maximize profits.
 To assist in expediting production planning and control using tools provided in an ERP.
Master of Business Administration 314
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Performance Metrics and Modeling

Course Code: MBA6138 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course provides an overview of different perspective of supply chain and its
matrices. It provides a platform to deeply understand the functional domain of supply chain.
This subject will bring practical insight about different key drivers of supply chain and their
role in making supply chain more efficient and profitable.

Objectives of the Course:

 To Develop an understanding of the role of pricing, inventory and other factors in supply
chain.
 To develop a skill for effective decisions.
 To Provides a paradigm over which students can experience the integrated effect of
different metrics.

Drivers of supply chain: Facility, Components of facility,


Decisions; Facility-Related Metrics, Inventory:-Cycle Inventory,
Safety Inventory ,Seasonal Inventory ,Level of Product
Availability , Inventory-Related Metrics.ole of transportation in
UNIT – I SC,Design of Transportation Network ,Choice of Transportation (5 Sessions)
Mode ,Transportation-Related Metrics -Average inbound
transportation cost, Average incoming shipment size, Average
inbound transportation cost per shipment etc.
Drivers of supply chain: Role of information in supply chain,
Push Versus Pull view, Coordination and Information Sharing,
Forecasting and Aggregate Planning, Methods for Enabling
Technologies, Information related metrics: Forecast horizon,
UNIT –II Frequency of update, Forecast error etc. (5 Sessions)
Sourcing:-Components of sourcing decisions, In-House or
Outsource ,Supplier Selection, Procurement ,Sourcing-Related
Metrics :-Days payable outstanding, Average purchase price,
Range of purchase price etc.
Pricing: Components of pricing decisions, Pricing and
Economies of Scale, Everyday Low Pricing Versus High-Low
Pricing, Pricing Related Metrics:-Profit margin, Days sales
outstanding, Incremental fixed cost per order, Incremental
UNIT – III variable cost per unit, Average sale price etc. Inventory. (5 Sessions)
Components of Inventory Decisions: Cycle Inventory, Safety
inventory, Seasonal inventory, Level of product availability,
Inventory-Related Metrics:-Average inventory, Products with
Master of Business Administration 315
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

more than a specified number of days of inventory, Average


replenishment batch size, etc.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Measuring Performance in Supply chain: Introduction to SCOR
model; Benchmarking supply chain performance using financial
data:-Total length of supply chain, Supply chain inefficiency
ratio, working capital productivity ratio. Enhancing Supply chain
UNIT – IV performance:-SC optimization, integration, and restructuring. (5 Sessions)
Forecasting: Charateristics of forecast, Qualitative forecasting
methods:-Delphi, Market research, Life cycle analogy, informed
judgement.Quantitative forecasting: Causal model, Time series
methods.
Inventory Management: Concept, classification, inventory
related costs, Managing seasonal, cyclic and safety stock; SC
UNIT – V designing and inventory decisions; Inventory management for (5 Sessions)
short life cycle products.
UNIT – VI Supply Chain Modelling and simulation (5 Sessions)
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Supply chain management by Sunil Chopra, and Peter Meindl, Pearson.


 Jeremy F. Shapiro. Modeling the Supply Chain. Duxbury Thomson Learning.
 Μartin Christofer. “Logistics & Supply Chain management”, Pearson Education Limited,
2005.

Learning Outcomes
The students will be able to:

 Understand the concept of pricing, sourcing, information, and other related issues within
the domain of logistics environment.
 Understanding specific attributes of forecasting activities.
 Understand the various measure of supply chain performance.
Master of Business Administration 316
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Purchasing and Inventory Management

Course Code: MBA5137 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hours: 30


Preamble: This subject describes the process of buying: identification of the need, selecting
a suitable vendor, price negotiation and other pertinent terms, and inventory control tools, to
get exposure of global sourcing techniques and the application of various management tools
and quality tools. The focus area of this course is on interactive study of purchasing and
inventory management functions of supply chain management.

Objectives of the Course:

 Understand the role and function of Purchasing and inventory management.


 Examine the practical role of purchasing and inventory management in modern day
business.

 Use basic Purchasing and inventory management decision making principles for problem
solving.

Purchase policy: Rate and Running Contract – Subcontracting-


Systems Contract – Stockless purchase –Buying seasonal items –
UNIT – I Forward Buying – Hedging – Purchasing Activities – Indent Status – A (5 Sessions)
to Z of Purchase Order –Transportation – Incoming Inspection – Bill
settlement –Documentation.
Right Price: Price Analysis – Determination of Right Price –
Influencing Factors on Pricing – Classification of Pricing – Price
UNIT –II Forecasting - Right Place – Purchase Budgets – Budgetary control – (5 Sessions)
Need Identification Problems – Definition of lead time Elements- Cost
Reduction and Lead time.
Relevance of Good Supplier: Advantages of Good Relations –
Prerequisites – Evaluation of Suppliers – The Buyers Role – Role of the
UNIT – III Vendor –Relevance of Good Suppliers – Need for vendor evaluation – (5 Sessions)
Goals of Vendor Rating – Advantages of Vendor Rating – Parameters
of Vendor Rating.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Material Management: Role, Classes of Material – Materials and
UNIT – IV Profitability – Profit Center Concept – Material Objective –Centralized (5 Sessions)
Purchasing-Decentralizing – Delegation of Powers.
Material Planning: Definition, Bill of Material – Material
UNIT – V Requirement Planning – Importance of Material Research- Definition– (5 Sessions)
Advantages of Materials Information System.
Codification: Classification – Methodology–Requirement of codes –
Coding Structure and Design –Advantages - International Codification
UNIT – VI – Cost and Consequences– Right Quantity – Economic Ordering (5 Sessions)
Quantity – Derivations of EOQ.
Master of Business Administration 317
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Controlling: Concept, Types of Control, and its process.


* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:

 Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation. By Sunil Chopra and
Peter Meindl. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
 Purchasing and supply chain management. By Robert Monczka, Robert Trent and Robert
Handfield.South-Western.

Reference Books:
 Production & Operations Management – S.N. Chary, TMH

Learning Outcomes
The students will be able to:

 Explain purchasing and inventory related terms.


 Combine their theoretical knowledge with practical knowledge
 Identify the basic concepts used in purchasing and inventory decisions including
 Identify inventory and material handling issues in an integrated logistics flow which
reflects sound business practices.
Master of Business Administration 318
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Recent Trends in E-Commerce

Course Code: MBA4139 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course provides an environment to the students to explore the realities and
implications of e-commerce from the perspective of the marketer. The basic orientation of the
subjects revolves around the Business-to-consumer (B2C) and business-to-business (B2B) e-
commerce domain. The course brings a wide range of e- commerce facets for marketers, as a
basic building block for learning in the highly volatile business environment.

Objectives of the Course:

 To gain an understanding of the theories and concepts underlying e-commerce.


 To apply e-commerce theories and principles into the real world.
 To gain familiarity with exiting challenges and issues in e-commerce.

3Pl & Cross Docking, Green Logistics, Lean Supply Chain, Agile
UNIT – I Supply Chain.
(5 Sessions)
Outsourcing and Postponement, Supply chain re-engineering,
UNIT –II Bull whip effect and VMI, E-Commerce and E-Procurement. (5 Sessions)
IT Enablement in SCM, E governance, Business ethics and
UNIT – III values, IT- Security: Hacking, Encryption and coding & Cyber (5 Sessions)
Laws.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

International Insurance – Cargo movements – water damage –


UNIT – IV Theft – Privacy– pilferage – Other risk.
(5 Sessions)
Insurance Policy- perils with air shipments – Risk Retention –
UNIT – V Risk Transfer – Marine Cargo Insurance – Coverage A,B,C (5 Sessions)
classes – Elements of air freight Policy.
Introduction to E-Commerce, Trend shaping the Indian E-
commerce Industry, Role of Logistics in E-commerce, Supply
UNIT – VI Chain Management under E-Commerce, Risk and Challenges in (5 Sessions)
E-commerce.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes

Text Books:
Master of Business Administration 319
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Kenneth C. Laudon, E-Commerce : Business, Technology, Society, 4th Edition, Pearson

Reference Books:
 S. J. Joseph, E-Commerce: an Indian perspective, PHI

Learning Outcome
The students will be able to:

 Explain the components and roles of the Electronic Commerce environment.

 Explain how businesses sell products and services on the Web.

 Explain basic electronic commerce functions.

 Describe the qualities of an effective Web business presence


Master of Business Administration 320
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Supply Chain Analytics

Course Code: MBA6140 Year: II Trimester: VI Max. Hours:30

Preamble: The course addresses the tactical and strategic decisions in supply chains. It will
develop appropriate analytical skills, which provide students with the capability of addressing
real world problems. Students are exposed to quantitative and qualitative issues in specific
operating situations and learn where to make trade-offs among them.

Objectives of the Course:


 To identify corporate strategies.
 To identify problems to be solved.
 To apply critical thinking skills.
 To describe solution implications.
 To develop strategies for implementing solutions.

Understanding and defining the supply chain analytics (SCA).its


relationship with supply chain concepts. Importance of supply
UNIT – I chain analytics in the flows involving material, money, (4Sessions)
information and ownership.
Key issues in supply chain analytics, Concept of Descriptive
UNIT –II Analytics in a Supply Chain, Decision Domains in supply chain (4 Sessions)
analytics.
Introduction to Modeling, Approaches for Optimization and
UNIT – III Simulation, Modeling software, Supply Chain (SC) Decisions (7 Sessions)
using mathematical or interpretative modeling.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION
Analytics of a Transportation problem in a Supply Chain,
Prescriptive analytics in network planning: Network Planning in
UNIT – IV a Supply Chain, Design of Logistics Network using (5 Sessions)
Heuristics/optimization.
Modeling Coordination Decisions, performance management
UNIT – V using analytic techniques. (5 Sessions)
IT Enablement of supply chains
UNIT – VI Role of ICT in Supply chains. (5 Sessions)
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Master of Business Administration 321
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books:
 Supply chain management by Sunil Chopra, and Peter Meindl, Pearson.
 Jeremy F. Shapiro. Modeling the Supply Chain. Duxbury Thomson Learning.

Reference Books:
 D. Simchi-Levi, P. Kaminsky, E. Simchi-Levi, and Ravi Shankar, Designing and
Managing the Supply Chain concepts, Strategies and Case studies, Third Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

Learning outcomes:
The students will be able to:

 Explain the role and applications of Descriptive Analytics in a Supply Chain.


 Explain the role and applications of Prescriptive Analytics in a Supply Chain.
 Understand the importance of the basics of Supply Chain Analytics and Optimization.
 Combine their theoretical knowledge with practical knowledge.
Master of Business Administration 322
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Storekeeping and Warehousing

Course Code: MBA4140 Year: II Trimester: IV Max. Hours: 30

Preamble: This course provides a detailed description of storekeeping & warehousing


related concept. This course introduces students to the basic principles of warehousing and
stores management. It provides valuable knowledge of the effect warehouse and stores
management has on the bottom line of a company; be exposed to the systems and tools
necessary to effectively manage your warehouse, as well as accurately measure your
performance in this area.

Objectives of the Course:


 To familiarize with the concept and importance of warehousing
 To develop the skills for valuation of inventory and stores management
 To provide adequate knowledge to minimize the cost and improve the overall efficiency of the
operation.

Warehousing Management - Objectives of Stores – Location


UNIT – I and Layout – Prevention – Management of Receipts – Issue (4 Sessions)
Control – Stores Documentation.
Stock Valuation And Verification - Need for Valuation –
Methods of Valuation– FIFO – LIFO – Average Price –
UNIT –II Weighted Average – Standard Cost – Replacement Price –
(6 Sessions)
Stock Verification – Process of Verification.

Spare Parts Management: Salient Features of Spares – Inventory


UNIT –III Control of Spares – Categorization of Spares – Provisioning of (5 Sessions)
Spares – Pricing of Spares – Relevance of Maintenance –
Maintenance Costs.

MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Insurance concepts: Risk Management - Buyer’s Interest –


UNIT – IV Marine Insurance – Inland Transit Insurance – Stores Insurance (5 Sessions)
– Contractors All Risk Insurance.
Miscellaneous Insurance – A to Z Claims Procedure – Loss
UNIT – V Minimization- Spare Parts Management.
(4 Sessions)
Ethics In Materials Management - Importance of Ethics –
UNIT – VI Business Ethics – Ethics in Buying – Code of Ethics – Problems
(6 Sessions)
Master of Business Administration 323
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

in Ethics – Backdoor Selling – A to Z Tips for Ethical Buying –


Professionalization.
* Provision for presentations / assignments / case analysis in additional sessions
** 1 Session = 60 Minutes
Text Books:

 Gopalakrishnan P.– Purchasing and Materials management – Tata McGraw Hill – 23rd
Edition – 2008.
 Purchasing and supply chain management. By Robert Monczka, Robert Trent and Robert
Handfield.South-Western.
 Production & Operations Management – S.N. Chary, TMH

Learning Outcome:

The students will be able to:

 Understand the concept and significance of storekeeping and warehousing in the present
scenario.
 Execute valuation of inventory and stores management.
 Minimize the cost of storekeeping and warehousing to improve the overall efficiency of
the operation.
Master of Business Administration 324
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Green Supply Chain Management


Course Code: MBA5138 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hour 30

Preamble: The subject relates green practices to supply chain management. The course introduces
related methodologies and tools for analyzing, designing, and improving supply chains in a green
context.

Objectives of the Course:

 Develop an understanding of the role of green logistics in real life situations.

 Examine the major functions of green logistics with their practical relevance.

 Understand the significance of green supply chain in favor of society and business as
well.

Recent trends in green supply chain management; environmental


UNIT – I impacts of supply chains, the green supply chain as a competitive (5 Sessions)
advantage in today’s business environment.
Life-cycle assessment as a tool; greening of supply chains; green
UNIT – II (5 Sessions)
supply chain design.
Supply chain operations reference (SCOR) model; Supply Chain
Council; cross-industry standard and diagnostic tool for supply-chain
UNIT – III (5 Sessions)
management; GreenSCOR as a focused model; applications of the
GreenSCOR model to a green supply chain.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Green procurement: vendor evaluation and sensitivity analysis. Green


UNIT – IV customers: Features of green customers, Target customer (5 Sessions)
identification.
UNIT – V Continuous improvement in green supply chain: Prerequisite, (5 Sessions)
Methodology.Green supply chain benchmarking, Pareto analysis.
UNIT –V I Green supply chain performance evaluation; Benefits, methodology, (5 Sessions)
Measurement toolkit.
Master of Business Administration 325
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Text Books:
 Green supply supply chain: An action manifesto by Stuart Emmett, & Vivek Sood.
 Supply chain management by Sunil Chopra, and Peter Meindl, Pearson.
 Jeremy F. Shapiro. Modeling the Supply Chain. Duxbury Thomson Learning.

Reference Books:
 D. Simchi-Levi, P. Kaminsky, E. Simchi-Levi, and Ravi Shankar, Designing and
Managing the Supply Chain concepts, Strategies and Case studies, Third Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
 Μartin Christofer. “Logistics & Supply Chain management”, Pearson Education Limited,
2005.

Learning Outcomes

The students will be able to:

 Understand the environmental impacts of supply chains and hence the need for green
supply chains.
 Apply related methodologies and tools to the design of green supply chains and the
improvement of existing supply chains.
 Have a critical and analytical perspective that enhances their appreciation and
independent judgment of green supply chain design.
Master of Business Administration 326
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

Strategic and Implementation Issues in SCM


Course Code: MBA5139 Year: II Trimester: V Max. Hour: 30

Preamble: This course provides an overview of how firms implement chain strategies to gain a
competitive advantage in local and global markets through the integration diverse activities. It clubs
practical insight through developing a relevant understanding about execution of supply chain in practical
scenario. To better grasp the contents of the course students are required to have basic understanding of
inventory policies, and principles of operations management.

Course Objectives:

 Develop an understanding of the role of logistics in real life situations.


 Examine the major functions of logistics with their relevance.
 Provides an opportunity for comprehend the skills and ability of the students while addressing
contemporary issues and problems of logistics management.

Quality control-Quality; Statistical process control; Process capability;


Acceptance Sampling; Average outgoing quality limit (AOQL)
UNIT – I (5 Sessions)
concept; Cost of quality; Six Sigma and TQM. Inspection: Types and
step involved.
Constraint management-Introduction to constraints management and
POOGI concept; Types of constraint ;Assumptions; Theory of
UNIT – II (5 Sessions)
constraints; Logical thinking process; Drum Buffer Rope scheduling;
Critical chain. Issues involved in implementation of T,I and OE.
Distribution Strategy: direct shipment strategy; Intermediate shipment
UNIT – III strategy-warehousing, cross docking, inventory pooling. (5 Sessions)
Transshipment.
MID-TERM EXAMINATION

Supply chain strategy- Economic packaging and transportation;


UNIT – IV concurrent and parallel processing; standardization; Push and Pull (5 Sessions)
strategy; Mass customization.
UNIT – V Purchasing:-Types; approches; policies and principals. Master (5 Sessions)
scheduling, Aggregate planning-Material requirement planning.
Data base management system, Data Warehousing and Data Mining,
UNIT –V I Decision Support System and its implementation; Best of breed and (5 Sessions)
single vendor ERP solution.
Suggested Readings
Master of Business Administration 327
Course Curriculum (Session 2017-18)

 Supply chain management by Sunil Chopra, and Peter Meindl, Pearson.


 Jeremy F. Shapiro. Modeling the Supply Chain. Duxbury Thomson Learning.
 D. Simchi-Levi, P. Kaminsky, E. Simchi-Levi, and Ravi Shankar, Designing and
Managing the Supply Chain concepts, Strategies and Case studies, Third Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
 Alan Harisson & Remko van Hoek, “Logistics Management and Strategy: Competing
through the Supply Chain”, FT Press, 2011.
 Μartin Christofer. “Logistics & Supply Chain management”, Pearson Education Limited,
2005.

Learning Outcomes

The students will be able to:

 Understand the concept of the logistics within the constraints of the internal and external
environment.
 Understanding specific attributes of logistics activities.
 Understand the logistics role in the economy and the organization.
 Combine their theoretical knowledge with practical knowledge

17-08-2017